City-of-Choteau-Ordinances/2017 Code.md

10471 lines
632 KiB
Markdown
Raw Normal View History

# CITY CODE of CHOTEAU, MONTANA
Since 1967
Contains ordinances up to and including ordinance 314, passed August 22, 2017
## PREFACE
This City Code of the City of Choteau, as supplemented, contains ordinances up
to and including ordinance 314, passed August 22, 2017. Ordinances of the City
adopted after said ordinance supersede the provisions of this City Code to the
extent that they are in conflict or inconsistent therewith. Consult the City
office in order to ascertain whether any particular provision of the Code has
been amended, superseded or repealed.
 
## ADOPTING ORDINANCE ORDINANCE NUMBER 285 TO AMEND ORDINANCE NUMBER 160 OF THE CITY CODE OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU
   **RECITAL**
   1. **WHEREAS,** on August 21, 1967 the City Council passed and approved
[Ordinance Number 160](ordinance 160.md) which provides as follows:
   *"Section 1. From and after the date of passage of this Ordinance the
Official City Code of the City of Choteau, prepared by Sterling Codifiers,
Inc., and hereby approved and accepted shall be the Official Code of all
Ordinances of a general and permanent character of the City.
   Section 2. There is hereby adopted, as a method of perpetual codification,
the loose leaf type of binding together with the continuous supplemental
service whereby each newly adopted Ordinance of a general nature, amending,
altering, adding to, or deleting provisions of this Official City Code is
identified by the proper catch line, and following preparation by Sterling
Codifiers, Inc., is inserted in the proper place in each of the Official
copies. Each such insertion shall be made within thirty (30) days following the
date of adoption by the Council, and each new provision shall become effective
upon such insertion.
   Section 3. At least one (1) copy of this City Code shall at all times be on
file and available for inspection in the office of the Clerk."**
   2. **WHEREAS,** Ordinance 160 of the City Code should be amended to clarify its
meaning and to clarify when ordinances become effective; and,
   3. **WHEREAS,** Section 7-5-4203 Montana Code Annotated provides that ordinances
are not effective until at least 30 days after passage.
  **NOW, THEREFORE**, based upon the above considerations the Council finds that
the proposed amendment would be in the best interest of the City and its
inhabitants:
   **BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU** that Ordinance 160
is amended and shall read as follows in its entirety:
   "Section 1: The Official City Code of the City of Choteau, prepared by
Sterling Codifiers, Inc. or by any other ordinance codifier selected by the
City Council shall be the Official Code of all City of Choteau Ordinances.
   Section 2: All ordinances passed and approved by the City Council of the
City of Choteau if not already inserted in the Official City Code of the City
of Choteau shall automatically be included and deemed inserted in the Official
City Code of the City of Choteau on the effective date set forth in the
ordinance.
   Section 3: The Official City Code shall at all times be on file and
available for inspection in the office of the City of Choteau."
   **EFFECTIVE DATE**: This Ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after the
date of final passage.
   **PASSED AND APPROVED** on final passage by the City Council of the City of
Choteau, Montana, this 19th day of October, 1999.
Superintendent/Finance Officer
City of Choteau
(SEAL)
---
## TITLE 1 ADMINISTRATIVE
## CHAPTER 1
**CITY CODE **SECTION**:**
[1-1-1: Title](#1-1-1-title)
[1-1-2: Acceptance](#1-1-2-acceptance)
[1-1-3: Amendments](#1-1-3-amendments)
[1-1-4: Construction Of Words](#1-1-4-construction-of-words)
[1-1-5: Interpretations](#1-1-5-interpretations)
### 1-1-1: TITLE:
Upon adoption by the governing body this code is hereby declared to be and
shall hereafter constitute the official code of the city. Any reference made to
the number of any section contained herein shall be understood to refer to the
position of the same under its appropriate chapter and title heading, and to
the general penalty clause relating thereto, as well as to the section itself,
when reference is made to this code by title in any legal document. (1967 Code)
### 1-1-2: ACCEPTANCE:
This code, as hereby presented in printed form, shall hereafter be received
without further proof in all courts and in all administrative tribunals of this
state as the ordinances of the city of general and permanent effect. (1967
Code)
### 1-1-3: AMENDMENTS:
Any ordinance amending this code shall set forth the title, chapter and section
number of the section or sections to be amended, and this shall constitute a
sufficient compliance with any statutory requirement pertaining to the
amendment or revision by ordinance of any part of this code. ([Ord. 283](ordinance 283.md), 7-20-
1999)
### 1-1-4: CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS:
Whenever any word in any section of this code importing the plural number is
used, in describing or referring to any matters, parties, or persons, any
single matter, party, or person shall be deemed to be included, although
distributive words may not have been used.
When any subject matter, party or person is referred to in this code by words
importing the singular number only, or the masculine gender, several matters,
parties, or persons and females as well as males and bodies corporate shall be
deemed to be included. Provided, that these rules of construction shall not be
applied to any section of this code which contains any express provision
excluding such construction or where the subject matter or content may be
repugnant thereto. (1967 Code)
### 1-1-5: INTERPRETATIONS:
In the determination of the provisions of each section of this code the
following rules shall be observed:
A. Intent To Defraud: Whenever an intent to defraud is required in order
to constitute an offense, it shall be sufficient if an intent appears to
defraud any person.
B. Liability Of Employers And Agents: When the provisions of any section
of this code prohibits the commission of an act, not only the person actually
doing the prohibited act or omitting the directed act, but also the employer
and all other persons concerned with or in aiding or abetting the said person
shall be guilty of the offense described and liable to the penalty set forth.
(1967 Code)
## CHAPTER 2 SAVING CLAUSE
**SECTION**:
[1-2-1: Repeal Of General Ordinances](#1-2-1-reoeal-of-general-ordinances)
[1-2-2: Public Utility Ordinances](#1-2-2-public-utility-ordinances)
[1-2-3: Court Proceedings](#1-2-3-court-proceedings)
### 1-2-1: REPEAL OF GENERAL ORDINANCES:
All general ordinances of the city passed prior to the adoption of this code
are hereby repealed, except such as are referred to herein as being still in
force or are by necessary implication herein reserved from repeal (subject to
the saving clauses contained in the following section), from which are excluded
the following ordinances which are not hereby repealed: tax levy ordinances;
appropriation ordinances; ordinances relating to boundaries and annexations;
franchise ordinances and other ordinances granting special rights to persons or
corporations; contract ordinances and ordinances authorizing the execution of a
contract or the issuance of warrants; salary ordinances; ordinances
establishing, naming or vacating streets, alleys or other public places;
improvement ordinances; bond ordinances; ordinances relating to elections;
ordinances relating to the transfer or acceptance of real estate by or from the
city; and all special ordinances. (1967 Code)
### 1-2-2: PUBLIC UTILITY ORDINANCES:
No ordinance relating to railroads or railroad crossings with streets and other
public ways, or relating to the conduct, duties, service or rates of public
utilities shall be repealed by virtue of the adoption of this code or by virtue
of the preceding section, excepting as this code may contain provisions for
such matters, in which case this code shall be considered as amending such
ordinance or ordinances in respect of such provisions only. (1967 Code)
### 1-2-3: COURT PROCEEDINGS:
No new ordinance shall be construed or held to repeal a former ordinance,
whether such former ordinance is expressly repealed or not, as to any offense
committed against such former ordinance or as to any act done, any penalty,
forfeiture or punishment so incurred, or any right accrued or claim arising
under the former ordinance, or in any way whatever to affect any such offense
or act so committed or so done, or any penalty, forfeiture or punishment so
incurred or any right accrued or claim arising before the new ordinance takes
effect, save only that the proceedings thereafter shall conform to the
ordinance in force at the time of such proceeding, so far as practicable. If
any penalty, forfeiture or punishment be mitigated by any provision of a new
ordinance, such provision may be, by the consent of the party affected, applied
to any judgment announced after the new ordinance takes effect.
This section shall extend to all repeals, either by express words or
implication, whether the repeal is in the ordinance making any new provisions
upon the same subject or in any other ordinance.
Nothing contained in this or the preceding section shall be construed as
abating any action now pending under or by virtue of any general ordinance of
the city herein repealed; or as discontinuing, abating, modifying or altering
any penalty accrued or to accrue, or as affecting the liability of any person,
firm or corporation, or as waiving any right of the city under any ordinance or
provision thereof in force at the time of the adoption of this code. (1967
Code)
## CHAPTER 3 DEFINITIONS
**SECTION**:
[1-3-1: Definitions, General](#1-3-1-definitions-general)
### 1-3-1: DEFINITIONS, GENERAL:
Whenever the following words or terms are used in this code they shall have the
meanings herein ascribed to them, unless the content makes such meanings
repugnant thereto:
**AGENT**: A person acting on behalf of another.
**CITY**: The city of Choteau.
**CODE**: Unless otherwise specifically stated shall mean this code.
**EMPLOYEES**: Whenever reference is made in this code to a city employee by title
only, this shall be construed as though followed by the words of the city of
Choteau.
**FEE**: A sum of money charged by the city for the carrying on of a business,
profession or occupation.
**KNOWINGLY**: Imports only a knowledge that the facts exist which brings the act
or omission within the provisions of this code. It does not require any
knowledge of the unlawfulness of such act or omission.
**LICENSE**: The permission granted for the carrying on of a business, profession
or occupation.
**MISDEMEANOR**: Any offense deemed a violation of the provisions of this code
which is a lesser offense than a felony as defined by state law.
**NEGLECT, NEGLIGENT, NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENTLY**: A want of such attention to the
nature or probable consequences of the act or omission as a prudent man
ordinarily bestows in acting in his own concern.
**NUISANCE**: Anything offensive or obnoxious to the health and welfare of the
inhabitants of the city; or any act or thing repugnant to, or creating a hazard
to, or having a detrimental effect on the property of, another person or to the
community.
**OCCUPANT**: As applied to a building or land shall include any person who
occupies the whole or any part of such building or land whether alone or with
others.
**OFFENSE**: Any act forbidden by any provision of this code or the omission of any
act required by the provisions of this code.
**OFFICERS**: Whenever reference is made in this code to a city officer by title
only, this shall be construed as though followed by the words of the city of
Choteau.
**OPERATOR**: The person who is in charge of any operation, business or profession.
**OWNER**: As applied to a building or land shall include any part owner, joint
owner, tenant in common, joint tenant or lessee of the whole or of a part of
such building or land.
**PERSON**: Shall include the singular and the plural and shall also mean and
include any person, firm, corporation, association, partnership, or any other
form of association or organization.
**PERSONAL PROPERTY**: Shall include every description of money, goods, chattels,
effects, evidence of rights in action and all written instruments by which any
pecuniary obligation, right or title to property is created, acknowledged,
transferred, increased, defeated, discharged or diminished and every right or
interest therein.
**RETAILER**: Unless otherwise specifically defined shall be understood to relate
to the sale of goods, merchandise, articles or things in small quantities
direct to the consumer.
**STREET**: Shall include alleys, lanes, courts, boulevard, public ways, public
square, public places and sidewalks.
**TENANT**: As applied to a building or land shall include any person who occupies
the whole or any part of such building or land whether alone or with others.
**WHOLESALER OR WHOLESALE DEALER**: As used in this code unless otherwise
specifically defined, shall be understood to relate to the sale of goods,
merchandise, articles or things in quantity to persons who purchase for the
purpose of resale.
**WILFULLY**: When applied to the intent with which an act is done or omitted,
implies simply a purpose or willingness to commit the act or make the omission
referred to. It does not require any intent to violate law, or to injure
another, or to acquire an advantage. (1967 Code)
## CHAPTER 4 GENERAL PENALTY
**SECTION**:
1-4-1: Penalty
1-4-2: Default
1-4-3: Labor
1-4-4: License
1-4-5: Application
### 1-4-1: PENALTY:
Any person convicted of violating any section of this code shall be fined in a
sum not to exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) for any one offense and such
person may be confined in the municipal jail for a period of not more than six
(6) months. Either or both such fine and imprisonment may be imposed. (Ord.
196, 5-19-1975)
### 1-4-2: DEFAULT:
Any person in default of payment of any fine imposed shall be imprisoned in the
municipal jail for a period of one day for each ten dollars ($10.00) of such
fine. (Ord. 171, 5-20-1968)
### 1-4-3: LABOR:
Any person imprisoned under the provisions of this chapter may be put to work
for the benefit of the municipality for the term of his imprisonment.
No female prisoner shall be required to work in public, nor shall any prisoner
be required to work on Sunday. (1967 Code)
### 1-4-4: LICENSE:
When a person is convicted of a violation of any section of this code any
license previously issued to him by the municipality may be revoked by the
court or by the municipal governing body. (1967 Code)
### 1-4-5: APPLICATION:
The penalty provided in this chapter shall be applicable to every section of
this code the same as though it were a part of each and every separate section.
Any person convicted of a violation of any section of this code, where any duty
is prescribed or obligation imposed, or where any act which is of a continuing
nature is forbidden or declared to be unlawful, shall be deemed guilty of a
misdemeanor. A separate offense shall be deemed committed upon each day during
or on which a violation occurs or continues 1 . (1967 Code)
 
Notes
1 1. For statute provisions see 11-950, 11-954, 11-955.
## CHAPTER 5 WARDS
**SECTION**:
1-5-1: Designation Of Wards
1-5-2: First Ward
1-5-3: Second Ward
1-5-1: DESIGNATION OF WARDS:
The city is hereby, for election and such other purposes as are or may
hereafter be required by law, divided into two (2) wards, to be known
respectfully as the first ward and the second ward. (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
### 1-5-2: FIRST WARD:
The first ward shall comprise all that territory within the corporate limits of
the city lying to the north of the centerline of First Street northwest and
First Street northeast. (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
### 1-5-3: SECOND WARD:
The second ward shall comprise all that territory within the corporate limits
of the city lying to the south of the centerline of First Street northwest and
First Street northeast 1 . (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-707.
CHAPTER 6
APPOINTIVE OFFICERS
**SECTION**:
1-6-1: Appointive Officers Designated
1-6-2: Clerk
1-6-3: Attorney
1-6-4: Chief Of Police; Duties
1-6-5: Treasurer
1-6-6: Health Officer
1-6-7: Fire Chief
1-6-8: Engineer
1-6-9: Abolishment Of Office
1-6-10: Bonds
### 1-6-1: APPOINTIVE OFFICERS DESIGNATED:
The mayor by and with the consent of the council, shall appoint the following
officers: clerk, attorney, police chief, health officer, fire chief, engineer,
and such number of policemen as may be from time to time required as
hereinafter provided, or established by action of the council. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md), 6-29-1944)
### 1-6-2: CLERK:
The duties of the clerk shall be such as are prescribed by section 11-805 of
the statutes of the state.
The clerk shall file with the treasurer a bond in the sum of one thousand
dollars ($1,000.00) with sufficient sureties to be approved by the council.
([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md), 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
### 1-6-3: ATTORNEY:
The duties of the attorney shall be such as prescribed by the statutes of the
state of Montana.
Upon the request of the attorney, the mayor may appoint one deputy attorney,
with the advice and consent of the council, if necessary for the faithful and
prompt discharge of the duties of the attorney.
Whenever the official name of the attorney is used in any ordinance or
resolution conferring power or imposing duties or liabilities, it also includes
his deputy. ([Ord. 216](ordinance 216.md), 8-7-1979)
### 1-6-4: CHIEF OF POLICE; DUTIES:
It is the duty of the chief of police:
   1. To execute and return all processes issued by the police judge or
directed to him by any legal authority, and to attend upon the city court
regularly.
   2. To arrest all persons guilty of a breach of the peace or for the
violation of any provisions of this code, and bring them before the city judge
for trial. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code; [Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
   3. To have charge and control of all policemen, subject to such rules as
may be prescribed by law, and to report to the council all delinquencies or
neglect of duty or official misconduct of policemen.
   4. The chief of police shall have the same power as a constable in the
discharge of his duties, but he must not serve a process in any civil action or
proceeding except when the city is a party.
   5. To perform such other duties as the council may prescribe. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md),
6-29-1944)
### 1-6-5: TREASURER:
The duties of the treasurer shall be such duties as are prescribed in section
11-807 of the statutes of the state. He shall collect all licenses that may
become due, and at the end of each quarter of the fiscal year, and more often
if required, prepare and file with the clerk a full and complete report for the
quarter as to all licenses issued, giving the name of each person paying the
license and the amount paid therefor and the business in which the same is
paid, which report shall be submitted to the council at the next regular
meeting after said report has been filed.
The treasurer shall give bond to the city with sufficient sureties to be
approved by the council, in the penal sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00).
The penalty of the bond may be increased or diminished at any time by order of
the council. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
When any warrant, drawn upon the treasurer of the city pursuant to any
ordinance, resolution or direction of the council, is presented to the
treasurer for payment and is not paid for want of funds, such treasurer must
endorse thereon the words "Not paid for want of funds", annexing the date of
presentation and his signature, and from that time until the warrant is called
in for payment, such warrant shall bear interest at the rate of six percent
(6%) per annum. (Ord. 4, 5-15-1913)
### 1-6-6: HEALTH OFFICER:
The duties of health officer shall be such as are prescribed by the statutes of
the state and the rules and regulations of the state board of health. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md)
6-29-1944)
### 1-6-7: FIRE CHIEF:
The duties of the fire chief shall be such as are prescribed by the statutes of
the state, the rules and regulations of the state fire marshal, and the various
provisions of this code. He shall have supervision of the engine and
firefighting apparatus of the city, and the city firemen shall be under his
orders and control. His duties as inspector of buildings shall be such as are
prescribed by the state laws and the provisions of this code. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-
1944)
### 1-6-8: ENGINEER:
   1. General Duties: The engineer shall be in charge of all engineering and
surveying done within the city and shall have general superintendence of all
work crews of the city. He shall supervise the location of lines and grades of
all streets and sidewalks, alleys, avenues or public ways, and to determine the
position, size and construction of all sewers, waterworks, irrigation or
drainage canals, reservoirs, culverts, conduits, aqueducts, bridges, viaducts
or other public works or appurtenances, and to prepare plans, maps or profiles
of the same, and to make estimates and furnish specifications for any of said
work whenever required to do so by the council. He shall have the general
supervision of all contract or other work and see that it is performed in a
workmanlike manner and in accordance with the authorized plans, and in
conformity with the terms of the contract and specifications.
   2. Plumbing: He shall have general supervisory control of licensed
plumbers and all matters relating to the plumbing, waterworks and sewage
connections made, constructed or had within the city, with power to do, carry
out and perform all of those duties, matters and things herein elsewhere
provided for in a manner and form as there prescribed, and he shall do, perform
and carry out all such other matters and things as may from time to time be
required of him by this code or the orders or resolutions of the council or its
proper committee or committees.
   3. Building Inspector: He shall also perform the duties generally
relating to the office of building inspector and have such duties as are
prescribed elsewhere in this code and by the laws of the state with powers
generally to do, carry out and perform all matters and things herein provided
for, and he shall also do, carry out and perform such other matters and things
relating to said office as may from time to time be required by this code or
laws of the state, or the orders and resolutions of the council relating to the
office of building inspector.
   4. Notes, Profiles And Plans: All surveys, notes of surveys, field notes,
maps or profiles, plans and estimates made by him or others in his employ for
the city, shall be the property of the city, and shall be carefully preserved
in his office and open to the inspection of all persons interested. He shall
also make a certified copy of all surveys, notes of surveys, field notes, maps,
or profiles, plans and estimates and file the same in the office of the clerk.
([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944)
### 1-6-9: ABOLISHMENT OF OFFICE:
The council shall have the power to abolish any office, the appointment to
which is made by the mayor, with the advice and consent of the council, and
discharge any officer so appointed, by a majority vote of the council, but no
office created by the statutes of the state must be so abolished. The council
may, by ordinance, consolidate any of the offices, the appointment to which is
made by the mayor with the advice and consent of the council, and may require
any of the elected officers to perform any of the duties of an appointed
officer whose office has been abolished. The council, upon written charges, to
be entered upon their journal, after notice to the party and after trial by the
council, by vote of two-thirds (2/3) of all the members elect, may remove any
officer. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944)
### 1-6-10: BONDS:
The official bonds provided for in this chapter shall run to the city, or its
successor, and be conditioned for the faithful performance of all the duties of
the respective offices and that the principal therein will account for and turn
over unto his successor or other person lawfully entitled thereto all monies,
property or effects belonging to the city or its successor, coming into his
hands or control during his term of office. Said bonds, when approved by the
council, shall be filed with the clerk, except the bond of the clerk, which
shall be filed with the treasurer. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
## CHAPTER 7 COUNCIL
**SECTION**:
1-7-1: Term Of Office; Qualifications
1-7-2: Time And Place Of Meetings
1-7-3: Conduct Of Meetings
1-7-4: Quorum
1-7-5: Voting
1-7-6: President Of Council
### 1-7-1: TERM OF OFFICE; QUALIFICATIONS:
There shall be elected from among the residents of the city two (2) aldermen
from each ward, who must, at the first meeting of the council, decide by lot
their term of office, one from each ward to hold office for a term of two (2)
years and one for the term of one year, and until the qualifications of their
successors 1 .
No person shall be eligible to the office of alderman unless he shall be
taxpaying freeholder within the city limits. He shall also be a resident of the
ward so electing him, or a resident of an area which has been annexed by the
city and placed in a ward, for at least one year preceding such election 2 .
(1967 Code)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-711.
2 2. RCM 11-714.
### 1-7-2: TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS:
A regular meeting of the council shall be held the first and third Tuesday of
each month at the hour of seven o'clock (7:00) P.M. Special meeting may be
called by the mayor, or two (2) aldermen at any other time, the clerk on their
requisition, giving reasonable notice thereof in writing to all members of the
council present in the city, which notice will be served by the marshal. At the
regular meetings shall be transacted the municipal business of the city, as it
may come up from time to time, and any regular meeting may be adjourned to any
future date not exceeding the time for the next regular meeting, and any number
of times. At any special meeting shall be transacted only that business for
which the special meeting was called, which business must be stated in the
notice of the meeting as served upon the members of the council. All meetings
unless otherwise ordered for cause shall be held in the office of the clerk of
the city. (Ord. 204, 6-7-1977)
### 1-7-3: CONDUCT OF MEETINGS:
At the hour appointed for the meeting, the council shall be called to order by
the mayor, or in his absence by the president of the council, or in the absence
of both, by the clerk. Upon the appearance of a quorum, the council shall
proceed to business in the following order:
Reading, amending and approving the minutes of the previous meeting.
Report to officers.
Report of standing committees.
Allowance of claims against the city.
Presentation of petitions and communications.
New business.
The foregoing order of business may be suspended on a majority vote, and
questions relating to the priority of business shall be decided without debate.
(Ord. 57, 6-2-1924; amd. 1967 Code)
### 1-7-4: QUORUM:
A majority of the council, including the presiding officer, shall constitute a
quorum to do business, but a smaller number when present may compel the
attendance of the absent members by sending the chief of police or other police
officer to require their attendance; provided, however, that when a quorum
consists of three (3) members only, any action taken must be by unanimous vote.
If they refuse to attend after being notified by the chief of police or other
police officer, they shall be fined by the presiding officer of the council in
a sum not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more than ten dollars ($10.00)
which fine when entered on the journal of the council shall be deducted from
the compensation allowed or to be allowed to such alderman; provided, if said
failing member at a subsequent meeting of the council renders an excuse which
shall be satisfactory to the council, he shall be released from said fine.
The absence from meetings of the council for the continuous period of three (3)
months shall work a forfeiture of the office of any member of the council
unless leave of absence shall first be asked of and granted by the council.
(1967 Code)
### 1-7-5: VOTING:
The ayes and nays must be called and recorded on the final passage of any
ordinance, bylaw, or resolution on making any contract, and the voting on the
election or appointment of any officer must be via voice, and a majority of the
whole number of the members elected is requisite to appoint or elect an
officer, and such vote must be recorded 1 . (1967 Code)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-1014.
### 1-7-6: PRESIDENT OF COUNCIL:
The council shall elect a president, who, in the absence of the mayor, shall be
the presiding officer and may perform the duties of mayor, and in the absence
of the president of the council, it may appoint one of its members to act in
his place 1 . (1967 Code)
 
Notes
1 2. RCM 11-804.
## CHAPTER 8 CITY COURT
**SECTION**:
1-8-1: City Court Hours
1-8-2: Duties Of City Judge
1-8-3: Arrests; Complaints
1-8-4: Bail Bond
1-8-5: Cash Bond
1-8-6: Collection Of Costs
1-8-7: Reports
1-8-8: Acquittal
### 1-8-1: CITY COURT HOURS:
City court shall commence at such hours as the city judge shall designate.
([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-2: DUTIES OF CITY JUDGE:
The city judge shall keep a regular docket of proceedings in the court, in
which shall be entered in consecutive order a brief synopsis of the proceedings
on each case, from the time of arrest up to and including final judgment
rendered in the court, and an entry of the appeal, if any appeal is taken.
([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-3: ARRESTS; COMPLAINTS:
If in the opinion of the city judge a complaint is malicious or without
probable cause, he may demand the payment in advance of the probable costs from
the complainant, or security to pay the same within thirty (30) days, before
issuing the warrant, and such costs shall be refunded, or the security released
upon the conviction of the defendant. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-4: BAIL BOND:
Cash bonds shall be turned over to the treasurer within twenty four (24) hours
and his receipt taken therefor, but the treasurer shall not pay the same into
any fund until the bond is declared forfeited, and may return the same to the
depositor on the order of the city judge when the condition of the bond has
been met. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-5: CASH BOND:
Any person found guilty of a violation of the provisions of this code which is
punishable by a fine, the city judge rendering judgment that the defendant pay
such fine, may also direct that he be imprisoned in jail until such fine be
satisfied as provided in chapter 4 of this title. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-6: COLLECTION OF COSTS:
The city judge shall collect the same costs in civil and criminal actions
coming before him as are allowed by statute in similar cases or matters arising
under the state laws, and all fines, fees, or charges so collected by him shall
be paid over to the treasurer for the benefit of the city. When a fine imposed
by the city judge for the violation of any provision of this code is paid in
money, he shall note the payment and the amount thereof with the name of the
person paying the same, if it is other than the defendant, on his docket as an
entry in the case, and such entry shall be sufficient receipt therefor. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md), 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-7: REPORTS:
The city judge shall make out and file with the clerk at end of each quarter of
the fiscal year, a report of the number of cases tried by him for offenses
against the provisions of this code, the persons convicted and acquitted, the
fines and costs imposed and whether the same have been paid, and the number of
days any person convicted has been sentenced to confinement in jail. The
receipts of the treasurer for money paid over to him by the city judge during
said quarter shall be attached to said report and made a part thereof. (Ord.
218, 2-19-1980)
### 1-8-8: ACQUITTAL:
When any defendant charged with the violation of any of the provisions of this
code is acquitted, and if the city judge shall certify in the minutes that the
prosecution was malicious or without probable cause, he may order the
complainant to pay the costs of the action, or to give satisfactory security by
a written undertaking with one or more sureties to pay the same within thirty
(30) days after the trial. If the complainant does not pay the costs or give
security therefor, the city judge may enter judgment against him for the amount
thereof which may be enforced in all respects in the same manner as a judgment
rendered in a civil action. An appeal may be taken as in other cases in civil
action. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
## CHAPTER 9 ELECTIONS
**SECTION**:
1-9-1: Registration
1-9-2: Qualification Of Electors
1-9-3: Voters; Disqualification
1-9-4: Biennial Election
1-9-5: Precincts
1-9-6: Notice
1-9-7: Judges And Clerks Appointment
1-9-8: Name Must Appear On Register
1-9-9: Certificates Of Nomination
1-9-10: Certificate, Where Filed, Contents
1-9-11: Nomination Requirements
1-9-12: Certificates To Be Preserved One Year
1-9-13: Nominees To Pay Prescribed Filing Fee
1-9-14: Filing Fees
1-9-15: Nomination Declined
1-9-16: Vacancies May Be Filled By Further Certificates
1-9-17: Errors, How Corrected
1-9-18: Unlawful Interference
### 1-9-1: REGISTRATION:
Any elector residing within the corporate limits of the city may register for
any city election by appearing before the county clerk and ex officio registrar
and making correct answers to all questions propounded by the county clerk
touching the items of information called for by such registry card, and by
signing and verifying the affidavit or affidavits on the back of such card.
(Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-2: QUALIFICATION OF ELECTORS:
Every person of the age of eighteen (18) years or over, possessing the
following qualifications if his name is registered as required by law, may vote
at all elections held in the city.
   1. He must be a citizen of the United States.
   2. He must have resided in the state for one year and in the city for six
(6) months, and in the ward for thirty (30) days immediately preceding the
election of which he offers to vote. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-3: VOTERS; DISQUALIFICATION:
No person who has been convicted of a felony has the right to vote unless he
has been pardoned. No person who is an idiot or who is insane is entitled to
vote at any election held in this city. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-4: BIENNIAL ELECTION:
The election of such officers as are by law elected for the city shall be on
the first Tuesday of April in each second year. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-5: PRECINCTS:
The city shall be divided into precincts for the purpose of such elections,
whether biennial or special, as follows:
   1. Precinct no. 1, the first ward.
   2. Precinct no. 2, the second ward. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-6: NOTICE:
Notice of every election held in the city shall be prepared by the clerk,
stating the purpose of which such election is held, the day upon which it will
be held, the place of voting in each ward and the time the polls will open and
close and such notice shall be posted in three (3) public places in each ward
of the city at least ten (10) days prior to such election, one being the place
where the election is held. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-7: JUDGES AND CLERKS APPOINTMENT:
The council must, at least five (5) days before any election, appoint three (3)
judges and two (2) clerks of election for each voting precinct, and at such
time fix the voting places for each precinct. Such judges or other officers
shall qualify and conduct the election, canvass the votes and make returns
thereof to the clerk in all respects as required by the laws of the state of
Montana for conducting the general elections, as far as the same are applicable
to city elections. In the event that any judge or clerk of election, appointed
by the council, shall fail to appear and qualify at the time and place for
opening the polls for such election, another shall be chosen by the qualified
electors present at such time and place, who shall qualify and act as judge or
clerk. Judges and clerks of election shall be entitled to receive compensation
as fixed by the city council. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-8: NAME MUST APPEAR ON REGISTER:
When any person shall offer to vote at any general or special city election,
the judges shall examine the registry list for that ward, and if his name be
found thereon without challenge and none is offered, shall check the same and
deposit his ballot, and the clerks shall enter his name on the poll list. If
his name be not on the list, he shall not be allowed to vote. (Ord. 187, 2-20-
1973)
### 1-9-9: CERTIFICATES OF NOMINATION:
Candidates for municipal office may be nominated in the following manner:
   1. A certificate of nomination containing the name of the candidate for
the office is to be filed with the city clerk with such information as is
required in section
1-9-10 of this chapter, must be signed by the electors residing within the
political subdivision in and for which the officer or officers are to be
elected in the following required numbers:
The number of signatures must not be less in number than five percent (5%) of
the number of votes cast for the successful candidate for the same office at
the next preceding election; but the signatures need not be appended to one
paper.
   2. Each elector signing the certificate shall add to his signature his
place of residence, his business and his business address. Any such certificate
may be filed as provided for in section
1-9-10 of this chapter. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
1-9-10: CERTIFICATE, WHERE FILED, CONTENTS:
   1. Certificates of nomination for municipal officers must be filed with
the city clerk not more than forty five (45) days and not less than thirty (30)
days previous to the day of election.
   2. Certificates of nomination which must be in writing must contain the
name of the person nominated, his residence, his business, his business address
and the office for which he is named. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-11: NOMINATION REQUIREMENTS:
No certificate of nomination must contain the name of more than one candidate
for each office to be filled. No person must join in nominating more than one
person for each office to be filled, and no person must accept the nomination
to more than one office. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-12: CERTIFICATES TO BE PRESERVED ONE YEAR:
The city clerk must cause to be preserved in his office for one year all
certificates of nomination filed under the provisions of this chapter. All such
certificates must be open to public inspection under proper regulations made by
the city clerk with whom the same are filed. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-13: NOMINEES TO PAY PRESCRIBED FILING FEE:
All candidates nominated under the provisions of this chapter shall upon filing
a certificate of nomination pay to the city clerk with whom the certificates of
nomination are required to be filed the fees provided for by section
### 1-9-14 of this chapter and such filing fee shall be paid by every person whose
name appears upon the ballot in any general election, provided, however, that
only one filing fee shall be required from any candidate. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-14: FILING FEES:
The fees required to be paid for filing such certificates of nomination shall
be as follows:
   1. For any office with a salary attached of one thousand dollars
($1,000.00) or less per annum - ten dollars ($10.00);
   2. For any office with a salary attached of more than one thousand
dollars ($1,000.00) per annum - one percent (1%) of the total amount of the
annual salary. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-15: NOMINATION DECLINED:
Any person declining nomination in a municipal election shall make such
declination at least five (5) days before an election. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-16: VACANCIES MAY BE FILLED BY FURTHER CERTIFICATES:
When a vacancy occurs in an office of a candidate before the printing of the
ballot for the general election, or if a candidate declines the nomination as
provided in this chapter, or if any certificate of nomination is or becomes
insufficient or inoperative from any cause, the vacancy or vacancies thus
occasioned may be filled in the manner required for original nomination. (Ord.
187, 2-20-1973)
### 1-9-17: ERRORS, HOW CORRECTED:
Whenever it appears by affidavit that an error or omission has occurred in the
publication of the name or description of a candidate nominated for office, or
in the printing of the ballot, the district court of the county may, upon
application of any elector, order and require the city clerk to correct such
error or to show cause why such error should not be corrected. (Ord. 187, 2-20-
1973)
### 1-9-18: UNLAWFUL INTERFERENCE:
No person shall by bribery or other improper means or device directly or
indirectly attempt to influence any elector in the casting of any ballot nor
deter him in the deposit of his ballot or interfere or hinder any voter in the
full and free exercise of his right of suffrage. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
## CHAPTER 10 ORDINANCES
**SECTION**:
1-10-1: Publication
1-10-2: Posting
1-10-3: Effective Date
1-10-4: Ordinance Books
1-10-5: Destruction Of Records
1-10-1: PUBLICATION:
All ordinances, bylaws and resolutions of the city shall be published or posted
as required by law. (Ord. 1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
### 1-10-2: POSTING:
All ordinances, bylaws and resolutions shall be posted for a period of thirty
(30) days in three (3) public places, in the city, one of which shall be the
city hall, after which they shall be recorded in a book to be kept for that
purpose by the clerk, who shall append to each ordinance, bylaw and resolution,
when so recorded and posted, over his signature, the following certificate:
"Posted for thirty (30) days,               Clerk", and the record of said
ordinance, bylaw or resolution with said certificate shall be sufficient
evidence in any court of the proper, legal publication of said ordinance, bylaw
or resolution. (Ord. 1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
### 1-10-3: EFFECTIVE DATE:
All resolutions passed by the council shall be immediately effective unless a
delayed effective date is specified. No ordinance passed by the council shall
become effective until thirty (30) days after its passage except general
appropriation ordinances providing for the ordinary and current expenses of the
city, excepting also, emergency measures and in the case of emergency measures,
the emergency must be expressed in the preamble or in the body of an ordinance,
as the ordinance must receive two-thirds (2/3) vote of all the members elected.
In emergency ordinances, the resolution shall include only such measures as are
immediately necessary for the preservation of peace, health and safety. (Ord.
234, 11-20-1984)
### 1-10-4: ORDINANCE BOOKS:
The book in which said ordinances, bylaws and resolutions are recorded shall be
called the "ordinance book", shall be kept in the custody of the clerk, and
shall be open to inspection by the public at all proper times. (Ord. 1, 5-5-
1913)
### 1-10-5: DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS:
It is hereby declared to be unlawful and a misdemeanor to in any manner alter,
mutilate or destroy the copy of any ordinance, bylaw or resolution which has
been posted in accordance with the provisions hereof, and any person guilty of
a violation of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord.
1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-805, 11-1102.
 
## CHAPTER 11 SALARIES AND WAGES
**SECTION**:
1-11-1: Compensation
### 1-11-1: COMPENSATION:
The salaries and wages of the officers and employees of the city shall be fixed
and determined by the city council by proper resolution. (Ord. 267, 2-21-1995)
CHAPTER 12
CITY FINANCES; FUNDS
**SECTION**:
1-12-1: Special Improvement District Revolving Fund
### 1-12-1: SPECIAL IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT REVOLVING FUND:
There is hereby created and established in the city of Choteau, Montana, a
"special improvement district revolving fund" as authorized by section 11-2269
of the Revised Codes of Montana, 1947, as amended, to be maintained for any
special improvement district or districts created during the year 1976 and
thereafter for any purpose, in order to secure prompt payment of any special
improvement district bonds or warrants hereafter issued in payment of
improvements made therein, and the interest thereon as it becomes due. For the
purpose of providing funds for such revolving fund the council may in its
discretion, from time to time, transfer to the said revolving fund from the
general fund of the city such amount or amounts as may be deemed necessary,
which amount or amounts so transferred shall be deemed and considered, and
shall be, loans from such general fund to the revolving fund, and shall in
addition to such transfer or transfers from the general fund, or in lieu
thereof, levy and collect for such revolving fund such a tax, hereby declared
to be for a public purpose, on all the taxable property in said city or town as
shall be necessary to meet the financial requirements of such fund, such levy,
together with such transfer, not to exceed in any one year five percent (5%) of
the principal amount of the then outstanding special improvement district bonds
and warrants. Whenever any special improvement district bond or warrant, or any
interest thereon, shall become due and payable, and there shall then be either
no money or not sufficient money in the appropriate district fund with which to
pay the same, an amount sufficient to make up the deficiency may, by order of
the council, be loaned by the revolving fund to such district fund to be used
and applied as provided by sections 11-2270, 11-2271, 11-2272 and 11-2273,
Revised Code of Montana as amended. (Ord. 202, 7-19-1976)
## TITLE 2 DEPARTMENTS
##CHAPTER 1 WATER DEPARTMENT
**SECTION**:
2-1-1: Duties Of City Superintendent Regarding Water System
2-1-2: Rules And Regulations
2-1-3: Application For Water
2-1-4: Charges For Connections
2-1-5: Discontinuance Of Service At Request Of Owner
2-1-6: Responsibility For Service Pipes And Fixtures
2-1-7: Seasonal Rules; Violations; Penalties
2-1-8: Using Water During Fire Prohibited
2-1-9: Tapping Water Mains; Authorized Persons
2-1-10: One Connection For Two Or More Buildings Prohibited; Exceptions
2-1-11: Shutting Off Water At Mains
2-1-12: Unlawful Acts
2-1-13: Water Meters And Permits
2-1-14: Water Meters; Property Of City
2-1-15: Water Meters To Have Cutoffs; Bypass
2-1-16: Licensed Person Only To Install
2-1-17: Bond For Water Connection Work
2-1-18: Curb Stops
2-1-19: New Construction And Total Reconstruction; Connection To City Water
2-1-20: Private Water Supply; Permit Required
2-1-21: Private Water Supply; No Connection To City Water System
2-1-22: Establishment Of Water Rates
2-1-23: Water Rates; Payable
2-1-24: Water Service; Delinquent Accounts; Violation
2-1-25: Deposit For New Accounts
2-1-26: Variation In Water Pressure
2-1-27: Supersedes Prior Ordinances And Repealer
2-1-28: Severability
### 2-1-1: DUTIES OF CITY SUPERINTENDENT REGARDING WATER SYSTEM:
The city superintendent shall have the following duties regarding the city
water department:
   1. Executive Officer: Be the general executive officer of the water
system and shall have the immediate control and management of all things
pertaining to the water system and shall perform all acts which may be
necessary for the prudent, efficient and economical management and protection
of the water system, subject to the approval and control of the council.
   2. Administration: Have charge of all employees and all property
belonging to, and pertaining to the water system, and shall give written orders
for all supplies and materials and preserve a copy of such orders in the
office.
   3. Contracts And Repairs: Have charge of all contracts and shall see that
they are faithfully executed, and shall have charge of all erection, alteration
and repair of all buildings, engines, pumps, fixtures, wells, reservoirs and
grounds. The superintendent shall determine the location and size of all water
mains, service connections, valves, hydrants and specials, subject to approval
by the department of environmental quality.
   4. Records: Keep correct record of all mains, hydrants, valves and
specials and submit all bills, payrolls and accounts to the city for their
audit and approval.
   (E)   Books And Papers: Have the care and safekeeping, in a place provided
by the city, of all books and papers regarding the water system.
   (F)   Permits: Issue all permits for tapping mains and shall keep record of
all taps, service pipes, their size, location, material and all data pertaining
to same.
   (G)   Pump Record: Cause to be kept a daily record of all the work of each
pump, the pressure maintained, the number of gallons pumped and such other data
as may be necessary.
   (H)   Gates And Hydrants: See that all gates and hydrants are restored to
their proper condition after use by the fire department and shall see that all
breaks or defects, should any be discovered, are repaired as necessary and as
resources permit.
   (I)   Taps And Service Pipes: Shall require that service pipes and
connections be properly laid and curb stops placed in their proper location,
and record kept of same.
   (J)   Meters: Keep a true record of each meter in use and test any meters
which are suspected of inaccuracy and cause the same to be remedied.
   (K)   Delegation Of Duties: The superintendent may delegate any of the above
responsibilities to other city employees. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-2: RULES AND REGULATIONS:
The rules and regulations hereby established for the management, control and
protection of the water system shall be considered to be part of each contract
with each customer of city water who will be deemed to have consented to be
bound to these rules and regulations. Failure to know the rules will not excuse
anyone from the penalty for infringement of such rules. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-3: APPLICATION FOR WATER:
Applications for city water to be used for any purpose must be made at the city
office upon the printed form furnished for that purpose. The application must
be signed by the owner or duly authorized agent of the owner of the property to
be served. No taps shall be made to the main until the applicant has signed the
contract mentioned herein, and a permit has been issued authorizing the laying
and connecting of such pipes as will conform with the application. (Ord. 294,
4-16-2002)
### 2-1-4: CHARGES FOR CONNECTIONS:
At the time of making application and signing the contract set forth herein,
the applicant shall pay for the cost of the tap and the material furnished by
the city for making said connection. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-5: DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE AT REQUEST OF OWNER:
Should an owner of property desire to discontinue the use of water at the
owner's property, written notice thereof shall be filed with the city. When the
water is ordered shut off from any premises, all charges for water supplied to
such premises shall be immediately due and payable to the city. The water will
be turned off without charge, but the owner shall continue to be obligated to
pay the monthly base rate. The owner of property requiring reconnection after
voluntary discontinuance of service shall pay a reconnection fee. (Ord. 294, 4-
16-2002)
### 2-1-6: RESPONSIBILITY FOR SERVICE PIPES AND FIXTURES:
The city is responsible for the water main and main corporation valve. The
property owner is responsible for the service pipe from the city water main to
the premises together with the curb stops and box. Service pipe and curb stop
will be installed according to city specifications and by authorized persons
only, at the expense of the property owner. No claim shall be made against the
city on account of failure of any service pipe or fixtures or for accidental
failure in the supply of water. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-7: SEASONAL RULES; VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES:
The city council shall make such rules as they deem necessary for controlling
the seasonal use of water. All water users shall be notified of these rules by
publication in the newspaper or by mail. Users violating the rules adopted by
the city council shall be given a warning by the city. A person who violates
the rules after receiving a warning is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon
conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than twenty five
dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord. 294, 4-16-
2002)
### 2-1-8: USING WATER DURING FIRE PROHIBITED:
During a fire, it is unlawful for any person to use hoses, yard fountains and
all other outlets where a constant flow of water is maintained except for the
extinguishment of the fire. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-9: TAPPING WATER MAINS; AUTHORIZED PERSONS:
No person other than an authorized employee of the city shall make any tap or
connection with any main or with any distributing pipe of the water system, and
water may be turned on at the curb cock only by an authorized employee of the
city. It is a misdemeanor for any unauthorized person to turn water on or tap
into or connect with the water system. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-10: ONE CONNECTION FOR TWO OR MORE BUILDINGS PROHIBITED; EXCEPTIONS:
It is unlawful for any owner, agent or tenant to supply or permit to be
supplied, any water to two (2) or more buildings through one and the same
connection except on a special contract with the city. Supplying or permitting
water to be supplied to two (2) or more buildings without a special contract is
a violation of the owner's contract and owners shall be liable for the cost of
all water so used. The city reserves the right to shut off the supply of water
for wilful abuses. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-11: SHUTTING OFF WATER AT MAINS:
The city reserves the right at any time without notice to shut the water off at
its mains for the purpose of making repairs or extensions or for any other
purpose, and no claim shall be made against the city for any damage that may
result from shutting off the water. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-12: UNLAWFUL ACTS:
It is unlawful for any person with intent to injure or defraud, to:
   1. Break or deface the seal on any water meter; or
   2. Obstruct, alter, injure or prevent the action of any water meter; or
   3. Make any connection by means of a pipe, or otherwise, with any main or
pipe used for delivery of water to a consumer thereof, in such a manner as to
take water from said main or pipe without its passage through the meter; or
   4. Make any connection or connection with such main or pipe, or turn off
or on, or in any manner interfere with any valve, stopcock or other appliance
connected therewith; or
   (E)   Prevent by the erection of any device or construction, or by any other
means, free access to any water meter or to interfere with, obstruct or
prevent, by any means the reading or inspection of such water meter by any
agent of the city.
Any violation of this section will be deemed a misdemeanor. (Ord. 294, 4-16-
2002)
### 2-1-13: WATER METERS AND PERMITS:
All property with water service lines tapped into or connected to the city
water system shall be serviced by a city approved water meter. No person, firm
or corporation shall connect any water service pipe or pipes into the city
water mains without having first obtained a permit, in accordance with the fee
schedule therefor from the city council and on file in the city office. (Ord.
294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-14: WATER METERS; PROPERTY OF CITY:
Water meters are owned by the city and are furnished to customers. Meter cost
shall be originally paid by the city and repairs or replacements paid by the
city except for meters damaged by the wilful acts or negligence of the customer
or user. Meter installation cost on new construction will be the responsibility
of the consumer, and proper receptacles are to be provided for the meters and
the service pipes are to be suitably arranged. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-15: WATER METERS TO HAVE CUTOFFS; BYPASS:
All meters installed for measuring city water shall be provided with a cutoff
on each side of said meter, so that any meter may be removed for the purpose of
testing or repairing and a bypass may be placed in the service pipe for the
purpose of supplying the customer with water during the testing of said meter.
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-16: LICENSED PERSON ONLY TO INSTALL:
No water meter or water service shall be installed except by a plumber, duly
licensed under the laws of the state of Montana, or by the city, and no person
other than one acting under the authority and direction of the city shall open,
repair or interfere with any water meter in service. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-17: BOND FOR WATER CONNECTION WORK:
Any private contractor or plumber authorized and licensed by the city for
making water connections to the city main shall file with the city a bond or
proof of insurance in at least the sum of one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000.00) protecting the city against all loss or damage which may occur on
account of such license through the wilful or negligent acts or omissions to
act in the execution or protection of his work or by reason of any inadequate
or defective work done by such person or his employees. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-18: CURB STOPS:
The opening of curb stops by any means other than with a proper wrench by an
authorized person is strictly forbidden and persons violating this section
shall be liable for all damages occasioned thereby. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-19: NEW CONSTRUCTION AND TOTAL RECONSTRUCTION; CONNECTION TO CITY WATER:
All new commercial or noncommercial construction and total reconstruction of a
demolished residence or building within the city limits must connect to the
city water system provided, however, that the lot or premises is adjacent to a
city water line existing at the time of the construction or reconstruction.
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-20: PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY; PERMIT REQUIRED:
Every person who owns or occupies premises within the city limits connected to
city water service who intends to construct or install a private, domestic
water supply, must obtain a permit from the city. A private, domestic water
supply is any assemblage of pipes, hoses, conduits, pumps, tanks or other
apparatus whereby water is obtained from a well, spring, pond, stream or lake
to be used for domestic water use. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-21: PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY; NO CONNECTION TO CITY WATER SYSTEM:
It is prohibited to have any physical connection between a private water supply
and the city water system. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-22: ESTABLISHMENT OF WATER RATES:
The charges for water furnished by the city to a customer whose property is not
metered shall be based on the rates in effect on the date of adoption hereof or
as adopted by resolution of the city council, which schedule may be revised
from time to time by resolution and in accordance with title 69, chapter 7,
part 1 et seq.
The charges for water furnished by the city to a customer whose property has
been metered shall be based on a schedule of charges for water furnished by the
city as adopted by resolution of the city council which schedule may be revised
from time to time by resolution of the city council and in accordance with
title 69, chapter 7, part 1 et seq. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-23: WATER RATES; PAYABLE:
On a monthly basis, the city shall prepare a statement of charges assessed
against each user for the previous month. The city shall mail said statement of
charges to the user at the address provided to the city by the user.
Payment for the charges named therein shall be due in the office of the city
clerk no later than thirty (30) days from the issuance date of the statement.
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-24: WATER SERVICE; DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS; VIOLATION:
For violation of any of the rules set out in this chapter or for nonpayment,
the city has the right to turn off water to the premises.
Charges shall be delinquent if not paid on or before the due date, and a
delinquency which continues thirty (30) days or more shall result in
termination of water service unless arrangements acceptable to the city have
been made. The city shall have an action at law for the collection of
delinquent charges, interest at the legal rate from the date of delinquency,
costs and attorney fees.
Once terminated, the water service shall not be restored until the customer's
account is paid in full, including both current and delinquent charges, or
until arrangements acceptable to the city have been made. The city shall have
the sole discretion to decide what arrangements, if any, are acceptable.
Whenever the water supply shall be shut off in the service pipe for nonpayment,
before service is reinstated, the customer shall pay a fee as determined by
resolution of the city council and payable at the time that service is turned
on again; and in the event that the authorized city representative has to dig
down to, or cause to be dug down to the service pipe or water main, in order to
shut off and/or turn on the water service, the customer shall pay all expense
thereof in addition to the fees mentioned in this section before the water
shall be turned on. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-25: DEPOSIT FOR NEW ACCOUNTS:
At the time of making application for a new account for city water service, the
customer shall pay a deposit in an amount determined by resolution of the city
council. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-26: VARIATION IN WATER PRESSURE:
The city will not be held responsible for damages resulting from variation in
water pressure or soil collapse from any cause whatsoever. (Ord. 294, 4-16-
2002)
### 2-1-27: SUPERSEDES PRIOR ORDINANCES AND REPEALER:
This chapter supersedes all prior water rules, regulations and ordinances. All
ordinances of this code or parts thereof in conflict herewith are hereby
repealed. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
### 2-1-28: SEVERABILITY:
If any provision of this chapter is held invalid, such invalidity shall not
affect the other provisions which may be given effect without the invalid
provision and, therefore, the provisions of this chapter are declared to be
severable. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
## TITLE 3 - BUILDING REGULATIONS
## CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL BUILDING PROVISIONS
**SECTION**:
3-1-1: Building Permits
3-1-2: Plan Review
3-1-3: Inspections
3-1-4: Inspector Qualifications And Duties
3-1-5: Factory Built Buildings
3-1-6: Permit Fees
3-1-7: Territorial Application
3-1-8: Board Of Appeals
3-1-9: Violations And Penalties
### 3-1-1: BUILDING PERMITS:
   1. Any person wishing to obtain a building permit shall submit a
completed application to the building inspector.
   2. The building inspector shall specify the manner in which said
application shall be completed.
      1.   A description of the land which it will affect;
      2.   The present use of any existing structures;
      3.   Plans and specifications indicating the entire scope of work.
   3. The applicant shall furnish such other documents as the building
inspector deems relevant and necessary, in his/her discretion, for review of
the proposed work.
   4. The building inspector may, in his/her discretion, waive any of the
requirements hereunder when the proposed work is of an insubstantial nature or
effect. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-2: PLAN REVIEW:
   1. The building inspector shall be responsible for coordination of
building plan review and for issuance of building permits.
   2. Upon application by any person for a building permit, the building
inspector shall review the plans for compliance with this code. The building
inspector shall submit the plans to any other affected city departments for
review and approval by the departments before issuing a permit.
   3. Building plan review shall be completed by the building inspector
within fifteen (15) working days of submission of a completed application.
   4. The building inspector may, in certain cases, request the building
codes division, other state agencies or design professionals to aid in the plan
review process. In such cases, the building inspector may lengthen the
completion of time for review by twenty (20) working days when necessary.
   (E)   One such approved set of plans and specifications shall be retained by
the building inspector as a public record, for a period of not less than ninety
(90) days from the date of completion of the work covered therein, and one set
of approved plans and specifications shall be returned to the applicant, which
set shall be kept on such building or work site at all times during which the
work authorized thereby is in progress and shall be open to inspection by
public officials. Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed,
modified or altered without authorization from the building inspector and all
work shall be done in accordance with the approved plans. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-3: INSPECTIONS:
Inspections shall be conducted by the building inspector. Where other
departments require inspection, the building inspector shall ensure they are
conducted within the time frame allowed. Final inspections and issuance of
certificates of occupancy shall be conducted in accordance with the
international building code.
Where applicable the work listed below must be inspected prior to covering.
Request for an inspection must be made seventy two (72) hours in advance.
   1. Footing.
   2. Foundation wall.
   3. Concrete slab.
   4. Under floor (crawl space).
   (E)   Frame (walls, trusses, rafters, floor, etc.).
   (F)   Energy efficiency (insulation, glazing, etc.).
   (G)   Wallboard.
   (H)   Final - issue certificate of occupancy.
   (I)   Reroof/Re-side - tear off, in progress and final.
Written inspection reports or verbal communication will be conveyed to the
contractor, job superintendent, design professional or owner with a copy or
notation retained in the inspector's file should any discrepancies be observed.
Depending on the scope of work not all of the above inspections may be
necessary. Circumstances may require additional site visits for consultation or
discrepancy resolution. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-4: INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES:
   1. The building inspector shall possess adequate knowledge of the
building trade and such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the city
council from time to time.
   2. As building inspector, his/her duties shall include those set forth in
the international building code and in Montana Code Annotated title 50, chapter
60, 2011, as now or hereinafter amended. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-5: FACTORY BUILT BUILDINGS:
Factory built buildings bearing an insignia issued by Montana building codes
division, department of labor and industry, shall be subject to local
government zoning, utility connections, building permit and subsequent
inspections for foundations and appurtenances to the structure (landings,
stairs, decks, covered porches and the like). Applications to the building
official for the erection and utility connection shall be in accordance with
the applicable codes. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-6: PERMIT FEES:
Building permit fees shall be set and established by the city council from time
to time by appropriate resolution. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-7: TERRITORIAL APPLICATION:
The jurisdictional area of the building department of the city shall be
residential and commercial buildings and structures and permits therefor within
the corporate limits of the city. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-8: BOARD OF APPEALS:
In order to determine the suitability of alternate materials and methods of
construction and to provide for reasonable interpretations of the provisions of
the international building code, there shall be and is hereby created a board
of appeals, consisting of five (5) members, who are qualified by experience and
training to pass upon matters pertaining to building construction. The board of
appeals shall be appointed by the mayor with approval by the city council and
shall hold office at their leisure. The board shall adopt reasonable rules and
regulations for conducting its investigations and shall render all decisions
and findings, in writing, to the building official, with a duplicate copy to
the applicant. The board may recommend to the city council such new legislation
as is consistent herewith. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
### 3-1-9: VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES:
   1. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect,
construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, raze, convert,
demolish, equip, use, occupy or maintain any building or structure in the city,
or cause or permit the same to be done, contrary to, or in violation of, any of
the provisions of this title.
   2. Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of
this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and each such person shall
be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during which any
violation of any of the provisions of this title is committed, continued or
permitted and upon conviction of any such violation, such person shall be
punishable by a fine of not more than three hundred dollars ($300.00) or by
imprisonment for not more than ninety (90) days or by both such fine and
imprisonment. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
## CHAPTER 2 BUILDING CODE
**SECTION**:
3-2-1: Adoption Of Codes
3-2-2: Building In Floodplain Area
### 3-2-1: ADOPTION OF CODES:
Those certain codes known as "the state building code" are hereby adopted by
the city of Choteau for the purpose of regulating buildings in the city of
Choteau and protecting the health and safety of the city's citizenry, which
codes consist of:
   1. The international building code (hereinafter referred to as "IBC"),
2012 edition, as described in and amended by section 24.301.131, 1 through 3 of
the administrative rules of Montana (hereinafter referred to as ARM) and ARM
24.301.146, 1 and 2 and including IBC appendix C (group U - agricultural
buildings) and appendix H.
   2. The international residential code (hereinafter referred to as the
"IRC"), 2012 edition, as described in and amended by section 24.301.154 ARM.
   3. The international energy conservation code (hereinafter referred to as
the IECC), 2012 edition, as amended by section 8.70.204(1) ARM.
   4. Uniform plumbing code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1, 2014.
   (E)   International mechanical code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1,
2014.
   (F)   International fuel gas code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1,
2014.
These codes are hereby adopted and incorporated herein as if fully set out in
their entirety herein. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
 
Notes
1 1. Referred to in MCA § 50-60-203, 2011.
### 3-2-2: BUILDING IN FLOODPLAIN AREA 1 :
1. Building Permit Required: Within the tentatively designated floodplain
area in the city, no new construction, substantial improvement to an existing
structure or moving or demolishing of an existing structure shall be allowed
unless the person engaged in such construction improvement, moving or
demolishing has been granted a building permit by the city authorizing one or
more of these enumerated activities with reference to a particular building or
structure.
1. The applicant for such permit, as part of his or her application may
be required to submit to the city such documentation as it may require to show
that new construction or substantial improvement to existing structures will be
reasonably safe from flooding.
2. The applicant for such permit, as part of his or her application,
must submit a record of elevations (in relation to mean sea level of the lowest
floor, including basement) of all new or substantially improved structures
located in the special flood hazard areas. If the lowest floor is below grade
on one or more sides, the elevation of the floor immediately above must also be
recorded.
         1. The city clerk shall maintain for public inspection and furnish
upon request the said record of elevations.
   2. Construction Requirements: Within the tentatively designated
floodplain area of the city, any proposed new construction or substantial
improvement (including prefabricated and mobile homes) must:
      1. Be designed (or modified) and anchored to prevent flotation,
collapse or lateral movement of the structure;
      2. Use construction materials and utility equipment that are resistant
to flood damage; and
      3. Use construction methods and practices that will minimize flood
damage.
   3. Design Of Water And Sewer Systems: New or replacement water supply
systems and/or sanitary sewage system must be designed to minimize or eliminate
infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems
into floodwaters, and on site waste disposal systems must be located so as to
avoid impairment of them or contamination from them during flooding. (Ord. 208,
3-8-1978; amd. Ord. 305, 4-17-2012)
 
Notes
1 2. See also chapter 4 of this title.
## CHAPTER 3 AWNINGS AND SIGNS
**SECTION**:
3-3-1: Awning Requirements
3-3-2: Sign Requirements
### 3-3-1: AWNING REQUIREMENTS:
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to erect, construct, maintain or
attach any awning to the front of any building in the city, unless the same
shall be, at the lowest part, at least seven feet (7') from the surface of the
sidewalk along the front or sides of such building, and shall not project over
to exceed three-fourths (3/4) of the width of such sidewalk, and such awning
shall be supported without posts, by iron brackets or iron framework attached
firmly to the building so as to leave the sidewalk wholly unobstructed thereby,
all to the satisfaction of the street commissioner or engineer. (Ord. 28, 7-20-
1914)
### 3-3-2: SIGN REQUIREMENTS:
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to erect, construct, maintain, or
attach any sign, signboard, carved figure or emblem, tobacco sign, barber pole,
bulletin board, private lamp or light to any building so as to project over any
sidewalk in the city, unless the same shall be, at the lowest part, at least
eight feet (8') from the surface of the sidewalk, and shall not project over to
exceed three-fourths (3/4) of the width of such sidewalk in the case of
electrically lighted signs made of metal and glass, and one-half (1/2) of the
width of the sidewalk in the case of all other signs, and such sign, signboard,
carved figure or emblem shall be supported on posts or by safe and substantial
iron brackets or frames attached firmly to the building. Supporting posts for
such signs shall be so placed as to not obstruct the main traveled portion of
the sidewalk; provided, however, that tobacco signs, carved figures, barber
poles and bulletin boards may be placed upon the sidewalk next to the building
line, but shall not extend outwardly from said line to exceed two feet (2'),
nor in height to exceed six feet (6') above the surface of the sidewalk, and be
securely fastened so as to eliminate all danger of being tipped over by the
wind or otherwise, and the fastening of all signs, signboards, carved figures
or emblems, tobacco signs, barber poles, bulletin boards, private lamps or
light shall be to the satisfaction of the street commissioner or engineer.
Provided that when any sign as above described is placed on a street which is a
federal, interstate or state highway, the outermost portion of the overhanging
device shall be at least five feet (5') behind the face of the curb, or where
there is no curb, from the shoulder of the road, and further, the lowest
portion of the overhanging device shall be at least ten feet (10') above the
top of the curb or sidewalk or highway shoulder elevation 1 . (Ord. 169, 3-18-
1968)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-972.
## CHAPTER 4 FLOODPLAIN AND FLOODWAY MANAGEMENT [1](#notes-1-1)
**SECTION**:
3-4-1: Intent
3-4-2: Statutory Authority
3-4-3: Adoption By Reference
#### Notes 1 1.
*See also section 3-2-2 of this title for building requirements in floodplain area.*
### 3-4-1: INTENT:
This chapter is passed in order to comply with the Montana floodplain and
floodway management act 1 and to ensure compliance with the requirements for
the continued participation by the city, in the national flood insurance
program. Land use regulations which are hereby adopted are to be applied to all
identified 100-year floodplains within local jurisdiction. (Ord. 258, 5-21-
1991)
 
Notes
1 2. MCA 76-5.
### 3-4-2: STATUTORY AUTHORITY:
Municipalities have authority to adopt ordinances as provided for in section 7-
1-4123, Montana Code Annotated to promote the general public health and
welfare.
Other authority for municipalities and counties to adopt floodplain management
regulations appears in sections 76-5-101 through 406, Montana Code Annotated.
(Ord. 258, 5-21-1991)
### 3-4-3: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE:
This chapter adopts the set of comprehensive land use regulations attached
hereto by reference, and on file in the city office, for identified 100-year
floodplains within the city. Identification of 100-year floodplains is based on
the "Federal Emergency Management Agency Flood Insurance Study", dated October
3, 1983. All other ordinances are hereby repealed to the extent of any
inconsistencies. (Ord. 258, 5-21-1991)
## TITLE 4 POLICE REGULATIONS
## CHAPTER 1 GENERAL OFFENSES
**SECTION**:
4-1-1: Assembly, Unlawful
4-1-2: Billposting
4-1-3: Broken Glass On Streets
4-1-4: Disturbing The Peace
4-1-5: Drunkenness
4-1-6: Lug Wheels
4-1-7: Playing Ball On Streets Prohibited
4-1-8: Vagrancy
4-1-9: Minor; Possession Of Beer Or Liquor
4-1-10: Peeping Persons
### 4-1-1: ASSEMBLY, UNLAWFUL:
It shall be unlawful for any person to make, or assist in making, any riot,
noise or disturbance in the city, or aid or countenance any disorderly
assemblage 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-927, 94-35-181.
### 4-1-2: BILLPOSTING:
No person shall paste, or in any manner post up, any written or printed bill,
notice or advertisement, on any part of the outer walls of any building or on
any fence, bridge or other structure, or on any tree, or any telegraph,
telephone or electric light or other pole, within the city limits, without
having obtained the consent of the owner thereof. (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
### 4-1-3: BROKEN GLASS ON STREETS:
No person shall throw or place in any highway any glass, nails or other
material likely to puncture or injure the rubber tire of any vehicle. (Ord.
106, 6-5-1950)
### 4-1-4: DISTURBING THE PEACE:
Every person who wilfully and maliciously disturbs the peace of any
neighborhood or person in the city, or within three (3) miles of the city
limits, by loud or unnatural noise, or by tumultuous or offensive conduct or
threatening, traducing, quarreling, challenging to fight, or fighting, or use
any vulgar, profane or indecent language or gestures within the presence, sight
or hearing of any person is guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 45, 4-2-1917)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-927.
### 4-1-5: DRUNKENNESS:
Any person being found drunk or intoxicated in the city or within three (3)
miles of the limits of the city, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 46, 4-
2-1917)
### 4-1-6: LUG WHEELS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to take, draw, propel or run any traction
engine upon, along or across any concrete crosswalk within the city, or to
cause the same to be done, without first laying down or causing to be laid down
upon such concrete crosswalks, planks of the thickness of not less than three
inches (3"), upon which planks said traction engine shall be taken, drawn,
propelled or run, and, provided further, that such traction engine, or the
wheels thereof, shall not in any manner be permitted to rest upon or touch such
concrete crosswalk, and, provided further, that the use of planks as above
provided shall not release any person from liability for any damage done to
such concrete crosswalks by reason of the taking, drawing, propelling or
running any traction engine upon, along or across such concrete walk. (Ord. 29,
3-1-1915)
### 4-1-7: PLAYING BALL ON STREETS PROHIBITED:
No person shall play ball, and it shall be unlawful for any person to throw any
ball or snowball, or kick or play football, in any of the public streets,
roads, alleys or highways of the city 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
 Notes
1 2. RCM 11-943.
### 4-1-8: VAGRANCY:
Every person being a vagrant, as defined by the provisions of section 94-35-
248, revised codes of 1947 of the state, within the city limits shall be deemed
guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 10A, 9-15-1913)
 
Notes
1 3. RCM 11-936, 94-35-248
### 4-1-9: MINOR; POSSESSION OF BEER OR LIQUOR:
Any person who shall not have reached the age of twenty one (21) years and who
shall have in his possession beer or liquor shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
(Ord. 161, 10-2-1967)
### 4-1-10: PEEPING PERSONS:
   1. Defined: The term "peeping persons" means one who peeps through
windows or doors or other like places on the premises of another for the
purpose of spying upon or invading the privacy of the person spied upon, and
the doing of any act of a similar nature which involves the privacy of such
persons.
   2. Declared Unlawful: It is unlawful for any person to be a peeping
person on the premises of another, or to go upon the premises of another for
the purpose of being a peeping person.
   3. Punishment: Any person convicted of the crime of being a peeping
person shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, for the first offense, be
fined not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) or be imprisoned in the
county jail for a term not to exceed ten (10) days or both. For a second and
subsequent conviction within one year of a prior conviction, the fine shall to
not exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) and/or imprisonment in the county
jail for a period not to exceed six (6) months or both. (Ord. 235, 1-15-1985)
## CHAPTER 2 ANIMALS; DOGS
**SECTION**:
4-2-1: Definitions
4-2-2: Authority Of City Animal Control Officer
4-2-3: Vaccination And Licensing Of Dogs And Cats
4-2-4: Violations Under This Chapter
4-2-5: Seizure Or Impoundment Of Dogs And Other Animals Within The City
4-2-6: Fines And Costs Of Impoundment
4-2-7: Repealer, Separability, Effective Date, And 1981 Licensing Date
### 4-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
The words and terms used in this chapter shall have the meanings indicated as
follows unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
ANIMAL: Every living brute creature, whether domestic or wild, fowl or mammal
and shall include, but not be limited to, horses, mules, asses, cattle, sheep,
goats, chickens, ducks, turkeys, cats and dogs.
AT LARGE: Intended to mean the presence of an animal away from the premises of
the owner, and not under the control of the owner or person authorized by the
owner to have control either by leash, cord, chain or otherwise.
CONTROL: Obedient to a competent person's commands, or within the proper limits
of the premises or vehicle controlled by the owner or other person consenting
thereto.
DOGS: All canines, whether male or female, neutered or unneutered.
GUARD OR ATTACK DOG: A dog trained to attack any person or creature coming upon
the premises containing such dog, or dogs trained to attack upon command.
IMPOUND: To sequester an animal at a place provided by the city for the keeping
or the holding of animals.
KENNEL: Any lot, building, structure or premises where three (3) or more
sexually unaltered dogs or cats over the age of four (4) months are kept or
maintained for sale or for the business of boarding, training or breeding for a
fee.
NUISANCE ANIMAL OR PUBLIC NUISANCE: The keeping of any animal which disturbs
the peace and quiet or endangers the repose or health of persons by biting or
by frequent or habitual barking, howling or yelping, or which defecates,
urinates, scratches or digs in any lawn, tree, shrub, plant, building or any
other property, private or public, other than the property of the owner, or any
dog which upsets or disturbs garbage cans or disturbs or strews garbage
belonging to any person. A public nuisance shall also include the keeping or
maintenance of any pen enclosure, stable or building for any animal or animals
which is offensive to neighbors or passersby or which is injurious to the
health of the neighborhood.
OWNER: Any person who owns, keeps or harbors an animal.
PERSON: Any person, firm, association, organization, partnership, business
trust, corporation, company or other entity.
POUND: All places where impounded animals are to be confined, whether by a
public agency or by a private person or persons under contract or agreement
with a public agency.
VACCINATE: The inoculation of a dog or other animal.
VETERINARIAN: A duly licensed doctor of veterinary medicine.
VICIOUS DOG: A dog which shows a propensity to attack, bite, scratch or harass
people or other animals without provocation. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-
1981; amd. Ord. 243, 3-17-1987; Ord. 256, 11-6-1990; Ord. 296, 1-7-2003)
### 4-2-2: AUTHORITY OF CITY ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER:
   1. The city shall assign or designate a person or persons as city animal
control officer, hereafter termed, "officer", who shall have and is vested with
the authority to enter upon premises upon which any animal is kept for the
purpose of taking up, seizing or impounding any animal found running at large,
or to ascertain if any of the provisions of this chapter or any state laws
relating to the cruelty of animals, or the care, treatment or impoundment of
animals is being violated, provided there is probable cause to believe there is
a violation. The officer shall have the authority to employ the use of a
tranquilizer gun or any other animal control device in common use within the
state. The officer has authority to take up and impound all animals in
violation of any section of this chapter and shall be and hereby is authorized
to issue citations for violations of the provisions of this chapter. The
officer is also hereby authorized to shoot animals when, upon reasonable
belief, that animal is placing a person in immediate or proximate danger.
   2. Upon such terms as the city deems appropriate, it may enter into
agreements with a person or persons to seize animals found at large and to
impound animals found at large. (Ord. 296, 1-7-2003)
### 4-2-3: VACCINATION AND LICENSING OF DOGS AND CATS:
   1. Every owner of a dog or cat, which dog or cat is over four (4) months
of age, shall cause such dog or cat to be vaccinated with a rabies vaccine
administered by a veterinarian. Revaccination of each dog or cat shall be
administered by a veterinarian within two (2) years of any prior vaccination.
   2. Every owner of a dog or cat, which dog or cat is over four (4) months
of age, shall purchase a dog or cat license from the city. Such license shall
be purchased from the city clerk on or before January 31 of each year, and each
owner shall be required to purchase an annual license fee for each dog or cat
in the amount of five dollars ($5.00). After January 31 of each year, during
the year, within fifteen (15) days after a dog or cat reaches the age of four
(4) months, or within fifteen (15) days after any dog or cat over the age of
four (4) months is acquired or brought into the city, each owner shall procure
a license for said dog or cat and such owner shall be required to pay the fees
herein required of such owner. The fee of the license for a spayed or neutered
dog or cat shall be one-half (1/2) of the amount required in this subsection.
   3. Any owner who fails to procure a dog or cat license for each dog or
cat within the city during the time allowed shall, in addition to any other
penalty provided by this code, be subject to an additional ten dollar ($10.00)
delinquent assessment and said assessment shall be added to the license fee
provided for in subsection (B) of this section.
   4. The owner, upon application for dog or cat license shall state the
age, sex, color and breed of the animal and shall further certify, by written
document supplied by the administrating veterinarian, the most recent rabies
vaccination date and the date of the dog or cat was neutered or spayed, if a
reduced license fee is sought by the owner. In addition, the owner shall give
his or her name, address and place, if different from owner's address, where
the dog or cat will be kept.
   (E)   The owner shall permanently affix or cause to be affixed to the dog or
cat the license tag purchased for that dog or cat and said dog or cat shall
thereafter, at all times, have the dog or cat tag attached to it.
   (F)   Dog or cat license tag shall not be transferable between owners or
from one to another dog or cat.
   (G)   Dogs or cats belonging to nonresidents of the city, which are licensed
and vaccinated in another jurisdiction, for the valid period of such license,
are exempt from the license and vaccination requirements of this chapter. All
other dogs or cats within the city are subject to the license requirements of
this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
   (H)   (Rep. by Ord. 274, 6-2-1998)
   (I)   Any person keeping or harboring any "guard or attack dog" within the
city, as defined in this chapter, shall immediately register with the city
clerk a description of such dog, giving the address of the premises where the
dog will be kept within the city and the name of the owner of the dog. The fee
for the licensing of a guard or attack dog shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00).
In addition, the owner or person harboring or keeping such dog shall keep said
dog under strict physical control, confined within a physical enclosure from
which said dog cannot be reasonably expected to escape and within which other
persons or animals cannot reasonably be expected to enter. If, at any time, the
guard dog is not within the physical enclosure, such animal must be on a leash
not greater than six feet (6') in length and must be muzzled. The owner or
person harboring such dog shall post, in a conspicuous place on the premises
containing such dog, a sign of not less than twelve inches by twelve inches
(12" x 12") in dimension, bearing the legend:
   Beware: Dangerous Dog on Premises.
(Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
4-2-4: VIOLATIONS UNDER THIS CHAPTER:
   1. No person shall own, harbor, keep or have control of any unlicensed
dog or cat in the city, or permit or allow any unlicensed dog or cat to remain
on any premises under control or possession of such person contrary to the
provisions of this chapter.
   2. No owner shall permit his dog or cat to be "at large", as defined in
this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
   3. No person who is the owner, possessor or keeper of any dog or other
animal shall permit such animal to create a "public nuisance", as defined in
this chapter.
   4. No person shall own, harbor or keep a vicious dog within the city.
   (E)   No person shall own, harbor or keep a "guard or attack dog", as
described in this chapter unless such dog is licensed, registered and confined
or muzzled and leashed within the strict physical control of the owner at all
times.
   (F)   No owner or other person harboring or keeping a female dog in heat
shall permit such dog to be or remain upon any public place in the city or to
be or remain upon private property within the city unless such dog is confined
in a physical enclosure from which such dog cannot reasonably be expected to
escape and within which no other dog may obtain access, except for the purpose
of planned breeding.
   (G)   No owner or keeper of any dog or other animal shall abandon said
animal in the city. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
   (H)   No person shall own, keep or harbor any animal that is infected with a
disease transmissible to a human, or disease which otherwise constitutes a
public health hazard. No person shall permit such infected animal to be or to
remain within the city other than in the custody of a veterinarian.
   (I)   Upon the demand made by an officer for reasonable cause, any person
owning or controlling any dog or cat, or in possession of the premises in which
a dog or cat is located, shall exhibit such dog or cat and any license which is
issued to such dog or cat. The term "reasonable cause" shall include, but not
be limited to, a licensing canvass conducted by the city, or its contractual
agent. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
   (J)   Every person owning or having control of any horses, mules, asses,
cattle, sheep, goats, chickens, ducks or turkeys, except the domesticated cat,
or any wild animals capable of domestication, shall keep the same within or
upon his own premises at all times, except when animals are necessarily passing
through the public street, at which times the animal or animals shall be tended
by some person competent to control and prevent them from damaging or troubling
any person or property.
   (K)   No person shall keep swine in the city. Swine may not be brought
within the limits of the city except for marketing purposes or when traveling
through the city on a direct route to a destination outside of the city. (Ord.
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
   (L)   No person shall keep or maintain a kennel in the city. (Ord. 275, 6-2-
1998)
   (M)   It is unlawful for any person to break open, damage, destroy or carry
away any animal trap owned by the city and used for the purpose of catching any
animal in violation of this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
### 4-2-5: SEIZURE OR IMPOUNDMENT OF DOGS AND OTHER ANIMALS WITHIN THE CITY:
Every officer or authorized person is authorized to seize and impound any dog
or cat which such officer or authorized person reasonably believes to be an
unlicensed dog or cat, a stray dog or cat, a dog or other animal which is "at
large", a vicious dog or attack dog which is not properly licensed and confined
as provided in this chapter, or a rabid, diseased or injured animal. The
officer or authorized person may impound said dog or other animal as provided
herein.
   1. If the seized animal is an unlicensed dog or other animal in violation
of any of the provisions of this chapter, it may be held at an impoundment
facility, if one is available, for a term of up to four (4) days.
   2. If the animal is "at large" and legally licensed, with license tag
attached, it may be held for a term of up to four (4) days and the registered
owner of said animal shall be given notice of the impoundment. (Ord. 296, 1-7-
2003)
   3. If a dog is a vicious dog, it shall be held for a period of not more
than five (5) days during which term the city judge shall conduct a hearing,
with prior notice to the owner, if known, as to whether the dog is so vicious
to be a menace to the health, safety or welfare of the community. If the animal
is deemed to be so vicious, the city judge shall order it destroyed within five
(5) days. If the animal is not deemed to be vicious, it shall be released and
returned to the owner, but the owner shall be assessed with the feeding, care
and other expenses of the impoundment, together with fines or penalties for
violation of any other section of this chapter. Provided, however, that if a
dog is believed to be rabid it shall be quarantined in the pound for a term of
fourteen (14) days and, if found to be rabid, it shall be destroyed. Dogs may
be deemed vicious after proper hearing, without being held in the pound. (Ord.
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
   4. It is hereby declared the duty of every owner of any animal to know
its whereabouts at all times. In the event that any animal is impounded, the
owner shall redeem the same within four (4) days of the date of impoundment or
the owner shall be deemed to have forfeited all right, title and interest
therein and such animal shall be subject to sale or disposal by the officer or
authorized person as provided herein. If the impounded animal is properly
licensed and wearing a valid tag, then actual or written notice shall be given
to the owner. Written notice shall be mailed to the owner of any such animal to
the address listed on the license application and notice is deemed complete
upon placing such notice in the mail. Actual notice may be given to an owner by
phone or in person. If the owner fails to redeem said impounded animal within
four (4) days of the date of actual or written notice, then the owner shall be
deemed to have abandoned the animal and forfeited all right, title and interest
therein and such animal shall be subject to sale, adoption or disposal by the
officer or authorized person as provided herein.
   5. At any time after the expiration of the impoundment period if the
animal is unclaimed and penalties, costs and other charges have not been paid
as to such animal, then the animal is subject to sale, adoption or disposal.
Animals to be disposed of shall be put to death by order of the city judge in a
humane manner or disposed of by other appropriate order providing for permanent
removal of the animal from the city limits. Any unclaimed animal suffering from
infectious disease shall not be released but must be put to death. (Ord. 296,
1-7-2003)
### 4-2-6: FINES AND COSTS OF IMPOUNDMENT:
   1. The owner of any dog or animal impounded, at any time before the
disposal of such animal shall redeem such animal by paying to the city clerk or
judge the fees, charges, fines and if not previously paid, the license tax
prescribed by this chapter accruing up to such time of the redemption.
   2. The costs of impoundment and care for any such animal so impounded
shall be assessed against the owner as is provided for in the current contracts
between the city and any private or public agency authorized by the city as the
impoundment center for animals impounded within the city. A copy of the current
contract will be on file in the office of the city clerk. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981,
eff. 2-19-1981)
   3. Any person violating subsection
4-2-4(C) of this chapter which involves a "nuisance animal" or "public
nuisance" is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be
punished by a fine for first offense of fifty dollars ($50.00) to two hundred
fifty dollars ($250.00), for second offense seventy five dollars ($75.00) to
two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) and third offense one hundred dollars
($100.00) to two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00). Any person violating any
other provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
thereof, shall be punished for the first offense by a fine of one hundred
dollars ($100.00); upon conviction of a second or additional offense by a fine
of not less than one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00). (Ord. 307, 2-5-2013)
   4. It is further provided that the city judge, in addition to the fine as
set forth in subsection (C) of this section, may order the defendant to abate
forthwith, or within a reasonable time as he shall order, the violation for
which the defendant was found guilty. (Ord. 262, 12-15-1992)
   (E)   Every person violating provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a
separate offense for each day or portion thereof during which such violation
continues and shall be punishable therefor as is provided in this section.
   (F)   Whenever an animal is to be put to death under this chapter, except
for infection with rabies, the owner or other person may apply to the city
judge for permission to remove the animal permanently from the city. Upon the
filing of each person's written agreement to remove such animal and to be
responsible for the permanent absence of such animal from the city, the city
judge may, in his discretion, order such animal to be removed from the city
instead of being put to death. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
   (G)   Notwithstanding any of the provisions to the contrary hereinabove set
forth in this chapter, any person violating any provision of this chapter
relative to cats is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall
be punished by a fine of five dollars ($5.00) for the first such offense; and
on subsequent convictions shall be punished by a fine of ten dollars ($10.00).
   (H)   Any person violating subsection
4-2-4(M) of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
thereof, shall be punished by a fine of five dollars ($5.00) for the first such
offense; and on subsequent convictions shall be punished by a fine of ten
dollars ($10.00). (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
### 4-2-7: REPEALER, SEPARABILITY, EFFECTIVE DATE, AND 1981 LICENSING DATE:
   1. Repealer: All ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict with the
provisions of this chapter are hereby repealed. These are: ordinances 203 and
212, which also constitute this chapter 2 and repealed chapter 3 of this title,
as amended.
   2. Separability: If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or
portion of this chapter is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate,
distinct, and independent provision and such holding shall not affect the
validity of the remaining portions thereof.
   3. Effective Date: The effective date of this chapter shall be February
19, 1981.
   4. Extension Of 1981 Licensing Deadline: For calendar year 1981, the
annual deadline for the purchase of dog licenses pursuant to subsection
4-2-3(B) of this chapter shall be extended from January 31 to such date as
falls thirty (30) days subsequent to the effective date of this chapter. (Ord.
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
## CHAPTER 3 DOGS
(Rep. by Ord. 203, 3-21-1977)
## CHAPTER 4 FIREARMS
**SECTION**:
4-4-1: Unlawful Discharge Of Firearms
4-4-2: Peace Officers, Lawful Use
4-4-3: Shooting Galleries
### 4-4-1: UNLAWFUL DISCHARGE OF FIREARMS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to shoot or discharge any firearm, weapon,
gun, rifle, shotgun, pistol, revolver or any other form of firearm, air gun or
rifle or gun shooting or discharging shot or darts by means of compressed air,
within the city limits, and any person violating the provisions of this chapter
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
### 4-4-2: PEACE OFFICERS, LAWFUL USE:
The prohibition of section 4-4-1 of this chapter shall not be construed to forbid sheriffs, police and any other duly authorized peace officer and their deputies from shooting or discharging any firearm within the city limits in the discharge of their
duties. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
### 4-4-3: SHOOTING GALLERIES:
The prohibition of section 4-4-1 of this chapter shall not apply to licensed shooting galleries where such instrument can be fired, discharged or operated in such a manner as to not endanger persons or property, and also in such manner as to prevent the projectile from traversing any grounds or space outside the limits of such gallery; and provided further that the city council may by special permit authorize the operation of trap shoot within the city limits. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
## CHAPTER 5 CURFEW
**SECTION**:
4-5-1: Loitering Of Minors Prohibited
4-5-2: Responsibility Of The Parents
4-5-3: Violation Of Chapter
### 4-5-1: LOITERING OF MINORS PROHIBITED:
It shall be unlawful for any minor under the age of eighteen (18) years to
loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon the public streets, highways,
roads, alleys, parks, playgrounds, or other public places and public buildings,
cafes, theaters and places of amusement and entertainment, vacant lots or other
unsupervised places, between the hours of ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and
five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day on Sundays, Mondays, Tuesdays,
Wednesdays, and Thursdays of each and every week and between the hours of
twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight until five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day
on Friday and Saturday of each week; provided, however, that during school
vacation periods the hours shall be the same as on Friday and Saturday; and
provided, however, that the provisions of this section do not apply to a minor
accompanied by his or her parents, guardian, or other adult person having the
care and custody of the minor, or where the minor is upon an emergency errand
or legitimate business directed by his parent, guardian or other adult person
having the care and custody of the minor. The provisions of this section shall
not apply to a minor while engaged in any gainful occupation or employment for
his livelihood or part of his livelihood nor while going to and from such
employment. Any minor under eighteen (18) years of age who is living with his
parents or one of them, or guardian, or with any foster parent, who is absent
from his home during the prohibited hours, shall carry with him upon his person
the written permission of his parent, guardian or foster parents to be absent
from his home for some stated legitimate reason, except when the absence is due
to gainful employment as above mentioned. Each violation of the provisions of
this section shall constitute a separate offense. (Ord. 131, 5-18-1959; amd.
Ord. 271, 2-24-1997)
### 4-5-2: RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PARENTS:
It shall be unlawful for the parent, guardian, or other adult person having the
care and custody of a minor under the age of eighteen (18) years to allow or
permit such minor to loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon the public
streets, highways, roads, alleys, parks, playgrounds, or other public grounds,
public places and public buildings, cafes, theaters and places of amusement and
entertainment, vacant lots or other unsupervised places, between the hours of
ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day on
Sundays, Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays of each and every week and
between the hours of twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight and until five o'clock (5:
00) A.M. of the next day on Friday and Saturday of each week; provided,
however, that during school vacation periods, the hours shall be the same as on
Friday and Saturday; and provided, however, that the provisions of this section
do not apply when the minor is accompanied by his parent, guardian, or other
adult having the care and custody of the minor, or where the minor is upon an
emergency errand or legitimate business directed by his parent, guardian, or
other adult person having the care and custody of the minor; provided further,
that any minor under eighteen (18) years of age who is living with his parents
or one of them, or guardian, or with any foster parent or parents, who is
absent from his home during the prohibited hours, shall carry with him upon his
person the written permission of his parent, parents, guardian or foster
parents, to be so absent from his home for some stated legitimate reason,
except when the absence is due to gainful employment as above mentioned. Each
violation of the provisions of this section shall constitute a separate
offense. In any prosecution under this section it shall not constitute a
defense thereto that the parent, guardian, or other adult person having the
care and custody of a minor under said age did not have knowledge that such
minor did loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon any of the above
mentioned places, at any time between the above mentioned prohibited hours.
(Ord. 131, 5-18-1959; amd. Ord. 271, 2-24-1997)
### 4-5-3: VIOLATION OF CHAPTER:
A minor under eighteen (18) years of age, violating the provisions of this
chapter, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be dealt with in accordance
with the laws of the state regarding crimes and offenses committed by juveniles
being persons under eighteen (18) years of age. Any parent, guardian or other
adult having the care and custody of a minor violating section
4-5-2 of this chapter shall, upon trial and conviction thereof, be punished as
provided by title 1, chapter 4 of this code. (Ord. 131, 5-18-1959)
## CHAPTER 6 BLACKOUT AND AIR RAID REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
4-6-1: Authority To Promulgate Necessary Orders
4-6-2: Orders, Rules And Regulations To Be In Writing
4-6-3: Effect Of Orders, Rules And Regulations
4-6-4: Special Police; Identifying Emblem
4-6-5: Unauthorized Warning Or All-Clear Signals Prohibited
4-6-6: Liability
4-6-7: Lights; Public Nuisance
4-6-8: Rules And Regulations Suspended
4-6-9: Conflict With State Or Federal Statutes
### 4-6-1: AUTHORITY TO PROMULGATE NECESSARY ORDERS:
In order to protect life and property in the city from enemy action the
commander of the citizens defense corps is authorized and directed to carry out
blackouts and air raid protection measures in the city at such times and for
such periods as are authorized or ordered by the army or navy and to promulgate
such orders, rules and regulations as may be necessary to ensure the success of
the blackouts and air raid protection measures and to protect life and property
during said periods, and to these ends, he may cause the demolition of
buildings and other structures. The orders, rules, and regulations shall
include traffic movements of emergency or other vehicles, evacuation of
residents, congregation of persons on public streets, sidewalks, and in public
places or buildings, but this enumeration shall not be taken as a limitation on
the power to promulgate orders, rules, regulations governing any subject,
persons or property which must be regulated in order to ensure the proper
carrying out of any duly authorized blackout or raid protection measure.
Practice blackouts and air raid drills may be carried out at such times and for
such periods as the commander of the citizens defense corps shall in his
discretion deem appropriate or necessary, but subject always to the orders and
directions of the army or navy, and the orders, rules and regulations
authorized herein. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-2: ORDERS, RULES AND REGULATIONS TO BE IN WRITING:
All orders, rules and regulations authorized by the provisions of this chapter
for the conduct of the general public shall be in writing and shall be
available for public inspection at the place and during the hours fixed by the
commander of the citizens defense corps. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-3: EFFECT OF ORDERS, RULES AND REGULATIONS:
Any order, rule or regulation promulgated pursuant to the authority conferred
by the provisions of this chapter shall be in force and effect from the time of
promulgation until amended or repealed by the council. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-4: SPECIAL POLICE; IDENTIFYING EMBLEM:
The mayor may appoint for a specified time as many special police, without pay,
from among residents of the city as may be deemed advisable for service in
connection with any blackout or air raid protection measure. During the term of
service of such special police, they shall possess all the powers and
privileges and perform all the duties of privates in the standing police force
of the city. The special police must wear such identifying emblem as may be
prescribed by the mayor and it shall be unlawful for any special policeman to
attempt to carry out any order, rule, or regulation promulgated under the
authority conferred by the provisions of this chapter when he is not wearing
said identifying emblem. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-5: UNAUTHORIZED WARNING OR ALL-CLEAR SIGNALS PROHIBITED:
Any unauthorized person who shall operate a siren or other device so as to
simulate a blackout signal or air raid, or the termination of a blackout or air
raid, shall be deemed guilty of a violation of the provisions of this chapter.
(Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-6: LIABILITY:
The provisions of this chapter are an exercise by the city of its governmental
functions for the protection of the public peace, health and safety and neither
the city, the agents and representatives of the city, or any individual,
receiver, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or trustee, or any of
the agents thereof, in good faith carrying out, complying with or attempting to
comply with, any order, rule, or regulation promulgated pursuant to the
provisions of this chapter shall be liable for any damage sustained to person
or property as the result of said activity. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-7: LIGHTS; PUBLIC NUISANCE:
Any light displayed contrary to any order, rule or regulation promulgated
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter constitutes a public nuisance and
when deemed necessary in order to protect life or property during a blackout or
air raid, the police or the special police authorized herein, are authorized
and directed to enter upon any premises within the city using reasonable force,
and extinguish lights or take other necessary action to make effective any
order, rule or regulation promulgated under the authority conferred by this
chapter. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-8: RULES AND REGULATIONS SUSPENDED:
At all times when the orders, rules and regulations made and promulgated
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter shall be in effect, they shall
supersede all existing ordinances, orders, and regulations insofar as the
latter may be inconsistent therewith. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
### 4-6-9: CONFLICT WITH STATE OR FEDERAL STATUTES:
The provisions of this chapter shall not be construed so as to conflict with
any state or federal statute or with any military or naval order, rule or
regulation. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
## CHAPTER 7 RIOTS
**SECTION**:
4-7-1: Riot Defined
4-7-2: Violations
### 4-7-1: RIOT DEFINED:
Any use of force or violence, disturbing the public peace, or any threats to
use force or violence, if accompanied by immediate power of execution, by two
(2) or more persons acting together, and without authority of law, is a "riot".
Any person who unlawfully participates therein is a "rioter". (Ord. 156, 10-4-
1965)
### 4-7-2: VIOLATIONS:
Whenever two (2) or more persons, assembled and acting together, make any
attempt or advance toward the commission of an act which would be a riot if
actually committed, such persons shall be punishable under this chapter as
rioters.
Whenever two (2) or more persons assemble together to do an unlawful act, and
separate without doing or advancing toward it, or to do a lawful act in a
violent, boisterous or tumultuous manner such assembly is an unlawful assembly
and may be dispersed.
Every person remaining present at the place of any riot or unlawful assembly,
after they have been lawfully warned to disperse, except city and police
officers and persons assisting them in attempting to disperse the same, shall
be guilty of violation of this chapter.
Where any number of persons, whether armed or not, are unlawfully or riotously
assembled, the chief of police, police, or the officials governing the city
must go among the persons assembled, or as near to them as possible, and
command them in the name of the city immediately to disperse.
If the persons assembled do not immediately disperse, such authorized officers
must arrest them, and to that end may command the aid of all persons present or
within the city, and in making such arrest or arrests the authorized officers
shall use such force as is reasonably necessary in making the arrest and that
all persons assisting at the command of the officer or officers shall likewise
be authorized to use the same degree of force.
Every endeavor must be used by the officers authorized to make arrests in riots
or riotous assembly within the city to induce or force the rioters to disperse
before an attack is made upon them by which their lives are endangered, and
that no officer or persons assisting shall fire upon such assembly of rioters
unless he or others are threatened by the imminence of great bodily harm or
death at the hands of such rioters.
Any able bodied male citizen who on command of the chief of police of the city,
or other officer authorized to disperse unlawful assemblies or riots in the
city, shall fail or refuse to assist in the suppression of unlawful assemblies
or riots, without lawful excuse, shall be guilty of a violation of this
chapter. (Ord. 156, 10-4-1965)
## CHAPTER 8 GAMING
**SECTION**:
4-8-1: Short Title
4-8-2: Definitions
4-8-3: Issuance Of License
4-8-4: Restrictions On Licensing
4-8-5: Denial Of License
4-8-6: Application For License
4-8-7: Ineligibility Of Applicant
4-8-8: Owner Of Premises
4-8-9: Change Of Ownership
4-8-10: Names On License
4-8-11: Licensee Shall Report Leases
4-8-12: Applicant Deemed To Accept Risks
4-8-13: Refusal To Answer Questions
4-8-14: Furnishing Information
4-8-15: Separate License Application
4-8-16: Delivery Of Application; Investigation
4-8-17: Name Of Licensee
4-8-18: Investigation Of Licensee
4-8-19: Issuance Of Citation
4-8-20: Hearing; Council Decision
4-8-21: Hearing Examiner
4-8-22: Examination Of Premises
4-8-23: Renewal Of License
4-8-24: Gambling; When Lawful
4-8-25: Minors
4-8-26: Hours Of Operation
4-8-27: Revocation Of License
4-8-28: Refusal Of Service
4-8-29: Employment Of Law Officer
4-8-30: Records Of Operation
4-8-31: Persons Who May Not Hold License
4-8-32: Dealer's Permit
4-8-33: Application For Dealer's Permit
4-8-34: Persons Prohibited Dealer's Permit
4-8-35: Dealer's Permit May Be Revoked
4-8-36: Restrictions Of Tables; License Amendment
4-8-37: Temporary License
4-8-38: Fees
4-8-39: Fees Paid In Advance
4-8-40: Revocable Privilege
4-8-41: Collection Of Fees
4-8-42: Violation; Penalty
4-8-43: Lien; Seizure Of Property
4-8-44: Coin Operated Poker Machines
### 4-8-1: SHORT TITLE:
This chapter may be cited as the CHOTEAU GAMING ORDINANCE. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
1974)
### 4-8-2: DEFINITIONS:
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:
AUTHORIZED CARD GAME: The card games known as bridge, cribbage, hearts,
panguingue, pinochle, pitch, rummy, whist, solo and poker.
CARD GAME: Any game played with cards for which the prize is money or any item
of value.
DEALER'S PERMIT: A permit issued by this city authorizing an individual to
deal, supervise, participate in, conduct and operate authorized card games and
games of chance as an agent, servant, employee, or independent contractor for a
licensee on a premises for which a gaming license or temporary license has been
issued pursuant to this chapter; provided, however, that a dealer's permit
shall not be required for bingo, pitch, pinochle and rummy.
EQUIPMENT: (A) With respect to bingo, the receptacle and numbered objects drawn
from it, the master board upon which such objects are placed as drawn, the
cards or sheets bearing numbers or other designations to be covered and the
objects used to cover them, the boards or signs, however operated, used to
announce or display the numbers or designations as they are drawn, public
address system, and all other articles essential to the operation, conduct and
playing of bingo; or
   2. With respect to raffles, the implements, devices and machines
designed, intended or used for the conduct of raffles and the identification of
the winning number or unit and the ticket or other evidence of right to
participate in raffles.
GAME OF CHANCE: The specific kind of game of chance commonly known as:
   1. "Bingo", in which prizes are awarded on the basis of designated
numbers or symbols on a card which conforms to numbers or symbols selected at
random; and such prizes must be in tangible personal property only and not in
money, cash, stocks, bonds, evidences of indebtedness, or other intangible
personal property and must not exceed the value of one hundred dollars
($100.00) for each individual bingo award. The price for an individual bingo
card shall not exceed fifty cents ($0.50). It shall be unlawful to, in any
manner, combine any awards so as to increase the ultimate value of such award;
   2. "Raffles", which are conducted by drawing for prizes. Prizes must be
in tangible personal property only and not in money, cash, stocks, bonds,
evidences of indebtedness, or other intangible personal property and must not
exceed the value of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each individual raffle
card. It shall be unlawful to, in any manner, combine any award so as to
increase the ultimate value of such award.
GAMING LICENSE: A license issued by this city to a qualified person under which
it shall be lawful for the licensee to provide a place and equipment for the
conduct of and operate games of chance and authorized card games, as provided
in this chapter and the Montana card games act and the bingo and raffles law.
GAMING MACHINE: Any implement, device, equipment, or machine designed, intended
or used for the conduct of raffles or the receptacle and master board used for
the conduct of bingo.
GAMING TABLE: A piece of furniture used as a surface for playing any authorized
card game.
LICENSEE: The person to whom a license is issued.
MINOR: An individual under the age of eighteen (18) years.
PERSON: Every individual, copartnership, or corporation, who owns or operates
premises which have been licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food,
cigarettes, or any other consumable product, or any person who owns or operates
premises on which any game of chance is operated.
POKER MACHINES: Any machine, device, or equipment, which serves as a substitute
for a card game legal within the state of Montana and for which there is the
possibility of any cash or other prize of monetary value other than the reward
by the player of additional games. If the owner, operator, or distributor of
such machine offers to or otherwise makes payment of any kind other than the
allowance or permission of the individual to play additional games, such device
is a poker machine.
PREMISES: Any building, structure, lot or parcel of real property under the
control of any person.
TEMPORARY LICENSE: A gaming license issued by this city for a specified period
not to exceed one week. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974; amd. Ord. 195, 2-3-1975; Ord.
229, 5-3-1983, eff. 7-1-1983)
### 4-8-3: ISSUANCE OF LICENSE:
Gaming licenses may be issued to qualified applicants as herein provided,
whereby the licensee shall be authorized and permitted to provide gaming tables
for authorized card games and equipment for games of chance and to operate and
conduct authorized card games and games of chance. No person shall permit the
operation or conduct of any card game or game of chance on his premises until
he has obtained a gaming license. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-4: RESTRICTIONS ON LICENSING:
No gaming license or temporary license shall be issued to:
   1. A person who has been convicted of being a keeper or is keeping a
house of ill fame;
   2. A person who has been convicted of pandering or other crimes or other
misdemeanors opposed to decency and morality under the laws of the federal
government or any state of the United States;
   3. A person whose license, issued under this chapter or the ordinance or
resolution of any other city, town, or county in this state relating to gaming,
has been revoked for cause;
   4. A person who, at the time of application for renewal of any license
issued hereunder would not be eligible for such license upon a first
application;
   (E)   A person who is not a citizen of the United States and who has not
been a resident of the state of Montana for at least one year immediately
preceding the filing of the application for a license;
   (F)   A person who is not the owner and operator of the business licensed
for the sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or other consumable products;
   (G)   Minors;
   (H)   A person who has been convicted of any crime or misdemeanor involving
moral turpitude or violence against an individual. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-5: DENIAL OF LICENSE:
A gaming license may be denied if the council deems that the place or location
for which the license is sought is unsuitable for the conduct of gaming
operations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following
places or locations may be deemed unsuitable:
   1. Premises located within the immediate vicinity of churches, hospitals,
schools and children's public playgrounds;
   2. Premises located in a place where gaming would be contrary to a zoning
ordinance;
   3. Premises difficult to police by reason of physical layout or
construction. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-6: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
Prior to the issuance of a license, as herein provided, the applicant shall
file with the city clerk an application in writing, signed by the applicant and
directed to the council, which application shall specify the location by street
and number of the premises where authorized card games and games of chance are
to be conducted under the license applied for. The application shall state the
names of all individuals and persons financially interested in the premises,
the license sought or the business conducted on the premises. The application
must be accompanied by satisfactory evidence that the applicant is currently
licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or any other consumable
product, and the applicant must further authorize the chief of police, or other
authorized person, to investigate the applicant's character, background and
associations, and the suitability of the premises for gaming. The license
application shall set forth the number of gaming tables, not to exceed five
(5), and the number of gaming machines, not to exceed ten (10) that are to be
used on the premises and whether games of chance are to be conducted on the
premises. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-7: INELIGIBILITY OF APPLICANT:
If any person or individual named on the application is ineligible for issuance
of a gaming license or temporary license, none may be issued for that premises.
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-8: OWNER OF PREMISES:
In all cases in which the premises wherein or whereon the gaming operation for
which a gaming license is sought are not wholly owned by the applicant, the
applicant shall furnish with his application a statement of the name and
address of the owner or owners of such premises, a copy of all agreements
whereby the applicant is entitled to possession of the premises and such other
information as the council may require. In all cases in which the premises are
wholly or partly owned by the applicant, the applicant shall furnish to the
council complete information pertaining to the interests held by any person
other than the applicant, including interest held under any mortgage, deed of
trust, bonds or debentures, pledge of corporate stock, voting trust agreement
or other device whatever, together, with such other information as the council
may require. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-9: CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP:
Every licensee shall furnish to the council complete information pertaining to
any change of ownership of any such interest in the premises wherein or whereon
the licensed gaming is operated at least thirty (30) days before the date of
such change; or if the licensee is not a party to the transaction effecting
such change of ownership immediately upon acquiring knowledge of such change of
ownership or any contemplated change of ownership. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-10: NAMES ON LICENSE:
If the council determines that a landlord or financier by reason of the extent
of his holdings, or his inherent control financially, cannot in fact be
separated from the gaming operation, and that as a practical matter a single
entity exists regardless of the form of organization, it may require that all
such persons be named on the license. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, such a situation may be deemed to exist in any instance where any
owner of premises leases the same to operators under terms which are not in
accordance with usual and accepted business practice. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-11: LICENSEE SHALL REPORT LEASES:
A licensee shall report to the council all leases to which it is a party on any
premises where gaming is conducted not later than thirty (30) days after the
effective date of the lease and shall include the following information:
   1. The name, address and a brief statement of the nature of the business
of the lessor;
   2. A brief description of the material terms of the lease;
   3. A brief description of any business relationships between the licensee
and the lessor other than by the lease. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-12: APPLICANT DEEMED TO ACCEPT RISKS:
An applicant for a gaming license is seeking the granting of a privilege, and
the burden of proving his qualification to receive any license is at all times
on the applicant. An applicant is deemed to accept any risk of adverse public
notice, embarrassment, criticism, or other action of financial loss which may
result from action with respect to an applicant and expressly waives any claim
for damages as a result thereof. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-13: REFUSAL TO ANSWER QUESTIONS:
An applicant may claim any privilege afforded by the constitution of the United
States or of the state of Montana in refusing to answer questions. However, a
claim of privilege with respect to any testimony or evidence pertaining to an
application constitutes sufficient grounds for denial. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-14: FURNISHING INFORMATION:
Each applicant shall promptly furnish the council with all additional
information pertaining to the application or to the individual applicant which
the council may require. Failure to supply the information requested within
five (5) days after the request has been received by the applicant shall
constitute grounds for delaying consideration of the application. Failure to
supply the information within two (2) weeks constitutes sufficient grounds for
denial. The information may include:
   1. Personal history records for each individual partner, joint venturer,
trustee or corporate member who has any financial interest direct or indirect
in the business entity;
   2. Fingerprint cards for each individual financially interested;
   3. A copy of each of the following if applicable:
Articles of incorporation and certificate of incorporation.
Bill of sale.
Joint venture agreement.
Lease agreement.
Management agreement.
Partnership agreement.
Purchase agreement
Trust agreement. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-15: SEPARATE LICENSE APPLICATION:
A separate application is required for each premises for which a license is
sought, irrespective of the ownership of such establishment. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
1974)
### 4-8-16: DELIVERY OF APPLICATION; INVESTIGATION:
Upon the filing of the application hereinabove prescribed with accompanying
documents, accompanied by the evidence therein required and upon the payment of
the required license fee, the city clerk shall deliver the application and
accompanying documents to the chief of police or other authorized person, who
shall conduct the investigation mentioned above and who shall within one month
of receipt thereof, unless the council has granted an extension, deliver the
application and accompanying documents to the city council. If his
investigation has revealed any information that would make the applicant
ineligible for issuance of a license, he shall deliver evidence of the same to
the council. The council shall, at its next regular meeting following receipt
thereof, or at any special meeting called for that purpose consider the
application and shall notify the applicant of the hearing. The council may in
its discretion decline to authorize a license if the applicant is ineligible or
in the judgment of the council, it will be in the best interests of the city to
refuse such license. Upon such refusal, the license fee paid by the applicant,
less the sum of twenty five dollars ($25.00), which shall be retained as an
application fee, shall be returned to the applicant. The council may, in its
discretion, require any individual named in the application to testify before
it. Failure to appear and answer constitutes grounds for denial of the
application. All proceedings of the council regarding the granting or declining
of a license shall be at public meetings and are reviewable by a writ of
review. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-17: NAME OF LICENSEE:
Every license issued pursuant to this chapter shall set forth the name of the
person to whom it is issued and the location by street and number of the
premises where business is to be carried on by such licensee. If the licensee
is a partnership, it shall set forth the names of the partners conducting the
business, and if a corporation, or association, the names of the officers and
directors. The license shall be signed by the licensee or its president and
shall be nontransferable, provided, however, that a transfer of any such
license may be made on application to the council, accompanied by satisfactory
evidence of the consent of the authority which has issued a license for the
sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or any other consumable product on the
premises that that license may be transferred. The license issued pursuant to
this chapter shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises in respect
to which it is issued, shall state the number of gaming tables and gaming
machines authorized, and whether games of chance are authorized and shall be
exhibited to any peace officer on request. It is unlawful for any licensee to
operate more than one premises under one license. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-18: INVESTIGATION OF LICENSEE:
The council may, upon its own motion and shall upon a written, verified
complaint of any other person, investigate the action and operation of any
licensee hereunder and shall have the power to temporarily suspend or
permanently revoke a license issued under the provisions of this chapter for
violation of any provision hereof. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-19: ISSUANCE OF CITATION:
Upon the filing with the council of a verified complaint charging the licensee
with the commission of any act which would be the cause for the suspension or
revocation of the license within one year prior to the date of filing said
complaint, the council shall forthwith issue a citation directing the licensee
to appear before the council or a hearings examiner appointed by said council,
within ten (10) days after the date of the service of said citation, and by
filing his verified answer to the complaint show cause, if any, why his license
should not be suspended or revoked. Service of the citation may be effected by
mailing a true copy thereof with a true copy to the address of record or
personally by any police officer. Failure of the licensee to answer shall be
deemed an admission by him of the truthfulness of the charge made and thereon
the council shall be authorized to forthwith suspend or revoke the license.
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-20: HEARING; COUNCIL DECISION:
Upon filing of the answer, the council or its hearings examiner shall fix the
time and place of the hearing on the charges made, and not less than five (5)
days' notice of said hearing shall be given to the complainant and the
licensee. The notice of hearing shall be served in the same manner as the
citation herein provided. With the notice of the hearing to the complainant,
there shall be attached a true copy of the answer of the licensee. If either
party has appeared by counsel, notice shall be served on counsel instead of on
the party. At the hearing, the council or its appointed hearings examiner shall
hear the evidence presented. The hearing shall be conducted in accordance with
the rules of evidence in effect in the courts of the state of Montana. The
complainant shall have the right to open and close the hearing. The council
shall render its decision in writing stating the reasons therefor twenty (20)
days after conclusion of the hearing. Notice of the decision shall be served
upon the parties or their counsel in the manner herein provided for other
notices. Should the council determine to revoke, cancel or suspend a license
previously issued by it, the council shall notify the licensee in writing by
registered mail at the address of such licensee giving reasons therefor. The
action of the council is reviewable by writ of review. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-21: HEARING EXAMINER:
Any hearing examiner appointed by the council must be an attorney licensed to
practice law in the state of Montana. The hearing examiner shall report his
findings and recommendations to the council in writing following the hearing.
The hearing examiner's findings shall not bind the council. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
1974)
### 4-8-22: EXAMINATION OF PREMISES:
Any duly authorized representative of the council and any peace officer shall
have the right at any time to make an examination of the premises of any
licensee to determine whether this chapter and the Montana card games act and
bingo and raffles law are being complied with. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
4-8-23: RENEWAL OF LICENSE:
After suspension or revocation of a license, the council shall have the power
to renew the same, if in its discretion a proper showing therefor has been
made. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-24: GAMBLING; WHEN LAWFUL:
No gambling shall be carried on under any license issued under the provisions
of this chapter except in the name of the licensee. No license shall be
effective until a permit shall have been first secured under the laws of the
United States, if such a permit is necessary or is required under such laws.
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-25: MINORS:
No person under the age of eighteen (18) years may be permitted to participate
in any card game or the game of chance held, operated, or conducted within the
city for which the prize is money or any item of value. (Ord. 230, 9-6-1983)
### 4-8-26: HOURS OF OPERATION:
No game of chance or authorized card game may be operated in any premises,
licensed hereunder, during the following hours:
   1. Sunday from two o'clock (2:00) A.M. to one o'clock (1:00) P.M.
   2. On any other day between two o'clock (2:00) A.M. and eight o'clock (8:
00) A.M. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-27: REVOCATION OF LICENSE:
A license issued pursuant to this act may be suspended or revoked in the manner
herein provided for the following reasons:
   1. If the licensee was originally ineligible for the license;
   2. For the conviction of a violation of the Montana card games act, the
Montana bingo and raffles law, or a violation of the laws relating to conduct
of sports pools, the same being Revised Code of Montana 1947, sections 62-727
through 62-736 or for conviction of any crime involving moral turpitude or the
use of violence, or any law of the United States, or any one thereof relating
to gambling. The term "conviction" as used in this chapter means conviction by
any court having cognizance of the crime, whether or not said conviction is
reversed or affirmed on appeal.
   3. On revocation of any license issued to the licensee for the sale of
liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or other consumable products on the premises;
   4. For operating a premises which is disorderly, a nuisance, public or
private, or in which breaches of the peace or disturbances occur.
   (E)   Permitting persons who are visibly intoxicated to participate in
gaming activity;
   (F)   Employing in any capacity in or about any licensed establishment any
individual who has been denied a gaming license.
   (G)   For a violation of this chapter if such a violation is found to have
occurred by the council after hearing as herein provided, regardless of whether
such violation results or resulted in a conviction in any criminal proceedings.
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-28: REFUSAL OF SERVICE:
No licensee who has been issued a license pursuant to this chapter shall refuse
any service to any individual by reason of such individual's race, color, sex,
culture, social origin, political or religious ideas, but this section shall
not be construed to prevent a licensee from refusing to serve or evicting from
the premises any disorderly or drunken individual or any individual improperly
attired according to the general standard of the premises. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
1974)
### 4-8-29: EMPLOYMENT OF LAW OFFICER:
No licensee shall employ any person in any capacity while that person is in the
full time employment of a law enforcement agency. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-30: RECORDS OF OPERATION:
Every holder of a gaming license shall maintain records adequate to reveal
gross income and expense relating to gaming operations which shall be made
available on demand to the council or its representatives. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
1974)
### 4-8-31: PERSONS WHO MAY NOT HOLD LICENSE:
No gaming license or temporary license shall be issued to or held by any person
holding office in or employed by the city or the state of Montana or any
political subdivision thereof when the duties of such office or agency have to
do with the enforcement of the gaming laws and these regulations. (Ord. 192,
10-21-1974)
### 4-8-32: DEALER'S PERMIT:
No licensee shall employ or contract with an individual to be a dealer,
operator or supervisor of any game of chance or authorized card game unless
such individual has been issued a dealer's permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-33: APPLICATION FOR DEALER'S PERMIT:
Any person desiring to obtain a dealer's permit shall apply to the city clerk
for the same on an application form there provided. On payment of the
prescribed fee, the city clerk shall forward the application to the city
council, who shall issue the same unless it finds that such person is
ineligible for such permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-34: PERSONS PROHIBITED DEALER'S PERMIT:
No individual with an extensive police record, or whose reputation would bring
discredit on the city or who has been convicted of any violation of the Montana
card games act, raffles and bingo law, or laws relating to the conduct of
sports pools, or of larceny or theft, or any crime of violence, or whose
gambling license has been revoked or suspended by any city, county or state may
be issued a dealer's permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-35: DEALER'S PERMIT MAY BE REVOKED:
A dealer's permit may be revoked or suspended in the same manner as a gaming
license issued hereunder for any of the causes listed in section
4-8-27 or
4-8-34 of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-36: RESTRICTIONS OF TABLES; LICENSE AMENDMENT:
No licensee operating authorized card games or games of chance, pursuant to
this chapter, may operate at one time on the premises more than five (5) gaming
tables or more than ten (10) gaming machines, and may not conduct more than two
(2) games of bingo or two (2) raffles at any time, or more than the number of
tables and machines authorized by his license, whichever is fewer. Any licensee
may at any time increase the number of gaming tables or gaming machines
authorized on his premises up to the maximum authorized by this chapter by
first paying to the city clerk the necessary fees and applying for a license
amendment. The amendment shall be granted by the city clerk on payment of the
requisite fees, and shall be posted with the original license during the
balance of the license year. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-37: TEMPORARY LICENSE:
Any person not otherwise licensed hereunder who desires to operate games of
chance or authorized card games for a period not to exceed one week on any
premises which have been licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food or
cigarettes or other consumable products, or for which a gaming license has been
issued, may apply to the city clerk for a temporary license, which license
shall be issued in the same manner as gaming licenses issued under this
chapter, but which may be revoked by action of the council without hearing.
Only two (2) such temporary licenses may be issued to a person per year, and
the year shall be that designated in section
4-8-39 of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-38: FEES:
The fees to be collected by the city clerk with the application are as follows:
   1. For each gaming license, a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00);
   2. For each table on a licensed premises, a fee of one hundred dollars
($100.00);
   3. For each gaming machine, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00);
   4. For each temporary license, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00);
   (E)   For each dealer permit, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00); (Ord.
192, 10-21-1974)
   (F)   For each poker machine, a fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord.
246, 7-21-1987)
### 4-8-39: FEES PAID IN ADVANCE:
All fees for licenses, permits or temporary licenses issued hereunder shall be
paid in advance to the city clerk. Licenses, except temporary licenses which
will state the precise term for which they are issued, and dealer permits,
shall be issued for a period of one year, which shall commence on July 1 of
each calendar year and expire on June 30 of the following year. The fee for
said licenses shall be prorated by the number of quarter years remaining in the
license year for which they are issued. The fees herein provided shall be
payable annually. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-40: REVOCABLE PRIVILEGE:
Any license or permit issued pursuant to this chapter shall be deemed to be a
revocable privilege, and no holder thereof shall acquire any vested rights
therein or thereunder. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-41: COLLECTION OF FEES:
All receipts from license fees and fines collected under the provisions of this
chapter shall be paid into the city treasury. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-42: VIOLATION; PENALTY:
Any person violating any provision of this chapter or the terms of his license
shall be punished by a fine of not more than three hundred dollars ($300.00)
and a jail sentence of not more than ninety (90) days. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-43: LIEN; SEIZURE OF PROPERTY:
All property held or used for or on the premises for which a license is
required by the provisions of this chapter is liable for such license and
subject to a lien for the amount thereof, which lien has precedence of any
other lien, claims or other demands of the United States and the state of
Montana, or either of them, and if any person fails or refuses to procure a
license before the transaction of any games, the chief of police, or other
authorized person, must seize such property or any other property belonging to
such persons and sell it in the manner provided by law for foreclosure of
agisters liens. Such procedure for the collection of such license shall be
cumulative and in addition to any procedure and penalty imposed for violation
of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
### 4-8-44: COIN OPERATED POKER MACHINES:
   1. For purposes of regulation under this section, coin operated poker
machines are deemed to be authorized card games under the Montana card games
act, section 23-5-301 et seq., Montana Code Annotated.
   2. Any establishment owner, distributor, or operator using, renting,
leasing or gaining income from coin operated poker machines is subject to
section 23-5-312, Montana Code Annotated, restricting the award of prizes in
accordance therewith.
   3. Any establishment owner, distributor, or operator using, vending,
leasing or receiving any income from said coin operated poker machine must have
a gaming license, the fees for which are provided in section
4-8-38 of this chapter together with a poker machine license for each of the
machines on his premises. (Ord. 229, 5-3-1983, eff. 7-1-1983)
## CHAPTER 9 POLICE JURISDICTION
**SECTION**:
4-9-1: General Jurisdiction
4-9-2: Police Procedure And Involvement Regarding Incidents Outside The City
Limits
4-9-1: GENERAL JURISDICTION:
The city police shall have authority and power to make arrests of persons
committing or charged with a crime within the corporate limits of the city and
within a three (3) mile perimeter thereof. (Ord. 249, 5-3-1988)
4-9-2: POLICE PROCEDURE AND INVOLVEMENT REGARDING INCIDENTS OUTSIDE THE CITY
LIMITS:
The city police may patrol within three (3) miles of the corporate limits of
the city of Choteau provided, however, the city police shall not respond to any
incident beyond said three (3) mile perimeter of the corporate limits and shall
only respond to those incidents within said three (3) mile perimeter of the
corporate limits that must be addressed immediately. (Ord. 249, 5-3-1988)
## CHAPTER 10 NOISE REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
4-10-1: Definitions
4-10-2: Loud Noises Prohibited
4-10-3: Prohibited Acts
4-10-4: Noise Levels Limitations; dB(A) Levels
4-10-5: Noise Levels; Maximum Permissible For Motorized Vehicles
4-10-6: Exemptions
4-10-7: Property Owner Liable
4-10-8: Permit For Relief
4-10-9: Violation; Penalties
4-10-10: Violation; Additional Remedy; Injunction
4-10-1: DEFINITIONS:
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this **SECTION**:
AMBIENT NOISE: The noise which exists in the applicable zone in the absence of
the sound emitted by the source being measured in that zone, being the total
effect of all other sounds coming from near and far.
dB(A): Sound levels in decibels measured on an "A" scale of a standard sound
level meter.
DECIBEL: The sound pressure level, in decibels, in a logarithmic unit used to
express the magnitude of sound pressure with respect to a reference sound
pressure.
EMERGENCY WORK: Work made necessary to restore property to a safe condition
following a calamity or work required to protect persons or property from
exposure to danger or potential danger.
HEALTH: An optimal state of physical, mental and emotional well being and not
merely the absence of disease.
PERSON: Any person, persons, firm, association, copartnership, joint venture,
corporation or any entity, public or private in nature. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-2: LOUD NOISES PROHIBITED:
It is unlawful for any person to make or cause to be made any excessive,
sustained or unusually loud noise or any noise measured or unmeasured which
either annoys, disturbs, injures, or endangers the comfort, repose, health,
peace or safety of any reasonable person of normal sensitivity within the
limits of the city. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-3: PROHIBITED ACTS:
It is unlawful to perform any of the following acts within the city:
   1. Horns And Signaling Devices: Repeatedly sounding any horn or signaling
device on any truck, automobile, motorcycle, or other vehicle on any street or
public place of the city except as a warning signal.
   2. Sound Amplifying Equipment: Using, operating, or permitting the use of
any radio receiving set, musical instrument, amplifier, television, tape
player, phonograph, or other machine or device for the production or
reproduction of sound in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort, or
repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person, or the operation of any
such sets, instruments, amplifier, television, radio, phonograph, machine or
device in such a manner as to be in violation of this chapter.
   3. Loudspeakers And Amplifiers For Commercial Purposes: Using or
operating within the city a loudspeaker or sound amplifying equipment in a
fixed or movable position or mounted upon any sound truck for the purpose of
giving instructions, directions, talks, addresses, lectures, or transmitting
music to any person or assemblages of persons in or upon any street, alley,
sidewalk, park, place, or public property without first obtaining a permit.
   4. Yelling And Shouting: Repeated yelling, shouting, hooting or whistling
on the public streets, alleys, or parks at any time in such a manner as to
annoy or disturb the quiet, comfort, or repose of any normally sensitive and
reasonable person.
   (E)   Animals: Owning, keeping, having in possession or harboring any
animals which by frequent, sustained or habitual howling, barking, meowing,
squawking or any other noise in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort,
or repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person.
   (F)   Exhausts: Discharging into the open air the exhaust of any engine,
stationary internal combustion engine, motorboat, or motor vehicle, except
through a muffler or other device which will effectively prevent loud or
explosive noises therefrom.
   (G)   Defect In Vehicle Or Load: Operating any truck, trailer, automobile,
motorcycle, or vehicle so out of repair or so loaded in such a manner as to
create loud and unnecessary grating, grinding, rattling or other noises.
   (H)   Loading, Unloading And Opening Containers: Loading, unloading, opening
or other handling of boxes, crates, containers, garbage containers, or other
objects in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort or repose of any
normally sensitive and reasonable person.
   (I)   Construction Projects Or Repair Of Buildings: Operating equipment or
performing any construction or repair work between the hours of ten o'clock
(10:00) P.M. and seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. on buildings, structures or projects
or operating any pile driver, excavator, pneumatic hammer, derrick, hoist or
other construction type device in such a manner as to disturb the quiet,
comfort or repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person.
   (J)   Exemption Clause: Any of the above acts performed for emergency work
for the safety, welfare, and public health of the citizens of Choteau and to
the extent that the noise thereby created is reasonably necessary for the
public benefit will not be construed to be in violation of this chapter. (Ord.
289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-4: NOISE LEVELS LIMITATIONS; dB(A) LEVELS:
It is unlawful for any person to exceed the maximum permissible decibel limits
on noise emitting from any source or sources in residential, business, and
industrial districts as set out in this section.
   1. The noise shall be measured on a sound level meter meeting current
American National Standards Institute standards, operated on the "A" weighted
scale;
   2. Noise will be measured at a distance of twenty five feet (25') from
the source or at the boundary of the lot, whichever is the greater distance.
Noise radiating from properties or buildings in excess of the dB(A) established
for the zone and times in table I of this section shall constitute prima facie
evidence that such noise is excessive or unusually loud. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
   TABLE I
   MAXIMUM LIMITS
 
Zones 8:00 A.M. To 8:00 P.M. 8:00 P.M. To 8:00 A.M
Residential (A, B and C) 55 dB(A) 50 dB(A)
  districts
Business/residential district 65 dB(A) 60 dB(A)
Central business district 65 dB(A) 60 dB(A)
Highway business district 70 dB(A) 65 dB(A)
General industrial district 80 dB(A) 75 dB(A)
 
   (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000; amd. Ord. 290, 6-19-2001)
   3. At boundaries between zones, the lower of the dB(A) level shall be
applicable.
   4. To be in violation, the source or sources of noise must be
identifiable and the level without regard to the ambient must exceed the
limitations in table I of this section.
   (E)   Construction projects in all zones shall be subject to the maximum
permissible noise levels specified for the general industrial zone.
   (F)   All railroad rights of way shall be considered as industrial districts
for the purpose of this chapter. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-5: NOISE LEVELS; MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FOR MOTORIZED VEHICLES:
It is unlawful to operate a motorized vehicle within the city limits which
emits noise in excess of the limits specified in table II of this section.
   1. Noise from a vehicle noise source using a public right of way shall be
measured at a distance of at least twenty five feet (25') from the center of
the nearest traffic lane or twenty five feet (25') from the vehicle noise
source on a sound level meter of standard design and operated on the "A" weight
scale.
   2. To be in violation, the source or sources of noise must be
identifiable and the level without regard to the ambient must exceed the
limitations in table II of this section.
   TABLE II
   MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVELS
   FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
 
1. Trucks and buses:
  (a) Over 10,000 pounds 88 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
  (b) Under 10,000 pounds 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
2. Passenger cars 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
3. Motorcycles, snowmobiles, minibikes, and other 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
self-propelled vehicles
 
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-6: EXEMPTIONS:
The following uses and activities shall be exempt from noise regulation:
   1. Noise of safety signals and warning devices.
   2. Noise resulting from any authorized emergency vehicle, when responding
to an emergency call or acting in time of emergency.
   3. Noise resulting from emergency work or noise for which a special
permit has been granted.
   4. Noise resulting from the operating of motorized lawn mowers fitted
with an operating muffler between the hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and
ten o'clock (10:00) P.M.
   (E)   Noise caused by home or building repair, grounds maintenance, or
street and infrastructure repair and maintenance between the hours of seven
o'clock (7:00) A.M. and ten o'clock (10:00) P.M.
   (F)   Athletic events held in stadiums, courts, pools or parks.
   (G)   Noise resulting from marching bands while practicing or parading.
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
4-10-7: PROPERTY OWNER LIABLE:
It shall be a violation of this chapter for any person to knowingly permit any
disturbance described in this chapter upon premises owned or occupied by him or
her. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-8: PERMIT FOR RELIEF:
Applications for a permit for relief from the noise regulation designated in
this chapter on the basis of undue hardship or for special events open to the
public may be made to the city council. The city council may delegate the
responsibility for examining and responding to the applications to a council
member or members or the mayor or city employee.
Any permit granted by the city council shall contain all conditions upon which
the permit has been granted and shall specify a reasonable time that the permit
shall be effective, and any other requirements or conditions. The city council
may grant the permit applied for if the council finds that:
   1. Additional time is necessary for the applicant to alter or modify the
activity or operation to comply with this chapter, and no other reasonable
alternative is available to the applicant; or
   2. The activity, event, operation or noise source will be of temporary
duration, cannot be performed in a manner that would otherwise comply with this
chapter, and granting the permit is in the public interest.
   3. The city council may prescribe any conditions or requirements
consistent with this chapter deemed necessary to minimize adverse effects upon
the community or surrounding neighborhood. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-9: VIOLATION; PENALTIES:
Any person including an owner who is convicted of a violation of this chapter
shall, for each offense, be fined in a sum of not more than three hundred
dollars ($300.00) or imprisoned not to exceed ninety (90) days, or both. Each
day such violation is committed or permitted to continue shall constitute a
separate offense. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
### 4-10-10: VIOLATION; ADDITIONAL REMEDY; INJUNCTION:
As an additional remedy, the operation or maintenance of any noise source in
violation of any provision of this chapter and which causes discomfort and
annoyance to any reasonable person of normal sensitivity or which endangers the
comfort, repose, health or peace of residents in the area shall be a public
nuisance and shall be subject to abatement summarily by a restraining order or
injunction issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
## TITLE 5 BUSINESS REGULATIONS
## CHAPTER 1 AUTOMOBILE TRAILER AND TRAILER CAMPS
**SECTION**:
5-1-1: Definitions
5-1-2: Duty Of Council
5-1-3: Location Outside Camps
5-1-4: Permanent Occupancy
5-1-5: Application For A License; Issuance Of
5-1-6: Zoning Of Trailer Camps
5-1-7: Camp Plan
5-1-8: Water Supply
5-1-9: Service Buildings And Accommodations
5-1-10: Waste And Garbage Disposal
5-1-11: Number Of Occupants, Trailers
5-1-12: Management
5-1-13: Applicability Of Plumbing, Electrical And Building Regulations
5-1-14: Revocation And Suspension Of License
5-1-15: Hearing
5-1-16: Court Review
### 5-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
Whenever used in this chapter the following terms and words shall have the
meanings ascribed to them unless a different meaning appears from the context:
AUTOMOBILE TRAILER, TRAILER COACH, OR TRAILER: Any vehicle or structure so
designed and constructed in such manner as will permit occupancy thereof as
sleeping quarters for one or more persons, or the conduct of any business or
profession, occupation or trade (or use as a selling or advertising device),
and so designed that it is or may be mounted on wheels and used as a conveyance
on highways or city streets, propelled or drawn by its own or other motive
power, excepting a device used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks.
TRAILER CAMP: Any park, trailer park, trailer court, court, camp, site, lot,
parcel or tract of land designed, maintained or intended for the purpose of
supplying a location or accommodations for any trailer coach or trailer coaches
and upon which any trailer coach or trailer coaches are parked and shall
include all buildings used or intended for use as part of the equipment thereof
whether a charge is made for the use of the trailer camp and its facilities or
not. "Trailer camp" shall not include automobile or trailer sales lots on which
unoccupied trailers are parked for purposes of inspection and sale.
UNIT: A section of ground in a trailer camp of not less than one thousand
(1,000) square feet of unoccupied space in an area designated as the location
for only one automobile and one trailer. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-2: DUTY OF COUNCIL:
It is hereby made the duty of the council to enforce all provisions of this
chapter as prescribed herein or such provisions as may hereafter be enacted,
and for the purpose of securing such enforcement, any of the members of the
council, or their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right and are
hereby empowered to enter upon any premises on which any automobile trailers
are located, or are about to be located, and inspect the same and all
accommodations connected therewith at any reasonable time. The council is
further empowered to issue orders granting, renewing and revoking such permits
and licenses as are provided for in accordance with the provisions of this
chapter. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-3: LOCATION OUTSIDE CAMPS:
   1. It shall be unlawful, within the limits of the city, for any person to
park any trailer on any street, alley or highway, or other public place, or on
any tract of land owned by any person, occupied or unoccupied, within the city,
except as provided in the zoning ordinances 1 .
   2. Emergency or temporary stopping or parking is permitted on any street,
alley or highway for not longer than one hour subject to any other and further
prohibitions, regulations, or limitations imposed by the traffic and parking
regulations for that street, alley or highway.
   3. No person shall park or occupy any trailer on the premises of any
occupied dwelling or on any lot which is not a part of the premises of any
occupied dwelling either of which is situated outside an approved trailer camp;
except the parking of only one unoccupied trailer in an accessory private
garage building, or in a rear yard in any district, is permitted providing no
living quarters shall be maintained or any business practiced in said trailer
while such trailer is so parked or stored.
   4. Provided, however, trailers may be parked in the city park for a
period of not more than three (3) days with permission of the city; provided,
further that a longer period of stay may be obtained by special arrangement
with the city. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
 
Notes
1 1. See title 9 of this code for zoning.
### 5-1-4: PERMANENT OCCUPANCY:
Automobile trailers shall not be used as a permanent place of abode or as a
permanent dwelling or for indefinite periods of time; except that any such
trailer properly connected with the city water supply and sanitary sewer
systems, and constructed and located in a trailer camp and not inhabited by a
greater number of occupants than that for which it was designed is permitted.
(Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-5: APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE; ISSUANCE OF:
   1. It shall be unlawful for any person to establish, operate or maintain
upon any property owned or controlled by him, a trailer camp within the limits
of the city, without having first secured a license therefor from the council,
granted and existing in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. Such
license shall expire one year from the date of issuance but may be renewed
under the provisions of this chapter for additional periods of one year.
   2. The application for such license or the renewal therefor shall be
filed with the clerk and shall be accompanied by a fee of three dollars ($3.00)
for each unit in the existing or proposed camp and a license bond in the sum of
one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) to guarantee compliance with the provisions of
this chapter. The application for a license or a renewal thereof shall be made
on printed forms furnished by the city and shall include the name and address
of the owner in fee of the tract (if the fee is vested in some person other
than the applicant, a duly verified statement by that person, that the
applicant is authorized by him to construct or maintain the trailer camp and
make the application), and such a legal description of the premises, upon which
the trailer camp is or will be located as will readily identify and definitely
locate the premises. The application shall be accompanied by four (4) copies of
the camp plan showing the following, either existing or as proposed:
      1. The extent and area used for camp purposes;
      2. Roadways and driveways;
      3. Location of sites or units for trailer coaches;
      4. Location and number of sanitary conveniences, including toilets,
washrooms, laundries and utility rooms to be used by occupants of units;
      5. Method and plan of sewage disposal;
      6.  Method and plan of garbage removal;
      7. Plan for water supply;
      8. Plan for electrical lighting of units.
   3. Before such license may be issued, there must be a favorable
recommendation by a majority of the council, and the premises must be inspected
and approved by each of the members of the council or his duly authorized
representative, as complying with all the provisions of this chapter and other
provisions of this code relating thereto.
   4. Licenses issued under the terms of this chapter convey no right to
erect any building, to do any plumbing work or to do any electrical work. (Ord.
137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-6: ZONING OF TRAILER CAMPS:
   1. No trailer camp shall be located in any residential zone or any other
zone than a business district zone.
   2. The council may, in conformance with the zoning regulations,
recommend, and the council may issue a license for the location of a trailer
camp in any district in which licenses are herein prohibited, after a public
hearing if, upon such hearing, the council finds that denial of such license
will cause unnecessary hardship on the applicant and find in addition that the
owners of all property within two hundred (200) yards of the proposed camp will
not suffer unnecessary hardship by reason of the operation of the camp at the
proposed location. The council shall file its findings and conclusions in
writing with the clerk and serve copies on all parties present or represented
at the hearing.
   3. No trailer or tourist camp shall be located within the limits of the
city, unless city water and sewer connections and fire protection facilities
are available.
   4. No occupied trailer camp or other building shall be located within the
city limits within the recognized setback line for the zoning district in which
such trailer is located no less than ten feet (10') from any other building or
vehicle or the boundary line of the tract on which located. (Ord. 137, 8-15-
1960)
### 5-1-7: CAMP PLAN:
   1. Every trailer camp shall be located on a well drained area, and the
premises shall be properly graded so as to prevent the accumulation of storm or
other waters.
   2. Units shall be clearly designated and the camp so arranged that all
units shall face or abut on a driveway of not less than sixteen feet (16') in
width, giving easy access from all units to a public street. Such driveway
shall be graded and graveled or surfaced with other suitable material and
maintained in good condition, having natural drainage into a city street, be
well lighted at night, and shall not be obstructed.
   3. The camp shall be so laid out that no unit shall be located farther
than three hundred feet (300') from the toilets and service buildings provided
herein, and walkways to such buildings shall be paved as above and well lighted
at night.
   4. Every trailer unit shall be furnished with an electric service outlet.
Such outlet shall be equipped with an externally operated switch or fuse of not
less than 30 amperes capacity, and a heavy duty outlet receptacle. (Ord. 137,
8-15-1960)
### 5-1-8: WATER SUPPLY:
   1. An adequate supply of pure water, furnished through a pipe
distribution system connected directly with the city water main, with supply
faucets located not more than two hundred feet (200') from any trailer shall be
furnished for drinking and domestic purposes.
   2. No common drinking vessels shall be permitted, nor shall any drinking
water faucets be placed in any toilet room or water closet compartment.
   3. An abundant supply of hot water shall be provided at all times for
bathing, washing, and laundry facilities. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
5-1-9: SERVICE BUILDINGS AND ACCOMMODATIONS:
   1. Every trailer camp shall have erected thereon, at a distance not
greater than two hundred feet (200') from any unit it is designed to serve, a
suitable building for housing toilets, showers, and laundry facilities as
required by the provisions of this chapter, such building to be known as the
"service building".
   2. There shall be provided separate toilet rooms for each sex. Flush
toilets provided with an adequate water supply shall be enclosed in separate
compartments having a minimum width of three feet (3') and shall be provided
for each sex in the ratio of one toilet for each eight (8) units or fraction
thereof that are without individual sewer connection. Every male toilet room
shall have one urinal for each sixteen (16) units but in no case shall any male
toilet be without one urinal. Toilet rooms shall contain lavatories with hot
and cold water in the ratio of one lavatory to every two (2) or less water
closets.
   3. Separate bathing facilities for each sex shall be provided with one
shower enclosed in a compartment at least four feet (4') square, for each eight
(8) units or fraction thereof that are without individual sewer connection.
Each shower compartment shall be supplemented by an individual dressing
compartment of at least twelve (12) square feet.
   4. The above accommodations shall be based on the total camp capacity
according to accepted plans.
   (E)   Floors of toilets and showers shall be concrete, tile or similar
material impervious to water and easily cleaned and pitched to a floor drain.
(Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-10: WASTE AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL:
   1. All waste from showers, toilets, laundries, faucets and lavatories
shall be wasted into a sewer system extended from and connected with the city
sewer system.
   2. All sanitary facilities in any trailer which are not connected with
the city sewer system by means of approved connections shall be sealed and
their use is hereby declared unlawful.
   3. Each faucet site shall be equipped with facilities for drainage of
waste and excess water into the sewer. In no case shall any wastewater be
thrown or discharged upon the surface of the ground or disposed of by means
other than as herein provided.
   4. Every unit shall be provided with a substantial flytight metal garbage
depository from which the contents shall be removed by the city garbage
collection service, at the established rate. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-11: NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS, TRAILERS:
No trailer may be inhabited by a greater number of occupants than that for
which it was designed. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-12: MANAGEMENT:
   1. In every trailer camp there shall be a building in which shall be
located the office of the person in charge of said camp. A copy of the camp
license and this chapter shall be posted therein and the camp register shall at
all times be kept in said office.
   2. It is hereby made the duty of the attendant or person in charge
together with the licensee to:
      1.   Keep at all times a register of all guests (which shall be open at
all times to inspection by state and federal officers and officers of the city)
showing for all guests:
         1. Name and address.
         2. Dates of entrance and departure.
         3. License numbers of all trailers and towing or other automobiles.
         4. States issuing such licenses.
         (e)   Place of last location, and length of stay.
      2.   Maintain the camp in a clean, orderly and sanitary condition at all
times.
      3.   See that the provisions of this chapter are complied with and
enforced and report promptly to the proper authorities any violations of the
provisions of this chapter or any other violations of law which may come to his
attention.
      4.   Report to the health office all cases of person or animals affected
or suspected of being affected with any communicable disease.
      5.   Maintain in convenient places, approved by the fire department, hand
fire extinguishers in the ratio of one to each eight (8) units.
      6.   Prohibit the lighting of open fires on the premises.
      7.   Prohibit the use of any trailer by a greater number of occupants
than that which it is designed to accommodate. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-13: APPLICABILITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND BUILDING REGULATIONS 1 :
All plumbing, electrical, building and other work on or at any camp licensed
under the provisions of this chapter shall be in accordance with the provisions
of this code regulating such work unless the provisions of this chapter are
specifically made inapplicable under the terms of this chapter.
Nothing in the provisions of this chapter shall be interpreted so as to
conflict with the state housing laws, state legislation regulating trailers,
trailer camps or any of the requirements of any other provisions of this code
not mentioned or made inapplicable by the express terms of the provisions of
this code. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
 
Notes
1 1. See title 3 of this code.
### 5-1-14: REVOCATION AND SUSPENSION OF LICENSE:
The council is hereby authorized to revoke any license issued pursuant to the
terms of this chapter if after due investigation they determine that the holder
thereof has violated any of the provisions of this chapter or that any trailer
or trailer camp, is being maintained in an unsanitary or unsafe manner or is a
nuisance. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-15: HEARING:
Any person aggrieved by an order of the council granting, denying, renewing, or
revoking a license for a trailer camp, under the provisions of this chapter,
may file a written request for a hearing before the council within ten (10)
days after issuance of such order. The council shall give notice of a public
hearing upon this request to be held in not less than five (5) days after
service of the notice on the person requesting the hearing. The council may
also give notice of the hearing to other persons directly interested in the
order in question. At such hearing, the council shall determine whether the
granting, denial, renewal, or revocation of the license was in accordance with
the provisions of this chapter and shall issue a written findings of fact,
conclusions of law and an order to carry out its findings and conclusions.
These findings of fact, conclusions of law, and order shall be filed with the
clerk of the council and served by the council upon all parties appearing or
represented at said hearing. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
### 5-1-16: COURT REVIEW:
Any order either granting, denying, renewing, or revoking any license under the
provisions of this chapter may be appealed to the district court in the same
manner as appeals from any order under the building or zoning regulations of
the city. Appeals from such orders must be taken within ten (10) days after the
order is issued. Upon any such appeal the findings of fact of the council, if
supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
## CHAPTER 2 - CABLE TELEVISION
**SECTION**:
5-2-1: Definitions
5-2-2: License Required
5-2-3: Application For License
5-2-4: Grant Of Authority
5-2-5: Term Of License
5-2-6: License Fee
5-2-7: System Construction And Extension
5-2-8: Safety Requirements
5-2-9: Conditions On Street Occupancy
5-2-10: Operational Standards
5-2-11: Indemnification Of City
5-2-12: Procedure Upon Termination
5-2-13: Approval Of Transfer
5-2-14: Local Office; Complaints
5-2-15: Compliance With Applicable Laws And Ordinances
5-2-16: Violations
5-2-17: Penalties
5-2-18: Severability
5-2-19: Effective Date
5-2-20: Rights Reserved
5-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
For the purpose of this chapter the following terms, phrases and their
derivations shall have the meanings herein given. When not inconsistent with
the context, words used in the present tense include the future tense, words in
the plural number include the singular number and words in the singular number
include the plural number.
CATV: A cable television system as hereinafter defined.
CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM: A system composed of, without limitation, antenna,
cables, wires, lines, towers, wave guides, or any other conductors, converters,
equipment or facilities, designed, constructed or wired for the purpose of
producing, receiving, amplifying and distributing by coaxial cable audio and/or
visual radio television, electronic or electrical signals to and from persons,
subscribers and locations in the license area.
CITY: The city of Choteau, Montana.
CITY COUNCIL: The governing body of the city.
EXPANDED CATV SERVICE: Any communications service in addition to basic CATV
service provided by the licensee either directly or as a carrier for their
subsidiaries, affiliates or any other person engaged in communications service,
including, but not by way of limitation, pay TV, burglar alarm service, date or
other electronic transmission services, facsimile reproduction services, meter
reading services and home shopping services.
LICENSE AREA: The area within the corporate limits of the city.
LICENSEE: A grantee of rights under this chapter.
PERSON: Any person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, company or
organization of any kind.
PROPERTY OF LICENSEE: All property owned, installed or used by a company or
companies in the conduct of a CATV business in the city.
REGULAR CATV SERVICE: The distribution of broadcast television and radio
signals, and installation, disconnect and reconnect of facilities required for
said distribution.
STREET: The surface of and the space above and below any public street, right
of way, road, highway, freeway, bridge, lane, path, alley, court, sidewalk,
parkway, drive, communications or utility easement, now or hereafter existing
as such within the license area.
SUBSCRIBER: Any person or entity receiving regular CATV service. (Ord. 207, 3-
7-1978)
5-2-2: LICENSE REQUIRED:
No person shall engage in the business of operating a cable television system
within the city, without first having obtained a license for such purpose nor
shall any person carry on said business at any other place or location other
than the one designated in the license, and under such regulations as are
hereinafter provided. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-3: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
Application for a license to engage in the business of operating a cable
television system will be made by the person or their duly designated agent by
filing such application with the city clerk. Such application shall contain the
following information:
   1. The name and address of the applicant, and should the applicant be a
corporation, the names and addresses of all officers and directors of said
corporation.
   2. An outline of the general construction and operating plans of the
applicant.
   3. A proposed schedule for the construction of the system and the
commencement of the service or if the system is already in operation, a full
and complete description, including maps and plans, of the system.
   4. A statement of the policy of the applicant concerning the extension of
the system within the license area.
   (E)   Such information as may be required to determine the legal, character,
financial, technical and other qualifications of the applicant.
Within thirty (30) days following receipt, the city clerk shall submit said
application to the city council; the city council shall, at a regular or
special meeting, adopt a resolution to either approve the application as
submitted, approve the application with modification or deny said application.
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-4: GRANT OF AUTHORITY:
   1. Upon the approval by the city of the legal, character, financial,
technical and other qualifications of the applicant, and the adequacy and
feasibility of the applicant's construction arrangements, at a full public
proceeding affording due process, the city may grant to the applicant the
right, privilege, and license to engage in the business of operating a CATV
system in the city for the purpose of providing regular CATV service and such
aspects of expanded CATV service, if any, as the applicant may from time to
time deem advisable. Said grant of authority may include the right and
privilege to erect, install, construct, repair, replace, reconstruct, maintain
and retain in, on, over, under, upon, across and along any public street,
public way and public place, now laid out or dedicated and all extensions
thereof and additions thereto in the license area such poles, wires, cable,
conductors, ducts, conduit vaults, manholes, amplifiers, appliances,
attachments, and other property as may be necessary and appurtenant to the CATV
system; and in addition, so to use, operate, and provide similar facilities or
properties rented or leased from other persons, firms or corporations,
including, but not limited to, any public utility or other grantee licensed or
permitted to do business in the city.
   2. The rights, privileges and license to engage in the business of
operating a CATV system in the city provided for in this section will not be
exclusive and the city reserves the right to grant similar rights, privileges
and licenses to any other person. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-5: TERM OF LICENSE:
The license and rights herein granted shall be in force and effect for a term
of fifteen (15) years after the effective date of the license. The license may
be renewed for an additional fifteen (15) year period following a public
proceeding called for the purpose of considering said renewal. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
1978)
5-2-6: LICENSE FEE:
The annual fee to be paid by a licensee to the city shall be as provided by
council action, and shall be paid by January 30 for that year. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
1978)
5-2-7: SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND EXTENSION:
Any person receiving a license under the terms of this chapter shall accomplish
significant construction within one year after receiving certification from the
federal communication commission, and shall thereafter equitably and reasonably
extend energized trunk cable within the license area as provided in the
construction schedule set forth in the application for a license. Extensions of
any system within the license area shall be made by the licensee in accord with
the policy set forth in the application for a license. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-8: SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:
   1. The licensee shall at all times employ ordinary care and shall install
and maintain in use commonly accepted methods and devices for preventing
failures and accidents which are likely to cause damage, injuries or nuisances
to the public.
   2. The licensee shall install and maintain its wires, cables and fixtures
and other equipment in accordance with requirements of the ordinances, code and
regulations of the city, and in such a manner that they will not interfere with
the installation of the city or public utilities serving the city.
   3. All structures and lines, equipment and connections in, over, under
and on the streets, sidewalks, alleys and public ways or places of the city,
wherever situated or located shall at all times be kept and maintained in a
safe, suitable, substantial condition and in good order and repair.
   4. The licensee shall maintain a force of one or more agents or employees
at all times and shall have sufficient employees to provide safe, adequate and
prompt service for its facilities. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-9: CONDITIONS ON STREET OCCUPANCY:
   1. All transmissions and distribution structures, lines and equipment
erected by the licensee within the city shall be so located as to cause minimum
interference with the proper use of the streets, alleys, and other public ways
and places, and to cause minimum interference with the rights and reasonable
convenience of property owners who join any of the said streets, alleys or
other public ways and places.
   2. In case of disturbance in the street, sidewalk, alley, public way,
grass or paved areas or any other public or private property, the licensee
shall, at his own expense and in a manner approved by the city clerk, replace
and restore said street, sidewalk, alley, public way, grass or paved area or
any other public or private property in as good a condition as before the work
involving such disturbance was done.
   3. If at any time the city shall lawfully elect to alter or change any
street, sidewalk, alley or other public way, the licensee, upon reasonable
notice by the city, shall remove, relay and relocate its poles, wires, cables,
underground conduits, manholes and other fixtures at its own expense.
   4. Any fixtures placed in any public way by the licensee shall be placed
in such a manner as not to interfere with the usual travel on such public way.
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-10: OPERATIONAL STANDARDS:
The licensee shall operate and maintain its cable television system in full
compliance with the standards set forth by the federal communications
commission. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-11: INDEMNIFICATION OF CITY:
The licensee shall at all times protect and hold harmless the city from all
claims, actions, suits, liability, loss, expense, damages of every kind and
description (herein collectively referred to as "claims") including
investigation costs, court costs and attorney fees, which may accrue to or be
suffered or claimed by any person or persons arising out of the negligence of
the licensee in the ownership, construction, repair, replacement, maintenance
and operation of the cable television system. The city shall give the licensee
prompt written notice of any such claims filed against it. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-12: PROCEDURE UPON TERMINATION:
Upon expiration of the license, if the licensee shall not have acquired an
extension or renewal thereof and accepted the same, the licensee may enter upon
the streets, and public ways of the city, for the purposes of removing
therefrom any or all of its property and otherwise. In so removing said
property the licensee shall refill, at its own expense, any excavation that
shall be made by it, and shall leave said streets and public ways and places in
as nearly as possible as good condition as that prevailing prior to the
licensee's removal of its property. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-13: APPROVAL OF TRANSFER:
The licensee shall not sell or transfer its plant or system to another, other
than a parent company or a wholly owned subsidiary of the licensee, nor
transfer any rights under this license to another, except as security for
monies borrowed, without the city council's approval. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-14: LOCAL OFFICE; COMPLAINTS:
   1. The licensee shall maintain a business office, or agent, which
subscribers may telephone during regular business hours, so that CATV
maintenance service shall be promptly available. Should a subscriber have a
complaint regarding the quality of cable television service, equipment
malfunction, or similar matters, the subscriber may file his complaint with the
agent of the licensee. The licensee shall notify each subscriber, at the time
of the initial subscription to the service of the licensee, of the procedures
for reporting and resolving such complaints.
   2. The licensee shall keep a record of each complaint received and the
action taken to resolve said complaint. Said records shall be filed with the
city council at the time any proceedings are initiated concerning rate changes
or license renewal. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-15: COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND ORDINANCES:
The licensee shall at all times during the life of this license be subject to
all lawful exercise of the police power by the city. The licensee shall at all
times comply with all of the requirements, at that time applicable, as imposed
by the federal communications system. Failure to do so will be treated as a
violation of this chapter. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-16: VIOLATIONS:
From and after the effective date hereof, it shall be unlawful for any person
to construct, install or maintain within any public street in the city, or
within any other public property of the city, or within any privately owned
area within the city which has not yet become a public street but is designated
or delineated as a proposed public street on any tentative subdivision map
approved by the city, any equipment or facilities for distributing any
television signals or radio signals throughout a CATV system, unless a license
authorizing such use of such street or property or area has first been
obtained, and unless such license is in full force and effect. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
1978)
5-2-17: PENALTIES:
Any person violating or failing to comply with any of the provisions of this
chapter shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and for each day of violation or
failure to comply may be punished by a fine not to exceed five hundred dollars
($500.00) or by imprisonment for a term not to exceed six (6) months or by both
such fine and imprisonment. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-18: SEVERABILITY:
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this chapter is for
any reason held illegal, invalid or unconstitutional by the decision shall not
affect the validity of the remaining portions hereof. The city council hereby
declares that it would have passed this ordinance 207 and each section,
subsection, sentence, clause and phrase hereof, irrespective of the fact that
any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be
declared illegal, invalid or unconstitutional. The validity of any portion of
this chapter shall not abate, reduce or otherwise affect any consideration or
other obligation required of the licensee. All ordinances and parts of
ordinances in conflict with the provisions of this chapter are hereby repealed.
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-19: EFFECTIVE DATE:
This ordinance 207 codified herein as chapter 2 shall take effect and be in
force thirty (30) days from and after its passage. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
5-2-20: RIGHTS RESERVED:
   1. The right is hereby reserved to the city to adopt, in addition to the
provisions contained herein and in existing applicable ordinances, such
additional regulations as it shall find necessary in the exercise of the police
power; provided that such regulations, by ordinance or otherwise, shall be
reasonable and not in conflict with the rights herein granted.
   2. The city shall have the right to inspect the books, records, maps,
plans and other like materials of the licensee at any time during normal
business hours.
   3. The city shall have the right to supervise all construction or
installation work performed subject to the provisions of this license and make
such inspections as it shall find necessary to ensure compliance with the terms
of the license and other pertinent provisions of law.
   4. Upon termination or cancellation of this license, as provided for
herein, the city shall have the right to require the licensee to remove at its
own expense all portions of the cable television system from all public ways
within the city.
   (E)   The city reserves the right to establish a procedure by which it shall
review and approve the rates set by the licensee, and the licensee agrees to
cooperate fully with the city council in connection with that review procedure,
including, but not limited to, the requirement that all rate changes be
reviewed, that there be a public hearing which the licensee will attend, and
that the licensee provide such information as is necessary to determine a
reasonable rate. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
CHAPTER 3
LICENSES
**SECTION**:
5-3-1: License Required
5-3-2: Definitions
5-3-3: Annual License Fee
5-3-4: Application For License
5-3-5: Violation And Fine
5-3-1: LICENSE REQUIRED:
All merchants who engage in the business of selling alcoholic beverages,
including liquor, beer and wine, and transient merchants are required to
purchase a city license prior to January 15 of each year. (Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
5-3-2: DEFINITIONS:
PERMITTED AREA WITHIN THE CITY OF CHOTEAU: The permitted area of the city of
Choteau is defined as that nonshaded area set forth in exhibit A attached to
ordinance 279, available for inspection in the city clerk's office, and by this
reference incorporated herein.
TRANSIENT MERCHANT: A transient merchant, otherwise called itinerant vendor or
peddler, is defined as any person, whether acting as an owner, agent, consignee
or employee, not being a resident of the city, who engages in the temporary
business of selling, delivering, or offering for sale, goods, wares and
merchandise and subscriptions within the permitted area of the city, as herein
defined, and who, in furtherance of such purposes, uses or occupies the
permitted streets, alleys or sidewalks of the city or any structure, motor
vehicle or other place within the permitted area of the city for the exhibition
and sale of such goods, wares and merchandise. (Ord. 279, 4-6-1999)
5-3-3: ANNUAL LICENSE FEE:
The annual license fee required by those individuals or entities as set forth
in section
5-3-1 of this chapter shall be as follows:
 
(A) All beverage license $200.00
(B) Beer license 75.00
(C) Wine license 25.00
(D) Special use beer permit 5.00
(Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
(E) Transient merchant
1. Annual 30.00
 
(Ord. 279, 4-6-1999)
5-3-4: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
All required licensees, as set forth in section
5-3-3 of this chapter, shall fill out in its entirety the required application
form at the office of the city clerk, and no license, as above set forth, shall
be issued by said clerk until said application has been approved by the office
of the city clerk. (Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
5-3-5: VIOLATION AND FINE:
Any person, who first being advised of the provisions of this chapter, and who
thereafter violates any provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor,
and upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than
twenty five dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord.
264, 5-3-1994)
TITLE 6
FIRE REGULATIONS
CHAPTER 1
FIRE LIMITS
**SECTION**:
6-1-1: Fire Limits Designated
6-1-1: FIRE LIMITS DESIGNATED:
The following described territory in the city shall comprise the inner fire
limits:
Commencing at the intersection of 1st Street S.E. and 1st alley east, thence
north along the centerline of said alley and continuing along the centerline of
said alley to the centerline of 4th Street, N.E.; thence west along the
centerline of 4th Street to the centerline of 1st alley West; thence along the
centerline of 1st alley West to the centerline of the 3rd Street N.W.; thence
along the centerline of 3rd Street, N.W. in a westerly direction to the
centerline of 2nd alley West; thence south along the centerline of 2nd alley
West to the centerline of Division Street; thence along the centerline of west
Division to the centerline of 1st Street S.W.; thence east along the centerline
of 1st Street S.W. to the centerline of 1st alley West; thence south along the
centerline of said alley to the centerline of 3rd Street S.W.; thence west of
the centerline of 1st Avenue, S.W.; thence south to the centerline of 5th
Street, S.W., thence east to the centerline of 1st alley East; thence north to
the place of beginning.
All the rest of the territory included within the corporate limits lying
outside of and beyond the limits of said inner fire limits as hereinbefore
described, shall comprise the outer fire limits of the city. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 2
FIRE REGULATIONS; PROVISIONS
**SECTION**:
6-2-1: Building Requirements For Inner Fire Limits
6-2-2: Permit Required For Building In Fire Limits
6-2-3: Replacement Of Damaged Buildings
6-2-4: Unlawful Building
6-2-5: Storage Of Flammables; Permit Required
6-2-6: Construction Of Chimneys And Flues
6-2-7: Wooden Buildings
6-2-8: Fire Chief Appointed; Duties
6-2-9: Removal Of Dangerous Buildings; Failure To Comply
6-2-10: Bonfires
6-2-11: Interference With Fire Department Personnel; Apparatus
6-2-12: Firefighting; Bystanders
6-2-13: Campfires
6-2-14: Open Burning
6-2-1: BUILDING REQUIREMENTS FOR INNER FIRE LIMITS:
No person shall build, construct, reconstruct, erect, place or move, or cause
to be built, constructed, reconstructed, erected, placed or moved from any lot
within or without the inner fire limits to any lot within the inner fire
limits, except as hereinafter provided, any wooden, corrugated, iron or sheet
metal building, shed or structure, of any kind whatsoever, provided, however,
that the city council may, upon application duly made: a) grant a permit for an
addition to a residence located in the inner fire district to be made of wooden
construction, if such residence is of wooden construction and the square feet
area of such addition will not exceed one-third (1/3) of the square feet area
of the residence at the time of making application for permit, and b) grant a
permit for wooden construction of small outbuildings in the inner fire limits
if it is made to appear to the council such building will not increase the fire
risk to surrounding buildings. Provided that the city council may grant an
exception to the above limitations where it finds upon facts presented at a
hearing that such structure will not create any additional fire hazard. Notice
of hearing shall be published at least ten (10) days before the hearing in a
local newspaper and a copy mailed to owners of lots adjoining those owned by
the applicant for permit. (Ord. 177, 10-20-1969; amd. Ord. 190, 12-17-1973)
6-2-2: PERMIT REQUIRED FOR BUILDING IN FIRE LIMITS:
No person shall build, construct, reconstruct, erect, place or move, or cause
to be built, constructed, reconstructed, erected, placed or moved, within or
into the fire limits any building, shed or structure, of any kind whatsoever,
without first having obtained a permit so to do from the council, in the manner
following:
   1. Any person desiring to build, construct or erect such building, shed
or structure, shall make or cause to be made and filed with the clerk at least
three (3) days before the next council meeting, a sketch or plan of the
proposed building or structure desired to be built, constructed or erected,
together with specifications thereof, in form sufficient to enable the council
to determine the material to be used for the foundation, walls and roof, the
thickness of the walls, the number and size of openings therein, and the
general plan of construction. If said plans are deemed by a majority of the
council to be sufficiently safe for fire protection purposes, the clerk may be
directed to issue a building permit to the applicant to construct such building
or structure in accordance with said plans and specifications which shall be
kept on file in the office of the clerk and any deviation, alteration or change
from said plans and specifications without an additional permit from the
council shall be, and is hereby declared to be, a violation of the provisions
of this chapter.
   2. Any person desiring to remove any building from one location to
another within the fire limits, or from without the city to a location within
the outer fire limits, must first obtain a permit from the council so to do,
which permit may be granted by the council upon an application in writing filed
with the clerk at least three (3) days before the next council meeting, which
said application shall contain a description of the building, giving its size
and the material of which it is constructed, its location as to lot and block,
if within the city limits, and the lot and block upon which the building is
proposed to be placed; provided, that no permit must be granted by the council,
if the proposed removal be from one location to another within the inner fire
limits, unless it shall appear by the endorsement in writing of the fire chief
upon the application for such permit, that such removal will not tend to
increase the fire risk. (Ord. 177, 10-20-1969)
6-2-3: REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED BUILDINGS:
No person shall repair, or cause to be repaired, any building, shed or
structure, within the fire limits, if the same shall, in the judgment of the
council, have been damaged by fire, the elements, or otherwise, to the extent
of fifty percent (50%) of the value thereof, without first having obtained a
permit so to do as provided in section
6-2-2 of this chapter. Except in cases of damage by fire or the elements, no
repairs exceeding a value of twenty five dollars ($25.00) shall be made in any
calendar year, upon any building, shed or structure within the inner fire
limits hereof, if said building in its original construction was composed
chiefly of wood, corrugated iron or sheet metal. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-4: UNLAWFUL BUILDING:
Any person who shall hereafter in violation of the provisions of this chapter,
erect, build, construct, repair, enlarge or remove any such prohibited
structure or building, or cause the same to be done by others, shall be deemed
to have committed a misdemeanor. Any structure or building built, constructed,
erected, repaired, enlarged or removed in violation of the provisions of this
chapter is hereby declared to be a nuisance and it shall be the duty of the
chief of police on order of the council, to require the author of such nuisance
to remove the same forthwith, and, if the said author shall neglect or refuse
to abate the same or signify his intention so to do within twenty four (24)
hours after such notice, it shall be the duty of the chief of police to do so,
and the costs thereof shall be charged to the said author and collected by
civil action in the name of the city. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-5: STORAGE OF FLAMMABLES; PERMIT REQUIRED:
It shall be unlawful for any person to construct, place, erect or build, or
cause to be constructed, placed, erected or built within the fire limits, any
smokehouse, engine house, steam boiler, or other similar structure or
contrivance, or to store any inflammable or explosive material, or to store or
stack, or suffer or permit to be stored or stacked, any straw, hay, rubbish,
boxes, barrels, or other combustible material, without first having obtained
from the council a permit so to do, and all such permits shall be granted upon
such conditions and restrictions of the council as in their judgment shall be
necessary to guard against calamities by fire. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-6: CONSTRUCTION OF CHIMNEYS AND FLUES:
All chimneys, or flues, in any building within the fire limits shall be
constructed of pipe to be approved by the fire underwriters, brick, stone or
concrete, and shall be plastered on the inside, and shall be built from the
foundation of the building, or upon a substantial platform firmly attached to
the building. All stovepipes shall enter a brick, stone or concrete chimney as
nearly horizontal as possible and shall not pass through any roof or outside
wall or framework in the building. All stovepipes or flues which pass through
any floor, partition or ceiling, or other combustible material, shall be
protected by durable metal or earthen safes where the same pass through such
floor, partition, ceiling or other combustible material; provided, that for
good reasons the fire chief may grant permission to any person to use a
stovepipe through the roof of any temporary addition to a building, for
temporary purposes only, upon such conditions and restrictions as he may impose
for the general safety of surrounding property. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-7: WOODEN BUILDINGS:
The council shall have power by the special order duly made and entered of
record after the hearing of interested parties to prohibit the erection of a
wooden building in any part of the city beyond the fire limits thereof, so
close to any other building previously erected or of such a dangerous character
as to greatly endanger the same; provided that this regulation shall not be
construed to apply to smaller outbuildings; and any person, who, in violation
of any such special order of the council, shall erect such prohibited building
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-8: FIRE CHIEF APPOINTED; DUTIES:
The mayor shall, at the first meeting of the council after the annual election,
appoint, by and with the consent of the council, a fire chief, who shall hold
this office for the term of one year and until his successor is appointed,
unless removed for cause, and whose duty it shall be to examine all chimneys,
flues, stovepipes, boilers, depositories for ashes, buildings, and places where
fires are used within the fire limits, and in case he finds any such appliances
or premises in an unsafe condition, he shall immediately notify and direct the
owner or occupant to put the same in safe condition against damage by fire, and
it shall be the duty of such owner or occupant to forthwith promptly comply
with such direction, and a failure so to do shall be deemed a misdemeanor.
(Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-9: REMOVAL OF DANGEROUS BUILDINGS; FAILURE TO COMPLY:
The council may order or direct any building, structure, chimney, flue, or
stovepipe, which is dangerous or a menace to surrounding property from a fire
standpoint, to be removed, altered, repaired, cleaned out, or placed in safe
condition, and for that purpose may prescribe and direct what work, alteration
or repair shall be done to make it safe; and may direct the removal of any
straw, hay, rubbish, barrels, boxes, or other combustible material, within the
limits of the city, when the same shall be deemed to be dangerous to other
buildings or property, and necessary against the spreading of fire or to guard
against the same.
If any person for the period of twenty four (24) hours shall refuse or neglect
to comply with any order or direction of the council or fire chief, relative to
the removal or repair of any building, boiler, stovepipe, chimney, flue, straw,
hay, rubbish or other material as provided herein, the same may be removed or
the repairs made by an officer of the city, at the expense of the owner or
occupant of the property, to be recovered in a civil action for that purpose,
in which the city shall be plaintiff and the owner or occupant shall be
defendant; or said expense, with a penalty of ten percent (10%), and interest
according to law from the date of such removal or repairs, may be assessed
against said property and collected as other taxes. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-10: BONFIRES:
It shall be unlawful for any person within the limits of the city to build a
bonfire in any street, avenue, alley, square or vacant lot, without first
obtaining a permit in writing from the fire chief, and a violation of this
section shall be deemed a misdemeanor. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-11: INTERFERENCE WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL; APPARATUS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to in any way interfere with the fire
chief, or any member of the fire department, or any other person, while engaged
in fighting or controlling any fire within the limits of the city, or so near
the limits of the city as to be dangerous to property within the limits of the
city; or to in any way interfere with, damage, remove, or injure any fire
apparatus or property owned or kept by the city for the purpose of controlling
fires, or with the property of any chief or fireman or other person while
engaged in controlling any fire. It shall also be unlawful for any person to
drive any vehicle, or ride any animal or vehicle, over or across, or to tramp
on or step upon any fire hose belonging to the city, or used by it in
controlling fires. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
6-2-12: FIREFIGHTING; BYSTANDERS:
The mayor, council, or the fire chief, may, whenever in his judgment it shall
be necessary, call upon any bystander at a fire to assist in controlling said
fire, either by name or otherwise, and thereupon it shall be the duty of such
bystander to immediately assist and obey the orders of such official to the
best of his strength and ability 1 . (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-92811-933, 32-21-113, 32-21-109.
6-2-13: CAMPFIRES:
Campfires in the city park shall be limited to city fire pits only. (Ord. 270,
2-4-1997)
6-2-14: OPEN BURNING:
Open burning within the city limits, with the exception of barbecue grills,
fireplaces and wood stoves, shall be prohibited unless a burn permit is issued
by the city clerk and approved by the city fire chief. (Ord. 270, 2-4-1997)
CHAPTER 3
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
**SECTION**:
6-3-1: Definitions
6-3-2: Delivery Of Flammable Liquids
6-3-3: Uniform Fire Code
6-3-4: Misdemeanor
6-3-1: DEFINITIONS:
As used in this chapter the following terms shall have the meanings herein
prescribed:
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS: Any liquid used as fuel for the operation of any motor
driven vehicle or motor driven engine.
RETAIL OR WHOLESALE OUTLET: Any business engaged in the retail sale or
wholesale of flammable liquids.
TANK VEHICLE OR TANK CAR: Any vehicle used for the transportation of flammable
liquids. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
6-3-2: DELIVERY OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS:
In all deliveries of flammable liquids to any retail outlet or wholesale outlet
within the corporate limits of the city, the operator or other competent person
shall be in attendance at all times while a tank vehicle or tank car is
discharging cargo. Whenever practical, the tank vehicle or tank car shall be
positioned so that the operating controls and the discharging end of the hose
or hoses are both in view of the operator or other competent person. (Ord. 247,
10-20-1987)
6-3-3: UNIFORM FIRE CODE:
All flammable liquids shall be delivered and controlled in accordance with the
uniform fire code of the state. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
6-3-4: MISDEMEANOR:
Any person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be deemed guilty of a
misdemeanor. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
CHAPTER 4
FIREWORKS
**SECTION**:
6-4-1: Definition
6-4-2: Sale Of Fireworks; Use Of; Fine
6-4-3: Possession Of Explosive Material Prohibited
6-4-1: DEFINITION:
The term "fireworks" shall mean firecrackers, Roman candles, torpedoes, sky
rockets, whirling sprays, fire fountains and all powderous explosives commonly
known as fireworks. (Ord. 48, 8-8-1917)
6-4-2: SALE OF FIREWORKS; USE OF; FINE:
Fireworks may be sold for the period of June 24 through July 5 each year within
the Choteau City limits by permit only from the Office of the Choteau City
Clerk after approval by the City Council.
The use of fireworks within the City in any manner or means or for any purpose
is prohibited except:
   1. For the period of July 1 through July 4 each year. Fireworks can be
set off within the City limits from eleven o'clock (11:00) A.M. to eleven
o'clock (11:00) P.M. each day except July 3 and 4 when the time limit on July 3
and 4 shall extend to two o'clock (2:00) A.M. the following morning; and
   2. For the period of December 31 from six o'clock (6:00) P.M. to two
o'clock (2:00) A.M. the following morning.
Any person violating the provisions of this section regarding the use of
fireworks shall be fined fifty dollars ($50.00).
Any person violating the provisions of this section regarding the sale of
fireworks shall be fined fifty dollars ($50.00) per each sale. (Ord. 312, 3-21-
2017)
6-4-3: POSSESSION OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL PROHIBITED:
The sale or possession of any illegal dangerous mechanical device or of any
other illegal explosive material calculated to explode or burn by reason of
external or mechanical application shall be construed a violation of the
provisions of this chapter. (Ord. 272, 2-4-1997)
TITLE 7
HEALTH AND SANITATION
CHAPTER 1
GARBAGE REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
7-1-1: Definitions
7-1-2: Mandatory Use Of City Services
7-1-3: Container Requirements
7-1-4: Placement Of Containers
7-1-5: Prohibited Acts And Conditions
7-1-6: Removal Of Prohibited Conditions
7-1-7: Charges For Collection
7-1-8: Violation; Penalty
7-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
SOLID WASTE: Includes each and every accumulation of animal matter, manure,
fruits or vegetable matter, ashes, branches or parts of any trees, shrubs or
vines, tin cans, bottles, grasses or weeds, rags, paper, dead animals or parts
thereof, garbage, trash or filth, and all other offensive matter. (Ord. 299, 5-
18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
7-1-2: MANDATORY USE OF CITY SERVICES:
Except as provided in Montana code 7-2-4736, all residents, businesses, and
other persons located within the city limits shall be required to use the
city's solid waste hauling services with respect to all solid waste that the
city hauls, unless the city approves, in writing, the use of a licensed private
hauler. No resident, business, or other person shall engage a licensed hauler,
without first receiving written approval from the city, to haul solid waste of
the type that the city hauls. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
7-1-3: CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS:
   1. City Approved Containers Required: Solid waste, as identified in this
chapter, shall only be placed outside of a home, garage, or other animalproof
enclosure if contained in a city approved solid waste container.
   2. Containers Kept Clean: Residents and businesses shall be responsible
for ensuring that all city approved solid waste containers are kept clean and
sanitary.
   3. Repairing And Replacing: Residents and businesses of the city shall be
responsible for repairing or replacing any city approved solid waste containers
that are abused, damaged, or lost. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
7-1-4: PLACEMENT OF CONTAINERS:
   1. Time Of Collection: Solid waste containers must only be placed at the
designated pick up location by seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. on the morning that
such solid waste will be picked up by the city or other permitted hauler.
   2. Preparation For Collection:
      1.   All solid waste produced in any house, flat, apartment, restaurant
or other store, building or establishment, shall be drained of all surplus
liquids, except grease, and thereupon shall be securely wrapped in paper or
plastic before depositing in solid waste receptacles.
      2.   Paper and combustible rubbish of every kind whatsoever shall be
securely wrapped, packed, or contained in a manner that will prevent blowing by
the wind and shall be deposited in a proper receptacle.
      3.   All solid waste must be placed in city approved containers to be
removed by the city solid waste collectors. Any waste that can not be placed in
the container must be moved to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal
district roll-off site by the owner or occupant of the premises, or collected
by city solid waste collectors upon prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
      4.   Trimmings resulting from trimming or removing hedges and trees shall
be cut up into short lengths not to exceed four feet (4'), and placed in solid
waste receptacles or else moved to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal
district roll-off site by the owner or occupant of the premises, or collected
by city solid waste collectors upon prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
Tree trunks of more than six inches (6") in diameter at the large end shall be
removed to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal district roll-off site by
the owner or occupant of the premises and shall not be removed by the city
solid waste collectors, or collected by city solid waste collectors upon
prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
      5.   All solid waste must be placed in the containers so as to allow the
lids to be shut. The lids must be kept closed on the containers at all times.
   3. Dirt, Rocks And Building Debris:
      1.   Dirt and rocks accumulated as a result of improving or grading lawns
and gardens, will not be removed from the premises, nor from the streets and
alleys, by the city solid waste collectors, but shall be removed to the
Northern Montana joint refuse disposal district roll-off site by the owner or
occupant of the premises where such material originated.
      2.   Dirt and rocks accumulated as a result of excavation of building
sites, shall not be deposited in streets or alleys, but shall be removed from
the premises where such material originates by the owner, occupant, or
contractor, or whoever was responsible for doing the work.
      3.   Other building rubbish shall be removed to the Northern Montana
joint refuse disposal district roll-off site from the premises where such
rubbish originates, by the occupant, owner, contractor, or whoever was
responsible for doing the work, at least once weekly or as specified by the
public works department. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
7-1-5: PROHIBITED ACTS AND CONDITIONS:
   1. Deposits On Public Ways: It is unlawful for any person to throw,
scatter, or otherwise place or leave, or cause to be thrown or scattered or
otherwise placed or left, upon or along any street, avenue, alley, or other
public place, or upon any vacant or unoccupied lot or lots within the city, any
wastepaper, rubbish, refuse, debris, or solid waste of any kind.
   2. Burning: It shall be unlawful to burn papers, paper goods, carbon,
rubbish, solid waste, organic debris, or any other type of combustible matters
outdoors within the city.
   3. Use Of Specific Containers:
      1.   It is unlawful for any person to place, discard, or deposit solid
waste into solid waste containers provided or placed within the city's parks
unless such solid waste is actually generated and accumulated in the park by
park visitors. The use of such solid waste containers and/or receptacles
provided in the city's parks is restricted to solid waste generated in the park
by park visitors, and no other solid waste shall be brought into the city's
parks for disposal.
      2.   All persons shall place, dispose, discard, or deposit their solid
waste in the solid waste containers provided for their particular residence or
place of business and shall not use such solid waste containers and/or
receptacles provided for other persons or for public use at city parks or
street receptacles.
      3.   It is unlawful for any person who resides outside of the city limits
of the city of Choteau to place, dispose, discard, or deposit their solid waste
into solid waste containers provided or placed within the city's parks or
provided for the use by city residents and businesses.
   4. Special Care Items: It shall be unlawful to dispose of any products
that contain corrosive, toxic, ignitable, or reactive ingredients which may
require special care in the methods of disposal. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-
1-2004)
7-1-6: REMOVAL OF PROHIBITED CONDITIONS:
   1. Responsibility Of Owner: It shall be sufficient proof for the purpose
of securing a conviction under the terms of this chapter that any such solid
waste or other offensive matter is shown to have been found improperly packed
or at any unauthorized place as specified hereinabove, or to have been found
in, upon, or adjacent to the grounds or premises used or occupied by such
person charged with violation of the terms of this chapter whether such
premises are owned, rented, leased, or otherwise held or occupied in any manner
and any such owners, occupants, tenants, or lessees aware of, or who should
have been aware of, the presence of the solid waste which has been improperly
disposed of are declared to be personally responsible under this chapter for
any such refuse, solid waste, or offensive matter so thrown, located, placed,
or found.
   2. Removal Authority: The mayor, the public works director, or the fire
chief shall have the power to, and are authorized to, order by printing,
posting, or by written personal notice, to order the agent, tenant, or owner to
remove from his premises or the streets and alleys adjacent thereto, any
rubbish or filth which in the judgment of any of these officers, is a menace to
public health, nuisance, or hazardous in case of fire.
   3. Removal By City: In case the rubbish is not removed within the time
specified in the notice and order, any of the officers shall have the power to
cause the rubbish to be removed at the cost of the city.
   4. Lien On Premises: The cost for the removal of such rubbish, when duly
approved by the city council, shall be a lien against the property from which
such matter was deposited, and the city clerk is authorized to certify the cost
to the county clerk for collection along with those taxes and other legal
charges against the property. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
7-1-7: CHARGES FOR COLLECTION:
   1. Following a public hearing and public notice, the city council shall
adopt a resolution regulating, establishing, or changing rates for solid waste
collection at such times as it determines necessary to defray the costs of
solid waste collection.
   2. The city may make monthly billings for the costs of collection of
solid waste from the streets, alleys, commercial, and private premises of the
city. Charges shall be charged to the renter or owner of the property from
which such solid waste is collected.
   3. Payments of charges shall be made within thirty (30) days after the
billing date and unpaid charges shall be delinquent after that date. Delinquent
charges may be assessed against the property. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-
2004)
7-1-8: VIOLATION; PENALTY:
A person convicted of violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be
guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, be subject to a fine as
provided in the general penalty in section
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
CHAPTER 2
REGULATION OF SEWER USE
**SECTION**:
7-2-1: Definitions
7-2-2: Use Of Public Sewers Required
7-2-3: Private Wastewater Disposal
7-2-4: Sanitary Sewers, Building Sewer And Connections
7-2-5: Use Of The Public Sewers
7-2-6: Protection From Damage
7-2-7: Powers And Authority Of Inspectors
7-2-8: Hearing Board
7-2-9: Penalties
7-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the meanings of terms used
in this chapter shall be as follows:
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD): The quantity of oxygen utilized in the
biochemical oxidation of organic matter under standard laboratory procedure in
five (5) days at twenty degrees centigrade (20°C), expressed in milligrams per
liter.
BUILDING DRAIN: That part of the lowest horizontal piping of a drainage system
which receives the discharge from soil, waste and other drainage pipes inside
the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer, beginning five
feet (5') outside the inner face of the building wall.
BUILDING SEWER: The extension from the building drain to the public sewer or
other place of disposal, also called house connection.
COMBINED SEWER: A sewer intended to receive both wastewater and storm or
surface water.
EASEMENT: An acquired legal right for the specific use of land owned by others.
FLOATABLE OIL: Oil, fat or grease in a physical state such that it will
separate by gravity from wastewater by treatment in an approved pretreatment
facility. A wastewater shall be considered free of floatable fat if it is
properly pretreated and the wastewater does not interfere with the collection
system.
GARBAGE: The animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling,
preparation, cooking and serving of foods.
HEARING BOARD: That board appointed according to the provisions of section
7-2-8 of this chapter.
INDUSTRIAL WASTES: The wastewater from industrial processes, trade or business
as distinct from domestic or sanitary wastes.
MAY: Is permissive. (See also definition of Shall.)
NATURAL OUTLET: Any outlet, including storm sewers and combined sewer,
overflows, into a watercourse, pond, ditch, lake or other body of surface or
ground water.
PERSON: Any individual, firm, company, association, society, corporation or
group.
pH: The logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogen-ion concentration. The
concentration is the weight of hydrogen-ions, in grams per liter of solution.
Neutral water, for example, has a pH value of seven (7) and a hydrogen-ion
concentration of 10-7.
PROPERLY SHREDDED GARBAGE: The wastes from the preparation, cooking and
dispensing of food that have been shredded to such a degree that all particles
will be carried freely under the flow conditions normally prevailing in public
sewers, with no particle greater than one-half inch (1/2") in any dimension.
PUBLIC SEWER: A common sewer controlled by a governmental agency or public
utility.
SANITARY SEWER: A sewer that carries liquid and water carried wastes from
residences, commercial buildings, industrial plants and institutions together
with minor quantities of ground, storm and surface waters that are not admitted
intentionally.
SEWAGE: The spent water of a community. The preferred term is "wastewater".
(See also definition of Wastewater.)
SEWER: A pipe or conduit that carries wastewater or drainage water.
SHALL: Is mandatory. (See also definition of May.)
SLUG: Any discharge of water or wastewater which in concentration of any given
constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds for any period of duration longer
than fifteen (15) minutes more than five (5) times the average twenty four (24)
hour concentration or flows during normal operation and shall adversely affect
the collection system and/or performance of the wastewater treatment works.
STORM DRAIN: Sometimes termed "storm sewer", shall mean a drain or sewer for
conveying water, ground water, subsurface water or unpolluted water from any
source.
SUPERINTENDENT: The superintendent of wastewater facilities of the city, or his
authorized deputy, agent or representative.
SUSPENDED SOLIDS (SS): Total suspended matter that either floats on the surface
of, or is in suspension in water, wastewater or other liquids and that is
removable by laboratory filtering as prescribed in "Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater" and referred to as nonfilterable residue.
UNPOLLUTED WATER: Water of quality equal to or better than the effluent
criteria in effect or water that would not cause violation of receiving water
quality standards and would not be benefited by discharge to the sanitary
sewers and wastewater treatment facilities provided.
WASTEWATER: The spent water of a community. From the standpoint of source, it
may be a combination of the liquid and water carried wastes from residences,
commercial buildings, industrial plants and institutions, together with any
ground water, surface water and storm water that may be present.
WASTEWATER FACILITIES: The structures, equipment, and processes required to
collect, carry away and treat domestic and industrial wastes and dispose of the
effluent.
WASTEWATER TREATMENT WORKS: An arrangement of devices and structures for
treating wastewater, industrial wastes and sludge. Sometimes used as synonymous
with "waste treatment plant" or "wastewater treatment plant" or "water
pollution control plant".
WATERCOURSE: A natural or artificial channel for the passage of water either
continuously or intermittently. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
7-2-2: USE OF PUBLIC SEWERS REQUIRED:
   1. It shall be unlawful for any person to place, deposit or permit to be
deposited in any unsanitary manner on public or private property within the
city or in any area under the jurisdiction of said city, any human or animal
excrement, garbage or other objectionable waste.
   2. It shall be unlawful to discharge to any natural outlet within the
city, or in any area under the jurisdiction of said city, any sewage or other
polluted waters, except where suitable treatment has been provided in
accordance with subsequent provisions of this chapter.
   3. Except as hereinafter provided, it shall be unlawful to construct or
maintain any privy, privy vault, septic tank, cesspool or other facility
intended or used for the disposal of wastewater.
   4. The owner(s) of all houses, buildings or properties used for human
occupancy, employment, recreation or other purposes, situated within the city
and abutting on any street, alley or right of way in which there is now located
or may in the future be located a public sanitary or combined sewer of the city
is hereby required at the owner's expense to install suitable toilet facilities
therein, and to connect such facilities directly with the proper public sewer
in accordance with the provisions of this chapter within ninety (90) days after
the date of official notice to do so; provided that said public sewer is within
four hundred feet (400') of the property line. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
7-2-3: PRIVATE WASTEWATER DISPOSAL:
   1. Where a public sanitary or combined sewer is not available under the
provisions of subsection
7-2-2(D) of this chapter, the building sewer shall be connected to a private
wastewater disposal system complying with the provisions of this section.
   2. Before commencement of construction of a private wastewater disposal
system, the owner(s) shall first obtain a written permit signed by the
superintendent. The application for such permit shall be made on a form
furnished by the superintendent, which the applicant shall supplement by any
plans, specifications and other information as are deemed necessary by the
superintendent. A permit and inspection fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00)
shall be paid to the city at the time the application is filed.
   3. A permit for a private wastewater disposal system shall not become
effective until the installation is completed to the satisfaction of the
superintendent. The superintendent shall be allowed to inspect the work at any
stage of construction and, in any event, the applicant for the permit shall
notify the superintendent when the work is ready for final inspection, and
before any underground portions are covered. The inspection shall be made
within forty eight (48) hours of the receipt of notice by the superintendent,
exclusive of weekends or legal holidays.
   4. The type, capacities, location and layout of a private wastewater
disposal system shall comply with all recommendations of the department of
health of the state. No permit shall be issued for any private wastewater
disposal system employing subsurface soil absorption facilities where the area
of the lot is less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet. No septic tank or
cesspool shall be permitted to discharge to any natural outlet.
   (E)   At such time as a public sewer becomes available to the property
served by a private wastewater disposal system, as provided in subsection (D)
of this section, a direct connection shall be made to the public sewer within
sixty (60) days in compliance with this chapter, and any septic tanks,
cesspools and similar private wastewater disposal facilities shall be cleaned
of sludge and filled with suitable material.
   (F)   The owner(s) shall operate and maintain the private wastewater
disposal facilities in a sanitary manner at all times, at no expense to the
city.
   (G)   No statement contained in this section shall be construed to interfere
with any additional requirements that may be imposed by the health officer.
(Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
7-2-4: SANITARY SEWERS, BUILDING SEWER AND CONNECTIONS:
   1. No unauthorized person(s) shall uncover, make any connections with or
openings into, use, alter or disturb any public sewer or appurtenance thereof
without first obtaining a written permit from the superintendent.
   2. There shall be two (2) classes of building sewer permits:
      1.   For residential and commercial service; and
      2.   For service to establishments producing industrial wastes. In either
case, the owner(s) or his agent shall make application on a special form
furnished by the superintendent. The permit application shall be supplemented
by any plans, specifications or other information considered pertinent in the
judgment of the superintendent. A permit and inspection fee of ten dollars
($10.00) for a residential or commercial building sewer permit and one hundred
dollars ($100.00) for an industrial building sewer permit shall be paid to the
city at the time the application is filed.
   3. All costs and expenses incidental to the installation and connection
of the building sewer shall be borne by the owner(s). The owner(s) shall
indemnify the city from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be
occasioned by the installation of the building sewer.
   4. A separate and independent building sewer shall be provided for every
building; except where one building stands at the rear of another on an
interior lot and no private sewer is available or can be constructed to the
rear building through an adjoining alley, court, yard or driveway, the building
sewer from the front building may be extended to the rear building and the
whole considered as one building sewer, but the city does not and will not
assume any obligation or responsibility for damage caused by or resulting from
any such single connection aforementioned.
   (E)   Old building sewers may be used in connection with new buildings only
when they are found, on examination and tests by the superintendent, to meet
all requirements of this chapter.
   (F)   The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of all sanitary
sewers, including building sewers, and the methods to be used in excavating,
placing of the pipe, jointing, testing and backfilling the trench, shall all
conform to the requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other
applicable rules and regulations of the city and the state. In the absence of
suitable code provisions or in amplification thereof, the materials and
procedures set forth in appropriate specifications of the ASTM and WPCF "Manual
of Practice" number 9 shall apply.
   (G)   Whenever possible, the building sewer shall be brought to the building
at an elevation below the basement floor. In all buildings in which any
building drain is too low to permit gravity flow to the public sewer, sanitary
sewage carried by such building drain shall be lifted by an approved means and
discharged to the building sewer.
   (H)   No person(s) shall make connection of roof downspouts, foundation
drains, areaway drains or other sources of surface runoff or ground water to a
building sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or
indirectly to a public sanitary sewer, unless such connection is approved by
the superintendent and the state department of health for purposes of disposal
of polluted surface drainage.
   (I)   The connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall
conform to the requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other
applicable rules and regulations of the city and the state, or the procedures
set forth in appropriate specifications of the ASTM and the WPCF "Manual of
Practice" number 9. All such connections shall be made gastight and watertight
and verified by proper testing. Any deviation from the prescribed procedures
and materials must be approved by the superintendent before installation.
   (J)   The applicant for the building sewer permit shall notify the
superintendent when the building sewer is ready for inspection and connection
to the public sewer. The connection and testing shall be made under the
supervision of the superintendent or his representative.
   (K)   All excavations for building sewer installation shall be adequately
guarded with barricades and lights so as to protect the public from hazard.
Streets, sidewalks, parkways and other public property disturbed in the course
of the work shall be restored in a manner satisfactory to the city. (Ord. 227,
5-18-1982)
7-2-5: USE OF THE PUBLIC SEWERS:
   1. No person(s) shall discharge or cause to be discharged any unpolluted
waters such as storm water, surface water, ground water, roof runoff,
subsurface drainage or cooling water to any sewer, except storm water runoff
from limited areas, which storm water may be polluted at times, may be
discharged to the sanitary sewer by permission of the superintendent and the
state department of health.
   2. Storm water other than that exempted under subsection (A) of this
section and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as
are specifically designated as combined sewers or storm sewers, or to natural
outlet approved by the superintendent and the state department of health.
Unpolluted industrial cooling water or process waters may be discharged, on
approval of the superintendent, to a storm sewer, combined sewer or natural
outlet.
   3. No person(s) shall discharge or cause to be discharged any of the
following described water or wastes to any public sewers:
      1.   Any gasoline, benzene, naphtha, fuel oil or other flammable or
explosive liquid, solid or gas.
      2.   Any waters containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or gases in
sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other wastes, to
contaminate the sludge of any municipal system, to injure or interfere with any
sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or animals, create a
public nuisance or create any hazard in or have an adverse effect on the waters
receiving any discharge from the treatment works.
Each user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the
cost of managing the effluent or the sludge of the Choteau treatment works
shall pay for such increased costs.
      3.   Solid or viscous substances in quantities or of such size capable of
causing obstructions to the flow in sewers, or other interference with the
proper operation of the wastewater facilities such as, but not limited to,
ashes, cinders, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar,
plastics, wood, unground garbage, whole blood, paunch manure, hair and
fleshings, entrails and paper dishes, cups, milk containers, etc., either whole
or ground by garbage grinders.
   4. The following described substances, materials, waters or wastes shall
be limited in discharges to municipal systems to concentrations or quantities
which will not harm either the sewers, the sludge of any municipal system, the
wastewater treatment process or equipment, will not have an adverse effect on
the receiving stream, or will not otherwise endanger lives, limb, public
property or constitute a nuisance. The superintendent may set limitations lower
than the limitations established in the regulations below if, in his opinion,
such more severe limitations are necessary to meet the above objectives. In
forming his opinion as to the acceptability, the superintendent will give
consideration to such factors as the quantity of subject waste in relation to
flows and velocities in the sewers, materials of construction of the sewers,
the wastewater treatment process employed, capacity of the wastewater treatment
plant, and other pertinent factors. The limitations or restrictions on
materials or characteristics of waste or wastewaters discharged to the sanitary
sewer which shall not be violated without the approval of the superintendent
are as follows:
      1.   Wastewater having a temperature higher than one hundred fifty
degrees Fahrenheit (150°F) (65°C).
      2.   Wastewater containing more than twenty five milligrams per liter (25
mg/l) of petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable cutting oils or product of mineral oil
origin.
      3.   Wastewater from industrial plants containing floatable oils, fat or
grease.
      4.   Any garbage that has not been properly shredded (see section
7-2-1 of this chapter for definition of "properly shredded garbage"). Garbage
grinders may be connected to sanitary sewers from homes, hotels, institutions,
restaurants, hospitals, catering establishments or similar places where garbage
originates from the preparation of food in kitchens for the purpose of
consumption on the premises or when served by caterers.
      5.   Any waters or wastes containing iron, chromium, copper, zinc and
similar objectionable or toxic substances to such degree that any such material
received in the composite wastewater at the wastewater treatment works exceeds
the limits established by the superintendent for such materials.
      6.   Any waters or wastes containing odor producing substances exceeding
limits which may be established by the superintendent.
      7.   Any radioactive wastes or isotopes of such half-life or
concentration as may exceed limits established by the superintendent in
compliance with applicable state or federal regulations.
      8.   Quantities of flow, concentrations or both which constitute a "slug"
as defined herein.
      9.   Waters or wastes containing substances which are not amenable to
treatment or reduction by the wastewater treatment processes employed or are
amenable to treatment only to such degree that the wastewater treatment plant
effluent cannot meet the requirements of other agencies having jurisdiction
over discharge to the receiving waters.
      10.   Any water or wastes which, by interaction with other water or
wastes in the public sewer system, release obnoxious gases, form suspended
solids which interfere with the collection system, or create a condition
deleterious to structures and treatment processes.
   (E)   If any waters or wastes are discharged or are proposed to be
discharged to the public sewers, which waters contain the substances or possess
the characteristics enumerated in subsection (D) of this section, and which in
the judgment of the superintendent, may have a deleterious effect upon the
wastewater facilities, processes, equipment or receiving waters, or which
otherwise create a hazard to life or constitute a public nuisance, the
superintendent may:
      1.   Reject the wastes;
      2.   Require pretreatment to an acceptable condition for discharge to the
public sewers;
      3.   Require control over the quantities and rates of discharge; and/or
      4.   Require payment to cover the added cost of handling and treating the
wastes not covered by existing taxes or sewer charges under the provisions of
subsection (K) of this section.
If the superintendent permits the pretreatment or equalization of waste flows,
the design and installation of the plants and equipment shall be subject to the
review and approval of the superintendent and the state department of health.
   (F)   Grease, oil and sand interceptors shall be provided when, in the
opinion of the superintendent, they are necessary for the proper handling of
liquid wastes containing floatable grease in excess amounts as specified in
subsection (D)3 of this section, or any flammable wastes, sand or other harmful
ingredients; except that such interceptors shall not be required for private
living quarters or dwelling units. All interceptors shall be of a type and
capacity approved by the superintendent and the state plumbing code, and shall
be located as to be readily accessible for cleaning and inspection. In the
maintaining of these interceptors, the owner(s) shall be responsible for the
proper removal and disposal by appropriate means of the captivated material and
shall maintain records of the dates and means of disposal which are subject to
review by the superintendent. Any removal and hauling of the collected
materials not performed by the owner(s) personnel must be performed by
currently licensed waste disposal firms.
   (G)   Where pretreatment or flow equalization facilities are provided or
required for any waters or wastes, they shall be maintained continuously in
satisfactory and effective operation by the owner(s) at his expense.
   (H)   When required by the superintendent, the owner(s) of any property
serviced by a building sewer carrying industrial wastes shall install a
suitable structure together with such necessary meters and other appurtenances
in the building sewer to facilitate observation, sampling and measurement of
the wastes. Such structures, when required, shall be accessibly and safely
located and shall be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the
superintendent. The structure shall be installed by the owner at his expense,
and shall be maintained by him so as to be safe and accessible at all times.
   (I)   The superintendent may require a user of sewer services to provide
information needed to determine compliance with this chapter. These
requirements may include:
      1.   Wastewater's discharge peak rate and volume over a specified time
period.
      2.   Chemical analysis of wastewaters.
      3.   Information on raw materials, processes and products affecting
wastewater volume and quality.
      4.   Quantity and disposition of specific liquid, sludge, oil, solvent or
other materials important to sewer use control.
      5.   A plot plan of sewers of the user's property showing sewer and
pretreatment facility location.
      6.   Details of wastewater pretreatment facilities.
      7.   Details of systems to prevent and control the losses of materials
through spills to the municipal sewer.
   (J)   All measurements, tests and analyses of the characteristics of waters
and wastes to which reference is made in this chapter shall be determined in
accordance with the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of
Water and Wastewater", published by the American Public Health Association.
Sampling methods, location, times, durations and frequencies are to be
determined on an individual basis subject to approval by the superintendent.
   (K)   No statement contained in this section shall be construed as
preventing any special agreement or arrangement between the city and any
industrial concern whereby an industrial waste of unusual strength may be
accepted by the city for treatment. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
7-2-6: PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE:
No person(s) shall maliciously, wilfully or negligently break, damage, destroy,
uncover, deface or tamper with any structure, appurtenance or equipment which
is a part of the wastewater facilities. Any person(s) violating this provision
shall be subject to immediate arrest under the charge of disorderly conduct.
(Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
7-2-7: POWERS AND AUTHORITY OF INSPECTORS:
   1. The superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the city
bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all
properties for the purposes of inspection, observation, measurement, sampling
and testing pertinent to discharge to the community system in accordance with
the provisions of this chapter.
   2. The superintendent or other duly authorized employees are authorized
to obtain information concerning industrial processes which have a direct
bearing on the kind and source of discharge to the wastewater collection
system. The industry may withhold information considered confidential. However,
the industry must establish that the revelation to the public of the
information in question might result in an advantage to competitors.
   3. While performing the necessary work on private properties referred to
in subsection (A) of this section, the superintendent, or duly authorized
employees of the city shall observe all safety rules applicable to the premises
established by the company, and the company shall be held harmless for injury
or death to the city employees and the city shall indemnify the company against
loss or damage to its property by city employees and against liability claims
and demands for personal injury or property damage asserted against the company
growing out of the gauging and sampling operation, except as such may be caused
by negligence or failure of the company to maintain safe conditions as required
in subsection
7-2-5(H) of this chapter.
   4. The superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the city
bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all
private properties through which the city holds a duly negotiated easement for
the purposes of, but not limited to, inspection, observation, measurement,
sampling, repair and maintenance of any portion of the wastewater facilities
lying within said easement. All entry and subsequent work, if any on said
easement, shall be done in full accordance with the terms of the duly
negotiated easement pertaining to the private property involved. (Ord. 227, 5-
18-1982)
7-2-8: HEARING BOARD:
   1. A hearing board shall be appointed as needed for arbitration of
differences between the superintendent and sewer users on matters concerning
interpretation and execution of the provisions of this chapter by the
superintendent. The cost of the arbitration will be divided equally between the
city and the sewer user.
   2. The board shall consist of the city council and chaired by the mayor,
and the user requesting arbitration, and legal representation for both the city
and the user, if desired. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
7-2-9: PENALTIES:
   1. Any person found to be violating any provision of this chapter, except
section
7-2-6 of this chapter, shall be served by the city with a written notice
stating the nature of the violation and providing a reasonable time limit for
the satisfactory correction thereof. The offender shall, within the period of
time stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations.
   2. Any person who shall continue any violation beyond the time limit
provided for in subsection (A) of this section, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined in the amount not
exceeding two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) for each violation. Each day in
which any such violation shall continue shall be deemed a separate offense.
   3. Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be
liable to the city for any expense, loss or damage occasioned the city by
reason of such violation. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
CHAPTER 3
NUISANCES
**SECTION**:
7-3-1: Disposal Of Nauseous Materials
7-3-2: Premises To Be Kept Clean
7-3-3: Deposit Of Ashes
7-3-4: Notice To Abate Nuisance; Assessment
7-3-5: Nuisance Weeds; Defined
7-3-6: Nuisance Weeds; Deemed A Nuisance
7-3-7: Violation; City Superintendent To Serve Notice
7-3-8: Violation; Notice Procedure
7-3-9: Notice To Abate Nuisance Weeds; Assessment
7-3-1: DISPOSAL OF NAUSEOUS MATERIALS:
No person shall throw, place or leave, any dead carcass, carrion, fish,
entrails or any garbage, manure, dirt, filth, straw, or rubbish, or any other
offensive, combustible, nauseous or unhealthy matter, in or upon any street,
sidewalk or lot, or upon any public or private grounds or lots, or suffer or
permit any such matter to accumulate or remain upon his premises, or in the
street or alley adjacent thereto, for such length of time as to become a
nuisance, or injurious to the health, or comfort or offensive to the
inhabitants of the city. (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
7-3-2: PREMISES TO BE KEPT CLEAN:
No owner or occupant of any house, building or premises shall suffer the same
to become nauseous, offensive or injurious to the health or comfort of the
inhabitants of this city.
It shall be lawful for the mayor, council, the health officer, any policeman,
or the chief of police to order the owner or occupant of any house, building or
premises to cleanse the same, or to remove or abate any nuisance therein or
thereon, or which said owner or occupant may have deposited in any street or
alley adjacent thereto, as often as said official may deem it necessary for the
health, comfort or convention of the inhabitants of the city. (Ord. 10, 5-19-
1913)
7-3-3: DEPOSIT OF ASHES:
No person shall deposit any straw, ashes, leaves, grass, tin cans, or other
rubbish or foreign matter, in any street, gutter, alley, or upon any public or
unenclosed private ground or property within the city limits. (Ord. 10, 5-19-
1913)
7-3-4: NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE; ASSESSMENT:
Whenever any nauseous, unwholesome, unhealthy, offensive or unsightly matter is
allowed to accumulate or remain for an unreasonable length of time upon any
private property, or upon any street adjacent thereto, in such a manner as to
constitute a menace to the health of, or to be or become offensive to, any of
the inhabitants of this city, the owner or occupant of said premises shall
promptly remove such matter when given notice as provided in section
7-3-2 of this chapter, and upon his failure to do so within one week, the same
may be done by the city and the cost thereof, together with interest at the
rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date of such removal, may be
assessed against the property and included in the next general tax levy and
collected the same as any other taxes; or it may be recovered with interest in
a civil action at the suit of the city 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-935.
7-3-5: NUISANCE WEEDS; DEFINED:
"Nuisance weeds" are all weeds, grass and other wild and uncared for vegetation
growing to a height in excess of eight inches (8") and/or those designated
"noxious" by the Teton County weed district, on premises located within the
corporate limits of the city. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
7-3-6: NUISANCE WEEDS; DEEMED A NUISANCE:
It is a public offense and a nuisance for any person to maintain, cause, permit
or suffer any growth of "nuisance weeds", as defined in section
7-3-5 of this chapter, to exist in or upon any premises in the city owned by
such person or upon boulevards or the one-half (1/2) of any public roads,
streets, alleys adjacent thereto. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
7-3-7: VIOLATION; CITY SUPERINTENDENT TO SERVE NOTICE:
It shall be the duty of the city superintendent of the city, or his authorized
representative, to enforce the provisions of this chapter and upon a
determination that a violation of this chapter exists, shall ascertain the name
and mailing address of the owner of the premises and the description of the
premises where the violation exists. The name and mailing address of the owner
of the property may be obtained from the current assessment list maintained by
the office of the Teton County assessor. Written notice of violation shall be
served upon the owner directing that the nuisance weeds be cut within seven (7)
days of the mailing of the notice. Furthermore, if the nuisance weeds are
classified as noxious by the Teton County weed district, it will be at the
discretion of the city superintendent as to whether or not these weeds will be
sprayed with an appropriate herbicide. This decision will be determined by the
stage of growth as well as the time of year. Seven (7) days following the
spraying, noxious weeds will be cut and, where directed by the superintendent,
removed from the premises. In either instance if appropriate action has not
been initiated by the property owner, the following action will be taken: The
city will cause the nuisance weeds to be cut and, where appropriate, noxious
weeds to be sprayed, cut and removed. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
7-3-8: VIOLATION; NOTICE PROCEDURE:
Notice of violation shall be made by either:
   1. Posting a copy of the notice on the premises; or
   2. Mailing a copy of the notice to the owner by first class United States
mail. The notice shall be deemed complete on the day the notice is posted or
mailed. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
7-3-9: NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE WEEDS; ASSESSMENT:
Seven (7) days subsequent to posting or mailing of the notice, if action has
not been taken by the property owner the same may be done by the city, and the
cost assessed against the property and included in the next general tax levy
and collected the same as any other taxes; or it may be recovered in a civil
action by suit of the city. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
CHAPTER 4
SEWER SERVICE CHARGES
**SECTION**:
7-4-1: Purpose
7-4-2: Determining The Total Annual Cost Of Operation And Maintenance
7-4-3: Determining Each User's Wastewater Contribution Percentage
7-4-4: Determining A Surcharge System For Users With Excess BOD And TSS
7-4-5: Determining Each User's Wastewater Service Charge
7-4-6: Wastewater Facilities Replacement Fund (Rep. by Ord. 241, 10-7-1986)
7-4-7: Payment Of The User's Wastewater Service Charge And Penalties
7-4-8: Review Of Each User's Wastewater Service Charge
7-4-9: Notification
7-4-10: Wastes Prohibited From Being Discharged To The Wastewater Treatment
System
7-4-11: Prohibition Of Clear Water Connections
7-4-12: Proper Design And Construction Of New Sewers And Connections
7-4-1: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this chapter shall be to generate sufficient revenue to pay all
costs for the operation and maintenance of the complete wastewater system. The
costs shall be distributed to all users of the system in proportion to each
user's contribution to the total loading of the treatment works. Factors such
an strength (BOD and TSS), volume and delivery flow rate characteristics shall
be considered and included as the basis for the user's contribution to ensure a
proportional distribution of operation and maintenance costs to each user (or
user class). (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-2: DETERMINING THE TOTAL ANNUAL COST OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE:
The city or its city engineer shall determine the total annual costs of
operation and maintenance of the wastewater system which are necessary to
maintain the capacity and performance, during the service life of the treatment
works, for which such works were designed and constructed. The total annual
cost of operation and maintenance shall include, but need not be limited to,
labor, repairs, equipment replacement, maintenance, necessary modifications,
power, sampling, laboratory tests and a reasonable contingency fund. (Ord. 228,
5-18-1982)
7-4-3: DETERMINING EACH USER'S WASTEWATER CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE:
The city, or its city engineer, shall determine for each user or user class the
average daily volume of wastewater discharged to the wastewater system, which
shall then be divided by the average daily volume of all wastewater discharged
to the wastewater system to determine such user's volume contribution
percentage. The amount used as the total average daily volume of wastewater
shall exclude infiltration and inflow. The city, or its city engineer, shall
determine for each user or user class the average daily poundage of five (5)
day, twenty degree centigrade (20°C) biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) discharged
to the wastewater system which shall then be divided by the average daily
poundage of all five (5) day BOD discharged to the wastewater system to
determine such user's BOD contribution percentage.
The city, or its city engineer, shall determine for each user or user class the
average daily total suspended solids (TSS) poundage discharged to the
wastewater system which shall then be divided by the average daily poundage of
all TSS discharged to the wastewater system, to determine such user's TSS
contribution percentage. The volume contribution percentage, BOD contribution
percentage and TSS contribution percentage for each user or user class shall be
multiplied by the annual operation and maintenance costs for wastewater
treatment of the total volume flow, total five (5) day, twenty degree
centigrade (20°C) BOD and total TSS, respectively. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-4: DETERMINING A SURCHARGE SYSTEM FOR USERS WITH EXCESS BOD AND TSS:
The city, or its city engineer, will assess a surcharge rate for all
nonresidential users discharging wastes with BOD and TSS strengths greater than
the average residential user. Such users will be assessed a surcharge
sufficient to cover the cost of treating their above normal strength wastes.
Normal strength wastes are considered to be one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and
one hundred forty (140) ppm TSS. The surcharge rate structure for such above
normal strength waste discharges is as follows:
   SURCHARGE RATE SCHEDULE FOR
   ABOVE NORMAL STRENGTH WASTES
The city, or its engineer, has determined that the average total suspended
solids (TSS) and five (5) day biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) daily loadings
for the average residential user are one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one
hundred forty (140) ppm TSS. The city, or its engineer, has assessed a
surcharge rate for all nonresidential users discharging wastes with BOD and TSS
strengths greater than the average residential user. The surcharge will be
sufficient to cover the costs of treating such users' above normal strength
wastes. Such users will pay an additional service charge of thirty five cents
($0.35) per one thousand (1,000) gallons for each twenty five (25) ppm over one
hundred ten (110) ppm of BOD and twenty five cents ($0.25) per one thousand
(1,000) gallons for each twenty five (25) ppm over one hundred forty (140) ppm
TSS. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-5: DETERMINING EACH USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE:
Each nonresidential user's wastewater treatment costs contributions as
determined in sections
7-4-3 and
7-4-4 of this chapter shall be added together to determine such user's annual
wastewater service charge. Residential users may be considered to be one class
of user and an equitable service charge may be determined for each user based
on an estimate of the total wastewater contribution of this class of user. The
governing body may classify industrial, commercial and other nonresidential
establishments as a residential user, provided that the wastes from these
establishments are equivalent to the wastes from the average residential user
with respect to volume, total suspended solids and BOD. Each user's wastewater
treatment cost contribution will be assessed in accordance with the rate
schedule herein:
   RATE SCHEDULE
Residential users are considered to be one class of user and are assessed a
charge of ninety six cents ($0.96) per month. Nonresidential users with flows
no greater than the average residential user's flow of sixteen thousand five
hundred (16,500) gallons per month and with BOD and TSS no greater than the
average residential user's strength of one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one
hundred forty (140) ppm TSS will pay the same charge of ninety six cents
($0.96) per month as the average residential user.
Nonresidential users with volumes greater than the average residential user
will pay an additional charge of six cents ($0.06) per one thousand (1,000)
gallons per month for all flows greater than the average residential user's
flow of sixteen thousand five hundred (16,500) gallons per month.
Any nonresidential user with BOD and TSS greater than the average residential
user's strength of one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one hundred forty (140)
ppm TSS will pay a surcharge in accordance with the rates shown in the
surcharge rate schedule. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-6: WASTEWATER FACILITIES REPLACEMENT FUND:
(Rep. by Ord. 241, 10-7-1986)
7-4-7: PAYMENT OF THE USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE AND PENALTIES:
The city shall submit an annual statement to the user for the user's annual
wastewater service charge or one-twelfth (1/12) of the user's annual wastewater
service charge may be included with the monthly water and/or wastewater utility
billing. The city shall add a penalty of ten percent (10%) per month if the
payment is not received by the city within thirty (30) days. Should any user
fail to pay the user wastewater service charge and penalty within three (3)
months of the due date, the city may stop the wastewater service to the
property. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-8: REVIEW OF EACH USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE:
The city shall review the total annual cost of operation and maintenance as
well as each user's wastewater contribution percentage not less often than
every two (2) years and will revise the system as necessary to assure equity of
the service charge system established herein and to assure that sufficient
funds are obtained to adequately operate and maintain the wastewater treatment
works. The city shall apply excess revenues collected from a class of users to
the costs of operation and maintenance attributable to that class for the next
year and adjust the rate accordingly. If a significant user, such as an
industry, has completed in-plant modifications which would change that user's
wastewater contribution percentage, the user can present, at a regularly
scheduled meeting of the governing body, such factual information and the city
shall then determine if the user's wastewater contribution percentage is to be
changed. The city shall notify the user of its findings as soon as possible.
(Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-9: NOTIFICATION:
Each user will be notified, at least annually, in conjunction with a regular
bill, of the rate and that portion of the user charges which are attributable
to the wastewater treatment services. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-10: WASTES PROHIBITED FROM BEING DISCHARGED TO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT
SYSTEM:
The discharge of any waters containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or
gases in sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other
wastes, to contaminate the sludge of any municipal systems, or to injure or
interfere with any sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or
animals, create a public nuisance, or create any hazard in or have an adverse
effect on the waters receiving any discharge from the treatment works is hereby
prohibited.
Each user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the
cost of managing the effluent or the sludge of the Choteau treatment works
shall pay for such increased costs.
Section
7-2-5 of this title contains additional requirements covering the use of the
city's public sewers. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-11: PROHIBITION OF CLEAR WATER CONNECTIONS:
No person shall make connection of roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains,
areaway drains or other sources of surface runoff or ground water to a building
sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or indirectly to a
public sanitary sewer. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
7-4-12: PROPER DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SEWERS AND CONNECTIONS:
The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of all sanitary sewers
and sewer connections, and the methods to be used in excavating, placing of the
pipe, jointing, testing and backfilling the trench, shall all conform to the
requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other applicable rules and
regulations of the city and the state. In the absence of code provisions or in
amplification thereof, the materials and procedures set forth in appropriate
specifications of the ASTM and WPCF "Manual of Practice" number 9 shall apply.
Section
7-2-4 of this title contains additional requirements covering the proper design
and construction of the city's sanitary sewers, building sewers, and
connections. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
CHAPTER 5
UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITIES
**SECTION**:
7-5-1: Installation Of Underground Storage Facilities
7-5-1: INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITIES:
No person(s), firm, partnership, corporation, association, company, entity, or
any combination thereof, shall install, or cause to be installed, within one
thousand feet (1,000') of the city well located at 705 Main Avenue North,
Choteau, Montana, or seven hundred feet (700') of the water source commonly
known as the Richem well located near Choteau, Montana, any underground storage
facility of any kind or nature which shall contain petroleum products,
dangerous substances or toxic materials. (Ord. 240, 10-7-1986)
TITLE 8
PUBLIC WAYS AND PROPERTY
CHAPTER 1
SIDEWALKS AND CURBS
**SECTION**:
8-1-1: Construction Requirements
8-1-2: Plans And Specifications
8-1-3: Council May Order Repair Of Sidewalk
8-1-4: Notice To Construct Sidewalk
8-1-5: Contractor To Construct Sidewalk
8-1-6: Assessment Of Cost
8-1-7: Sale Of Property Assessed
8-1-8: Interest On Assessments
8-1-9: Width Of Sidewalks
8-1-10: Material
8-1-11: Crosswalks Required
8-1-12: Consent Of Council Required Before Construction
8-1-13: Areaways; Bond Required
8-1-14: Areaway; Openings
8-1-15: Dangerous Sidewalk; Repair Of
8-1-16: Owners To Maintain Sidewalk
8-1-17: Wet Cement; Trespassing
8-1-18: Merchandise On Sidewalks
8-1-19: Animals On Sidewalks Prohibited
8-1-20: Debris On Sidewalks Unlawful
8-1-21: Expectorating On Sidewalks
8-1-22: Duty Of Police Officer
8-1-23: Driveways; Construction Of
8-1-1: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
All sidewalks and curbs constructed or to be constructed within the corporate
limits shall be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
chapter. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-2: PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
The council may at any time let to the lowest responsible bidder a contract for
the construction of all cement concrete sidewalks and curbs in accordance with
the plans and specifications therefor prepared by the engineer and approved by
the council, which plans and specifications shall provide for the method of
construction and the material contemplated during the period of such contract,
and the method of payment therefor. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-3: COUNCIL MAY ORDER REPAIR OF SIDEWALK:
The council may order sidewalks or curbs constructed in front of any lot or
parcel of land under the special improvement district law, or the council may
order the construction or reconstruction of any sidewalk or curb without the
formation of a special improvement district, and assess the cost thereof to the
abutting property. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-4: NOTICE TO CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK:
Whenever the council shall order any such sidewalk or curb constructed, such
order shall be entered upon the minutes of the council and shall name the
street along which sidewalk or curb is to be constructed. After the making of
such order the clerk shall give written notice thereof or by publication once a
week for a period of four (4) weeks in one of the newspapers published in the
city, describing in such notice the termini, course, width, and character of
the walk or curb so ordered and allowing a period of thirty (30) days during
which owners so desiring may construct or cause to be constructed the walk or
curb abutting their property, and further providing, that all such walks or
curbs so ordered remaining unbuilt at the expiration of said thirty (30) days
from the date of the notice or the first publication thereof, shall be
constructed by the contractor for the construction of concrete sidewalks and
curbs. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-5: CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK:
At the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of the first publication of
the notice the engineer shall notify the contractor to build such portions of
the sidewalk or curb ordered that may not yet be built and the contractor shall
at once proceed to construct such walk or curb in accordance with the
provisions of this chapter and the plans and specifications governing his
contract at the time of such construction. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-6: ASSESSMENT OF COST:
The total cost of all sidewalks and curbs constructed by the contractor in
accordance with the orders of the council, which total cost shall include that
of the sidewalk proper as well as that of any grading, handrailing, private
crossings and all other necessary expenses, shall be assessed as a special
assessment against the property in front of which such sidewalk or curb is
built or constructed. The property occupying street corners shall be assessed
for all that part of such sidewalk therein which is within the street
intersection unless otherwise specially ordered by the council. (Ord. 24, 4-21-
1914)
8-1-7: SALE OF PROPERTY ASSESSED:
All the costs and expenses of building and constructing any and all sidewalks
and curbs in the city shall be defrayed by special assessment payable in
installments extending over a period of eight (8) years, and the council shall
issue special improvement bonds or warrants and levy and collect assessments to
pay the same. When one payment becomes delinquent all payments shall, at the
option of the council, by appropriate resolution duly adopted, become
delinquent, and the whole property shall be sold in the same manner as other
property is sold for taxes. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-8: INTEREST ON ASSESSMENTS:
Upon all payments after the first, the treasurer shall collect simple interest
at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date when the first payment
becomes delinquent, and he shall receive payment in full and give receipts
therefor for the entire special assessment on any property with accrued
interest at any time the same may be tendered by the owner or agent. (Ord. 24,
4-21-1914)
8-1-9: WIDTH OF SIDEWALKS:
All sidewalks hereafter to be built or constructed in the city, shall be the
following widths:
Business streets or avenues:
Main Avenue, fifteen feet (15') to face of curb;
Division Street, for one block east and west of Main Avenue fifteen feet (15')
to face of curb;
First Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
(15') to face of curb; and
Second Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
(15') to face of curb; and
Third Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
(15') to face of curb.
All avenues except Main Avenue, and all streets except those herein designated
as business streets are for the purposes of this chapter considered as
residence streets and the regulation width of all walks on residence streets
and avenues shall be five and one-half feet (51/2'), the inner line of all
residence walks shall be two and one-half feet (21/2') from the property line
and the face of curbs shall be twenty three feet (23') from the property line;
provided, the council may order a walk of less than regulation width on any
business street in locations sparsely built upon or only partially improved,
but the additional width may be at any time ordered when in the opinion of the
council the same is necessary, or a temporary walk may be built as provided in
section
8-1-10 of this chapter; provided, further, that sidewalks shall be located
along the curb and as part of the curb on the following blocks:
Blocks numbered fourteen (14), fifteen (15), sixteen (16), seventeen (17),
eighteen (18), nineteen (19), twenty (20), twenty one (21), twenty two (22) and
twenty three (23), Sherburne's addition.
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
Blocks numbered thirteen (13), fourteen (14), fifteen (15), seventeen (17),
eighteen (18), nineteen (19), twenty (20), twenty one (21), twenty two (22),
twenty three (23), twenty four (24), twenty five (25), twenty six (26), twenty
seven (27), twenty eight (28), twenty nine (29), thirty (30), thirty one (31),
thirty two (32), thirty three (33) and thirty four (34) of Hobson's addition
and Swenson's addition. (Ord. 128, 6-4-1956)
Tracts A, B, C, and D Hobson addition to the city of Choteau.
(Ord. 143, 6-19-1961)
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
Blocks numbered 6, 7, 8 Sherburne addition; the tract known as "school
grounds";
Looney tract; block 34, 35, Hazlett's second addition.
(Ord. 165, 12-18-1967)
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
Blocks numbered 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, Hobson addition to the city of Choteau.
(Ord. 176, 6-2-1969)
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located in the Country Club
addition, along the curb and as a part of the combination curb and gutter in
all blocks of the Country Club addition to the townsite of Choteau. (Ord. 184,
10-2-1972)
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located in the Cowgill
addition, along the curb and as a part of the combination curb and gutter in
all blocks of the Cowgill addition to the townsite of Choteau. (Ord. 186, 1-3-
1973)
8-1-10: MATERIAL:
Hereafter all sidewalks and curbs to be constructed where street grades have
been established shall be composed only of cement concrete, and all such
sidewalks and curbs, whether built by property owners or by the contractor must
conform to the established lines and grades and to the plans and specifications
current for the year in which the walks and curbs were constructed, provided
the council may order temporary sidewalks of other material to be constructed
to meet a necessity or contingency and such temporary walks shall be removed
and permanent walks built when so ordered by the council. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-11: CROSSWALKS REQUIRED:
It shall be the duty of every person owning any lot or parcel of land bordering
or abutting upon any parked street, upon which said lot there is situated any
buildings or improvements, to construct a crosswalk extending from the property
line of the lot to the curb, so as to permit access to the property without
injury to the grass border of the parking or boulevard. All such crosswalks
shall conform to grade and to the plans and specifications current for the year
in which such walks are built. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-12: CONSENT OF COUNCIL REQUIRED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION:
No person shall construct any sidewalk, crosswalk or curb, or any of the
improvements mentioned in this chapter without the consent of the council and
then strictly in accordance with the current plans and specifications for such
work and under the supervision of the engineer, and reasonable charges for the
services of the engineer will be made by the city. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-13: AREAWAYS; BOND REQUIRED:
Property owners desiring to utilize the space underneath the sidewalk on
business streets shall make written application to the council therefor,
specifying therein the purpose for which same is to be used. The application
shall be accompanied by a plan thereof showing the character and dimensions of
the vault or areaway, the sidewalk proper and its support, as well as all
openings and passageways through the walk; and the council is hereby empowered
to regulate the construction and subsequent use of all such vaults and areaways
and the granting by the council of a permit to occupy and use such space shall
not be construed nor considered as a permanent grant to any part of the street
or highway, but the permit may be revoked and the area space revert to and be
utilized by the city at any time public necessity requires it. The council, in
its discretion may require the applicant for such permit to file a bond in the
penal sum of two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) for the full and complete
protection of the city against any and all litigation growing out of the
granting of such permit and the use of such areaway or space, and to save and
keep the city safe and harmless from any and all loss or damage arising from or
out of the use of the space, structure or any of the openings through the
sidewalk, and as a guarantee of the maintenance of the sidewalk in a
convenient, safe and passable condition for public use. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-14: AREAWAY; OPENINGS:
Stairways to basements or areaways shall be conformed to that part of the
sidewalk adjacent to the building line, and shall not exceed the following
widths: for fifteen foot (15') walk, three and one-half feet (31/2'); for
twelve foot (12') walk, three feet (3').
Trapdoors through sidewalks for the moving of merchandise to and from basements
and areaways shall be substantially constructed of iron and when closed shall
be firm, unyielding and of strength equal to that required in the sidewalk
proper, and shall in no case be allowed to project above or be depressed below
the surface of the sidewalk. Coal holes and like openings through the sidewalks
for admission of fuel shall not exceed twenty four inches (24") in maximum
dimensions and shall be provided with cast iron rims and covers, suitably
roughed having top surface of same set into the walk flush with the surface of
sidewalk. Trap doors, coal holes and like openings in the sidewalks shall at
all times be kept closed and securely fastened from the lower side, except when
in actual use during such times as they remain open, they shall be guarded by
an attendant who shall remain continually thereby, and during the time such
coal hole, trapdoor or opening may remain open the same shall be further
guarded by a barricade placed about such opening in such manner that it may be
noticed by persons passing nearby. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-15: DANGEROUS SIDEWALKS; REPAIR OF:
Any sidewalks which now are, or which may by reason of deterioration or decay,
or by reason of unevenness, steps, too rapid slopes or from accidental damage
or from any cause whatsoever, becomes dangerous to public safety may be
condemned by the council and ordered rebuilt, repaired or newly built as in
their judgment may be most expedient. Any sidewalks that may suddenly develop a
dangerous condition to public safety, thus requiring immediate attention may be
condemned by the street commissioner and he is hereby empowered to close such
walk or walks to public travel or he may proceed to immediately repair and
restore said sidewalks as in his judgment may be the most expedient, and all
costs for sidewalks maintenance shall be by and at the expense of the owner of
the abutting property and may be assessed and collected as a special sidewalk
tax to the property affected. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-16: OWNERS TO MAINTAIN SIDEWALK:
It shall be the duty of the owners of any premises in the city to keep the
sidewalk in front of and adjoining their premises in good, safe and substantial
condition and the owners shall see that all breaks or unsoundness resulting
from any cause whatsoever be repaired with all possible dispatch and when, by
reason of the construction or repair of sidewalks, sections thereof are removed
or rendered dangerous or impassible to the public or in case the walk has been
temporarily removed during the construction of a building, such spaces or
openings shall be securely fenced or barricaded and from sundown until sunrise
red lights shall be maintained thereon as long as such condition exists. The
street commissioner may require a temporary plank walk to be constructed around
such dangerous walk or barricaded space, the same to extend from sidewalk to
sidewalk on each side of such space, opening or obstruction. (Ord. 24, 4-21-
1914)
8-1-17: WET CEMENT; TRESPASSING:
It shall be unlawful for any person to tramp, step on or in any manner trespass
upon any cement or concrete sidewalk or curb in course of construction before
such walk or curb has been opened to public use. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-18: MERCHANDISE ON SIDEWALKS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to store, keep, deposit, or place any coal
bin, ash or swill barrel, wagon, plow, goods, wares or merchandise, personal
property or any other obstruction upon any sidewalk. When merchandise is moved
across sidewalks to and from buildings the same shall be done in an expeditious
manner and shall not be allowed to obstruct the sidewalk unnecessarily. (Ord.
24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-19: ANIMALS ON SIDEWALKS PROHIBITED:
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to ride or drive any horse, mule
or other animal, buggy, wagon, automobile, or other vehicle along, over or on
any of the sidewalks, or to push any cart or wheelbarrow thereon, provided that
this section shall not be construed to apply to baby carriages or carts. (Ord.
24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-20: DEBRIS ON SIDEWALKS UNLAWFUL:
It shall be unlawful for any person to throw or deposit fruit peelings,
handbills, advertising matter or devices, sweepings, scrub water or any refuse
of any kind from any store, saloon, office or other building or to throw, place
or deposit any of them in any place from which they may be blown upon any of
the sidewalks, or to do damage in any way to any of the sidewalks. (Ord. 24, 4-
21-1914)
8-1-21: EXPECTORATING ON SIDEWALKS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to spit, hawk or expectorate upon any
sidewalk or street crossing. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-22: DUTY OF POLICE OFFICER:
It shall be the duty of the police officer to familiarize himself with the
provisions of this title and enforce the provisions thereof, and he shall
report to the clerk all defective sidewalks that come to his notice and the
particulars of any accident that may occur of which he may have or obtain
knowledge. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
8-1-23: DRIVEWAYS; CONSTRUCTION OF:
No person shall build or cause to be built, any driveway entering the premises
of said person from any street within the business district which shall be more
than thirty feet (30') in width measured at the curb of the street.
No person shall be permitted to have more than one driveway for each business
located on any one street within the business district 1 . (Ord. 173, 6-17-
1968)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-974, 11-967, 11-941, 11-940, 11-910, 11-909.
CHAPTER 2
SIDEWALK AND CURB FUND
**SECTION**:
8-2-1: Fund Created
8-2-2: Rate Of Interest; Forms
8-2-3: Duty Of Council; Assessments
8-2-1: FUND CREATED:
There is hereby created a fund to be known as the "special sidewalk and curb
fund", and the treasurer is hereby directed and required to credit all monies
derived from special assessments, hereafter levied and assessed against any and
all property for the purpose of defraying the costs and expenses of building
sidewalks and curbs under the provisions of chapter 1 of this title, into said
special fund; provided, however, that this shall not be construed to apply to
special improvement districts organized under the special improvement district
law. (Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
8-2-2: RATE OF INTEREST; FORMS:
The cost of constructing all sidewalks and curbs constructed under the
provisions of chapter 1 of this title shall be paid for in special warrants to
be drawn upon said special sidewalk and curb fund, which warrants shall bear
interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum, payable annually, and such
warrants shall be in the following form:
   SPECIAL SIDEWALK AND CURB WARRANT ISSUED BY
   THE TOWN OF CHOTEAU, MONTANA.
No.              $                  
   The Treasurer of the Town of Choteau will pay to               or bearer,
the sum of               Dollars out of any moneys in the Special Sidewalk and
Curb Fund derived from special assessment levied against the property described
in an order of the Town Council, passed on the     day of 191  , in front of
which property sidewalks and curbs have been constructed by or under the
direction of said Town Council, pursuant to said order.
   This warrant bears interest at the rate of six per cent per annum from the
date of its registration and until the date called for redemption by the Town
Treasurer in the manner provided by law.
   The interest hereon is payable annually on the first day of January in each
year as expressed by the interest coupons hereto attached, bearing the
signatures of the Mayor and Town Clerk.
   This warrant is redeemable at the option of the Town Treasurer whenever
there are funds to the credit of said special sidewalk and curb fund sufficient
for the redemption thereof.
   It is hereby certified and recited that all things required to be done
precedent to the issuance of this warrant have been properly done and performed
in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Montana, and the
resolutions and ordinances of the Town of Choteau relating to the issuance
thereof.
   Dated at Choteau, Montana, this day     of       , 191  .
      Town of Choteau,
      By             Mayor.
Attest               Town Clerk.
   Registered at the office of the Treasurer of the Town of Choteau, Montana,
this               day of         , 191  .
                         
        Town Treasurer.
and the interest coupons shall be in the following form:
No.              $                    
   Choteau, Montana,               191  .
   On January 1, 191  , the Town Treasurer of Choteau, Montana, will at his
office in said Town, pay to bearer the sum of           Dollars, being the
interest due on said date on its Special Sidewalk and Curb Fund Warrant No.    
.
              Town Clerk             Mayor.
(Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
8-2-3: DUTY OF COUNCIL; ASSESSMENTS:
The council shall annually, on or before October 1 of each year, pass and adopt
a resolution levying as assessment and tax against each lot or parcel of land
in front of which sidewalks and curbs, or sidewalks or curbs, have been
constructed under any order or orders of the council under the provisions of
chapter 1 of this title, in the manner provided by law for levying of such
assessments; and such assessments, when collected, shall be paid into the
special sidewalk and curb fund for the redemption and payment of warrants drawn
against said fund for the payment of the cost of construction of sidewalks and
curbs by or under the direction of the council pursuant to the provisions of
chapter 1 of this title and in accordance with section 20, chapter 89 of the
laws of the state of Montana, adopted by the 13th legislative assembly. All
such resolutions shall provide for simple interest at the rate of six percent
(6%) per annum from and after a date fixed by the terms of said resolution,
which date or dates shall be so fixed that sufficient interest shall be
collected upon said assessments to pay the interest upon any and all warrants
that shall be issued against said special sidewalk and curb fund at the rate of
six percent (6%) per annum, and the county treasurer shall collect interest in
accordance with the terms of said resolution and as provided by section 21 of
chapter 89 of the laws of the state, adopted by the 13th legislative assembly 1
. (Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-907.
CHAPTER 3
STREET GRADES
**SECTION**:
8-3-1: Bench Mark
8-3-2: Grades Of Streets And Avenues
8-3-3: Curb Grades
8-3-4: Sidewalk Grades
8-3-5: Grade Points
8-3-1: BENCH MARK:
The bench mark established by the United States geological survey at Main
Avenue South and First St. S.E. be, and the same is hereby designated as the
official bench mark of the city and to which all elevations and grades are
hereby referred.
The location and description of said bench mark is more particularly described
as follows: A regulation USGS bench mark consisting of a two inch (2") iron
pipe with brass cap upon which is inscribed the following:
U.S. Geological Survey B.M. Elevation above Sea 3810 feet Butte. Located in
front entrance to the Teton County Jail situated on Lots 1 and 2 Block A.
Hamilton's Addition to Choteau at the Southeast corner of Main Ave. South and
First St. S.E.
(Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
8-3-2: GRADES OF STREETS AND AVENUES:
The grades of streets and avenues at the points designated are hereby
established as the official grades of said streets and avenues. The grade
points being the block corners, respectively at streets and avenues hereinafter
named. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
8-3-3: CURB GRADES:
Curb grades at all points at right angles with property line shall be at an
elevation determined by a fall of two and one-half percent (21/2%) from
property line grade to top of curb. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
8-3-4: SIDEWALK GRADES:
Sidewalk grades in business districts and in improved residence districts shall
be determined in the following manner: A rate of two and one-half percent (21/
2%) inclination from the established grade at property line of curb grade shall
determine the elevation and inclination of all sidewalks. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
8-3-5: GRADE POINTS:
The slope or grade of streets shall be on straight lines connecting the points
where the elevations are fixed, as provided by the provisions of this chapter.
Where the grade points at block corners of intersecting streets are at the same
elevation thus creating a level grade, the sidewalks, curbs, and the centerline
through the crown of the roadway shall each be on its respective level line,
determined for the fixed grade points as described in section
8-3-2 of this chapter and the drainage of the roadway shall be secured by
depressing the gutter grade opposite the block corners and elevating it at a
point midway between the fixed grade points.
   FIRST AVENUE S.E.
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.E.   3803.58
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.E.   3803.58
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.E.   3805.33
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.E.   3805.33
Black corners on south side of Third Street S.E.   3806.41
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.E.   3806.41
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.E.   3808.16
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.E.   3808.16
Block corners on south side of First Street S.E.   3809.91
Block corners on north side of First Street S.E.   3809.91
Block corners on south side of East Division Street   3811.66
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3804.80
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3804.80
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3801.60
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3801.60
   FIRST AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on north side of East Division Street   3812.00
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3815.00
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3815.00
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3815.75
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3815.75
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E.   3817.50
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E.   3817.50
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E.   3819.60
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E.   3819.60
Block corners on south side Fifth Street N.E.   3821.35
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.E.   3821.35
   MAIN AVENUE SOUTH
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W.   3797.50
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W.   3797.50
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3796.20
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3796.20
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street   3798.20
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street   3798.20
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street   3801.60
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street   3801.60
Block corners on south side of Third Street   3804.80
Block corners on north side of Third Street   3804.80
Block corners on south side of Second Street   3807.21
Block corners on north side of Second Street   3807.21
Block corners on south side of First Street   3808.96
   MAIN AVENUE NORTH
Block corners on north side of Division Street   3812.51
Block corners on south side of First Street   3817.07
Block corners on north side of First Street   3817.07
Block corners on south side of Second Street   3817.82
Block corners on north side of Second Street   3817.82
Block corners on south side of Third Street   3819.22
Block corners on north side of Third Street   3819.22
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street   3820.62
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street   3820.62
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street   3822.02
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street   3822.02
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street   3824.47
   EAST COURT STREET
Block corners on north side of First Street S.E.   3809.45
Block corners on south side of East Division Street   3811.90
   WEST COURT STREET
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3809.45
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3811.90
   FIRST AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W.   3799.00
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W.   3799.00
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3798.40
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3798.40
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3803.60
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3803.60
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3806.65
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3806.65
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3809.45
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3809.45
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3811.90
   FIRST AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3811.90
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3815.41
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3815.41
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3816.16
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3816.16
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3817.91
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3817.91
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W.   3819.31
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W.   3819.31
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street N.W.   3821.06
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.W.   3821.06
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street N.W.   3822.81
   SECOND AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W.   3801.00
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W.   3801.00
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W.   3800.20
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W.   3800.20
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3799.20
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3799.20
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3802.80
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3802.80
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3806.00
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3806.00
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3810.20
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3810.20
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3812.65
   SECOND AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3812.65
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3814.40
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3814.40
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3815.15
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3815.15
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3816.90
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3816.90
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W.   3818.01
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W.   3818.01
   THIRD AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W.   3802.00
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W.   3802.00
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W.   3799.50
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W.   3799.50
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3798.80
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3798.80
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3802.00
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3802.00
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3803.20
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3803.20
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3805.22
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3805.22
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3809.42
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3809.42
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3811.87
   THIRD AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3811.87
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3813.62
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3813.62
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3814.37
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3814.37
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3815.52
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3815.52
   FOURTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W.   3799.67
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W.   3799.67
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3797.45
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3797.45
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.40
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.40
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3803.60
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3803.60
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3805.14
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3805.14
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3808.64
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3808.64
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3811.09
   FOURTH AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3811.09
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3812.70
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3812.70
   FIFTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3797.20
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3797.20
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.10
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.10
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3804.00
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3804.00
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3805.06
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3805.06
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3807.86
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3807.86
   SIXTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3798.40
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3798.40
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.00
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3802.50
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W.   3802.50
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3805.06
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3805.06
   SEVENTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W.   3805.12
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3805.12
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3808.02
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3808.02
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3810.42
   CITY LIMITS
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W   3800.80
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W.   3800.80
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.50
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W.   3800.50
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W.   3799.40
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W.   3799.40
   SEVENTH AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3810.42
Block corners on west side of First Street N.W.   3811.77
Block corners on east side of First Street N.W.   3812.27
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3814.27
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3814.27
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3815.52
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3815.52
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W.   3818.01
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W.   3818.01
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street N.W.   3820.05
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.W.   3820.05
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street N.W.   3822.81
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street N.W.   3822.81
   EIGHTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3806.47
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3809.45
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3809.45
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3811.45
   EIGHTH AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3811.45
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3812.58
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3812.58
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3815.08
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3815.08
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3816.33
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3816.33
   NINTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W.   3808.13
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W.   3810.26
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3810.26
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3812.26
   NINTH AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3812.26
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3813.39
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3813.39
Block corners on south side of School Street   3814.64
Block corners on north side of School Street   3814.64
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3815.89
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3815.89
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3817.14
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3817.14
   TENTH AVENUE S.W.
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W.   3811.07
Block corners on south side of West Division Street   3813.07
   TENTH AVENUE N.W.
Block corners on north side of West Division Street   3813.07
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W.   3814.20
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W.   3814.20
Block corners on south side of School Street   3815.45
Block corners on north side of School Street   3815.45
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W.   3816.70
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W.   3816.70
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W.   3817.95
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W.   3817.95
   THIRD AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3813.95
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3813.95
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3814.40
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3814.40
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E.   3816.15
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E.   3816.15
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E.   3818.25
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E.   3818.25
   FOURTH AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on north side of East Division Street   3811.98
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3814.43
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3814.43
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3815.18
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3815.18
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E.   3816.93
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E.   3816.93
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E.   3818.33
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E.   3818.33
   FIFTH AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on north side of East Division Street   3811.20
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3813.65
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3813.65
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3814.40
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3814.40
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E.   3816.15
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E.   3816.15
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E.   3818.60
   SIXTH AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on south side of East Division Street   3810.42
Block corners on north side of East Division Street   3810.42
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3812.87
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3812.87
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E   3813.62
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3813.62
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E.   3815.37
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E.   3815.37
   SEVENTH AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on south side of East Division Street   3811.20
Block corners on north side of East Division Street   3811.20
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3813.65
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3813.65
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3814.40
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3814.40
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E.   3816.15
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E.   3816.15
   EIGHTH AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on south side of East Division Street   3811.98
Block corners on north side of East Division Street   3811.98
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3814.43
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3814.43
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3815.18
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3815.18
   NINTH AVENUE N.E.
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E.   3815.21
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E.   3815.21
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E.   3815.96
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E.   3815.96 1
(Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-970.
CHAPTER 4
UTILITY POLES
**SECTION**:
8-4-1: Erection Of Utility Poles
8-4-2: Penalty
8-4-1: ERECTION OF UTILITY POLES:
All poles carrying telegraph, telephone, electric light or other wires shall be
erected in the alleys, provided, however, that whenever it is impossible or
impracticable to properly serve the public from the alleys, such poles may be
erected on the streets, under the written permission of the mayor 1 . (Ord. 42,
8-23-1915)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-945.
8-4-2: PENALTY:
Any person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be punished, upon
conviction thereof, by a fine of not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more
than twenty five dollars ($25.00) for each pole erected contrary to the
provisions hereof, providing that the total fine in any case shall not exceed
three hundred dollars ($300.00), and each such pole is hereby declared to be a
nuisance and shall be at once removed, and each day that such pole is allowed
to remain in position contrary to the provision of this chapter after the same
shall be ordered removed, shall constitute a separate and distinct offense and
be punishable accordingly. (Ord. 42, 8-23-1915)
CHAPTER 5
STREET SPRINKLER DISTRICT
**SECTION**:
8-5-1: District Created
8-5-2: Assessment Of Property; Method Of
8-5-3: District Fund
8-5-1: DISTRICT CREATED:
There shall be established within the city a street sprinkling district
comprising all of the city for the purpose of sprinkling the streets or avenues
with water, oil or any other dust palliative, and the council is authorized to,
by resolution, set up and define the boundaries of the district and enumerate
the streets, alleys and other public places to constitute the district. (Ord.
123, 3-1-1954)
8-5-2: ASSESSMENT OF PROPERTY; METHOD OF:
The council is authorized to assess the property embraced within the district
to pay the cost and expense of the sprinkling district.
The method of assessment for such cost and expense of the district shall be
assessed on an area basis; that is, each lot or parcel of land within such
district shall be assessed for that part of the whole cost which its area bears
to the area of the entire district, exclusive of streets, avenues, alleys and
public places. (Ord. 123, 3-1-1954)
8-5-3: DISTRICT FUND:
The treasurer shall set up a district revolving fund from which the expense and
cost of the sprinkling district shall be paid 1 . (Ord. 123, 3-1-1954)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-971, 11-2258.
CHAPTER 6
FENCES
**SECTION**:
8-6-1: Construction Of Fences; Height
8-6-1: CONSTRUCTION OF FENCES; HEIGHT:
All real property owners without the building zone number 1 of the city shall
not construct any board fence or picket fence or any fence that is so
constructed as to impede the view, or any ornamental hedge shall not be
permitted to grow in height to exceed four feet (4'), so as to interfere with
traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular. The fence or hedge to be constructed or
planted at least thirty inches (30") from the inside edge of the sidewalk, and
the hedge shall not be permitted to grow so as to extend across the edge of the
sidewalk, thus interfering with traffic thereon 1 . (Ord. 107, 12-4-1950)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-952.
CHAPTER 7
TREES AND SHRUBBERY
**SECTION**:
8-7-1: Purpose
8-7-2: Definitions
8-7-3: Creation And Establishment Of City Tree Board
8-7-4: Comprehensive City Tree Plan
8-7-5: Tree Species To Be Planted
8-7-6: Spacing
8-7-7: Distance From Curb And Sidewalk
8-7-8: Distance From Fire Hydrants
8-7-9: Pruning And Corner Clearance
8-7-10: Utilities
8-7-11: Responsibility For Tree Care
8-7-12: Pruning Standards
8-7-13: Tree Topping
8-7-14: Diseased Tree Removal On Private Property
8-7-15: Removal Of Stumps
8-7-16: Protection Of Trees
8-7-17: Arborist's License And Bond
8-7-18: Review By City Council
8-7-19: Penalty
8-7-1: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this chapter is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of
both the public citizenry and the trees and vegetation in the city of Choteau
by establishing standards and regulations to control planting, removal,
maintenance, and protection of all trees, shrubs, and vegetation; to establish
a tree board; to provide for the development of a comprehensive plan for the
management of trees, shrubs, and vegetation on public property. (Ord. 298, 3-
16-2004)
8-7-2: DEFINITIONS:
PARK TREES: Trees, shrubs, bushes, and all other woody vegetation in public
parks.
STREET TREES: Trees, shrubs, bushes, and all other woody vegetation on land
lying within the public right of way on either side of all streets, avenues, or
alleys within the city of Choteau. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-3: CREATION AND ESTABLISHMENT OF CITY TREE BOARD:
There is hereby created and established a city tree board for the city of
Choteau which shall consist of seven (7) members, citizens and residents of
this city, who shall be appointed by the mayor with approval by the city
council. The members shall come from different interest groups including
homeowners, tree professionals, and city government. The members shall serve
without compensation.
   1. Term Of Office: The term of the board members shall be three (3)
years, except that they shall initially be staggered so that all terms do not
expire at the same time. In the event that a vacancy occurs during the term of
any member, his/her successor shall be appointed for the unexpired portion of
the term.
   2. Operation: The city tree board shall choose its own officers and keep
a journal of its proceedings. A majority of the members shall be a quorum for
the transaction of business. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-4: COMPREHENSIVE CITY TREE PLAN:
The city tree board shall study, investigate, counsel, develop, and update as
needed a written plan for the care, preservation, pruning, planting,
replanting, removal, or disposition of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation in
parks and along streets, avenues, and alleys. Such plan will be presented to
the city council and upon their acceptance and approval shall constitute the
official comprehensive city tree plan. The tree plan shall be administered by
the city's public works director. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-5: TREE SPECIES TO BE PLANTED:
The city tree board shall develop and maintain a list of desirable trees for
planting as street trees and park trees in three (3) size classes based on
mature height: small (under 20 feet), medium (20 to 40 feet), and large (over
40 feet). Efforts shall be made to ensure a sufficient diversity of tree
species. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-6: SPACING:
Street trees shall be planted no closer together than the following: small
trees, fifteen feet (15'); medium trees, twenty five feet (25'); and large
trees, thirty five feet (35'); except in special plantings designed or approved
by the city tree board. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-7: DISTANCE FROM CURB AND SIDEWALK:
Street trees shall be planted no closer to any curb or sidewalk than two feet
(2') for small trees and three feet (3') for medium or large trees. (Ord. 298,
3-16-2004)
8-7-8: DISTANCE FROM FIRE HYDRANTS:
Street trees shall not be planted within ten feet (10') of any fire hydrant.
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-9: PRUNING AND CORNER CLEARANCE:
All trees shall be pruned so that branches overhanging any street, avenue, or
alley shall not severely obstruct the light from any street lamp or obstruct
the view of any intersection and so that there shall be a clear space of
thirteen feet (13') above the street surface or eight feet (8') above the
sidewalk surface. Any dead, diseased, or dangerous trees, or broken or decayed
limbs which constitute a menace to the safety of the public must be removed.
See also section
9-4-14 of this code. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004; amd. Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
Tree limbs that grow near high voltage electrical conductors shall be
maintained clear of such conductors by the electric utility company in
compliance with any applicable franchise agreements. A utility tree trimming
policy must be reviewed by the utility company and the city tree board prior to
any trimming by the utility company. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-10: UTILITIES:
Medium or large street trees shall not be planted under or within ten (10)
lateral feet of any overhead utility wire. Any size street tree shall not be
planted within five (5) lateral feet of any underground water line, sewer line,
transmission line, or other utility. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-11: RESPONSIBILITY FOR TREE CARE:
The adjoining property owner shall be responsible for the maintenance of street
trees, including planting, pruning, removal, replacement, and disposal of any
debris resulting from such maintenance. If it becomes apparent that maintenance
is needed for any street trees, the property owner shall respond within sixty
(60) days to the tree board with a plan for the maintenance. (Ord. 298, 3-16-
2004)
8-7-12: PRUNING STANDARDS:
All tree pruning of street trees or park trees shall conform to the ANSI A300
standards for tree care operations. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-13: TREE TOPPING:
It shall be unlawful as a normal practice for any person, firm, or city
department to top any street tree or park tree. "Topping" is defined as the
severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches (3") in diameter
within the tree's crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and
disfigure the trees. Crown reduction by a qualified arborist may be
substituted, where appropriate. Trees severely damaged by storms or other
causes, or certain trees under utility wires or other obstructions where other
pruning practices are impractical may be exempted from this chapter at the
determination of the city tree board. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-14: DISEASED TREE REMOVAL ON PRIVATE PROPERTY:
The city of Choteau shall have the right to cause the removal of any diseased
trees on private property within the city when such trees harbor insects or
disease which constitutes a potential threat to other trees within the city.
The city tree board will notify in writing the owners of such trees. Removal
shall be done by said owners at their own expense within sixty (60) days after
the date of service of notice. In the event of failure of owners to comply with
such provisions, the city shall have the authority to remove such trees and
charge the cost of removal on the owner's property tax. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-15: REMOVAL OF STUMPS:
All stumps of street and park trees shall be removed below the surface of the
ground so that the top of the stump shall not project above the surface of the
ground. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-16: PROTECTION OF TREES:
In order to maintain the overall forest, reasonable efforts shall be made to
replace street and park trees that are removed and to protect quality trees
that are endangered. Street and park trees that are removed by decision of the
city tree board or by natural causes shall be replaced on a one for one basis
within one year or as determined by the city tree board. The location and
species of the replacement tree shall be determined by the board. Trees of
desirable species and good health shall be protected as much as possible from
damage during construction, sidewalk repair, utilities work above and below
ground, and other similar activities. The zone of protection shall include the
area beneath the canopy of the tree. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-17: ARBORIST'S LICENSE AND BOND:
The tree board and/or the city's public works director may require a licensed
and bonded arborist to perform major maintenance or pruning of mature trees.
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-18: REVIEW BY CITY COUNCIL:
The city council shall have the right to review the conduct, acts, and
decisions of the city tree board. Any person may appeal any ruling or order of
the city tree board to the city council who may hear the matter and make final
decisions. Appeals must be made within thirty (30) days of the ruling or order.
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
8-7-19: PENALTY:
Any person or firm violating any provision of this chapter shall be, upon
conviction or a plea of guilty, subject to a fine not to exceed one thousand
dollars ($1,000.00). (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
CHAPTER 8
RAILROAD CROSSINGS
**SECTION**:
8-8-1: Crossings To Be Lighted
8-8-2: Failure To Comply; Assessment
8-8-1: CROSSINGS TO BE LIGHTED:
Any person owning and operating any railroad track or route within the limits
of the city, the motive power of which is steam or otherwise, shall place or
cause to be placed, and shall maintain, at the intersection or crossing of said
track with each and every public street, alley, road or highway, within the
limits of the city, a light or lights equal to an illumination of sixty (60)
candlepower, and such light shall be kept in good working order, and shall be
lighted during all the hours of darkness, and shall be so placed as to light
the crossing of said track over the public street, alley, road or highway in
such manner that persons using the crossing may be able to plainly see the same
when approaching thereto. (Ord. 17, 1-5-1914)
8-8-2: FAILURE TO COMPLY; ASSESSMENT:
In case the owner of any such railroad track or route fails to comply with the
provisions of this chapter after reasonable notice, the council may cause the
same to be done, and it may assess the expense thereof against such owner, and
such assessment shall constitute a lien on any property belonging to such owner
within the limits of the city and may be collected as other taxes. (Ord. 17, 1-
5-1914)
CHAPTER 9
EXCAVATIONS
**SECTION**:
8-9-1: Permit Required; Fees
8-9-2: Materials
8-9-3: Barricade
8-9-4: Compliance Required
8-9-1: PERMIT REQUIRED; FEES:
Every person who, except where such person is a public utility operating under
a franchise or contract with the city, under which the public utility or person
may construct, equip, lay, maintain and operate pipe lines and appurtenances
in, under, upon, over and across streets, avenues, alleys, highways, bridges,
easements and other public places within the city, shall make any excavation
in, or dig any hole, drain or ditch in, or in any way obstruct any
thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the limits of the city without
first having obtained a permit therefor from the council or its authorized
representative. A fee of five dollars ($5.00) shall be paid to the city for the
issuance of such permit. (Ord. 141, 4-3-1961)
8-9-2: MATERIALS:
All materials excavated pursuant to such permit shall be hauled away by the
permittee and the excavation backfilled with compacted gravel approved by the
street foreman. All cuts in paved areas shall be repaired by not less than
three inches (3") of plant mix oil and crushed gravel, firmly compacted and
leveled to grade so as to restore the excavated area to its original condition.
(Ord. 139, 11-21-1960)
8-9-3: BARRICADE:
Any person who, after having obtained a proper permit to do so makes any
excavation, or digs any hole, drain or ditch, or places any other obstruction
in or upon any thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the city limits,
must erect an efficient barricade around such excavation, drain, ditch, hole or
other obstruction and warning lights shall be maintained therefrom from dark to
daylight until such time as said thoroughfare, street, alley or highway has
been restored to safe and passable travel. (Ord. 139, 11-21-1960)
8-9-4: COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:
Any person who shall make any excavation in, or dig any hole, drain or ditch
in, or anyway obstruct any thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the
city limits, without first having obtained a permit therefor from the council
or its duly authorized representative, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord.
139, 11-21-1960)
CHAPTER 10
REMOVAL OF SNOW AND/OR ICE
**SECTION**:
8-10-1: Duty Of Owner
8-10-1: DUTY OF OWNER:
It shall be the duty of the owner and tenant of any premises within the city
limits to keep the sidewalk in front of and abutting his premises free and safe
for pedestrians and with all reasonable dispatch to remove snow, ice, slush,
mud and other threats to safe foot travel, and to prevent the accumulation of
the same upon such sidewalks. The sidewalks abutting such owner's or tenant's
premises must be cleared by such owner or tenant from the night's accumulation
of snow or ice or other impediment before eleven o'clock (11:00) A.M.,
following such accumulation thereof in business and industrial districts. All
snow or ice or other impediment shall be removed from residential areas within
twenty four (24) hours after any such accumulation. It shall be the duty of
such tenant or owner of said premises to keep the sidewalks in front of the
premises free and safe for pedestrians, and to prevent the continuance and
accumulation of the materials described herein upon such sidewalks.
Polish or smoothness resulting from any cause which renders a sidewalk
dangerous and unsafe, shall be sanded and where there is permanent polish or
smoothness on a sidewalk, the surface of the sidewalk shall be repaired.
If the aforesaid parties shall fail to comply with the provisions of this
chapter, the city shall cause any and all obstructions to be removed or
smoothness or polish repaired and shall bill the cost thereof, together with a
reasonable charge for administration and supervision, to the said parties. If
said charges are not paid within sixty (60) days, the city council shall pass a
resolution assessing said charges as a special tax against the premises.
Violation of this chapter shall be deemed a misdemeanor and any person
violating the provisions of this chapter may be fined in an amount from five
dollars ($5.00) and not to exceed fifty dollars ($50.00) for each offense.
Nothing contained in chapter 1 of this title shall be construed to release the
owners or tenants of real estate from the duty of keeping the sidewalk in front
of or adjoining their respective premises at all times in a safe and passable
condition and in good and thorough state of repair, but such duty is hereby
expressly enjoined and imposed upon all such owners and tenants. (Ord. 217, 12-
18-1979)
CHAPTER 11
FUEL PUMP PLACEMENT
**SECTION**:
8-11-1: Fuel Pump Restrictions
8-11-1: FUEL PUMP RESTRICTIONS:
No person shall be given a permit to construct, install or build any gasoline,
oil or any other kind of pump or piece of machinery, to serve the public, on
the sidewalk curbing or upon the sidewalk, but that any such pump or vending
machine must be placed within the boundaries upon the property of abutting
owner, nor shall any permit be given to use the sidewalk as part of a driveway
to serve the public from pumps adjacent to the sidewalk. (Ord. 102, 9-10-1949)
CHAPTER 12
OLD SCHOOL HOUSE SPRINGS AND CITY WATER SUPPLY
**SECTION**:
8-12-1: Definition
8-12-2: Duty Of Water Superintendent
8-12-3: Interference Unlawful
8-12-4: Destruction Of Pipes
8-12-1: DEFINITION:
The term "Old School House Springs" as used herein shall mean that certain
natural spring rising in or near the Northwest corner NE1/4SW1/4, section 24,
township 24 north range 5 west MPM. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
8-12-2: DUTY OF WATER SUPERINTENDENT:
It is hereby made the duty of the water superintendent, or such other person as
the council may from time to time designate, under the direction of the
council, to supervise the flowage and disposition of the flowage of the waters
of "Old School House Springs" and all other springs and wells, owned or within
the control of the city, as a source of water supply. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
8-12-3: INTERFERENCE UNLAWFUL:
Any interference with the flowage of said spring or other source by placing of
any dam, obstruction, refuse, rubbish or contaminative material therein or in
the water or channel therefrom, in such manner as to impair the purity of said
water or deprive the city of the full use and benefit thereof to the full
extent of its rights therein, is hereby prohibited and any person violating any
provision of this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
8-12-4: DESTRUCTION OF PIPES:
Any person who shall, excepting as may from time to time, authorized by the
council, obstruct, tamper with, break or injure any dam, dike, pipe valve,
flume, ditch or other fixture or appurtenance, used or constructed by the city
in and about the diversion of any of the water of said spring, or other source,
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932; amd. 1967 Code)
 
Notes
1 1. RCM 11-1001, 11-981.
CHAPTER 13
ANTILITTER REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
8-13-1: Short Title
8-13-2: Definitions
8-13-3: Litter In Public Places Unlawful
8-13-4: Placement Of Litter In Receptacles; Scattering
8-13-5: Sweeping Litter Into Gutters Prohibited
8-13-6: Merchants' Duty To Keep Sidewalks Free Of Litter
8-13-7: Litter Thrown By Persons In Vehicles
8-13-8: Truckloads Causing Litter
8-13-9: Litter In Parks
8-13-10: Litter In Lakes And Fountains
8-13-11: Commercial Handbills; Public Places
8-13-12: Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills; Vehicles
8-13-13: Depositing Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills; Uninhabited Or
Vacant Premises
8-13-14: Prohibiting Distribution Of Handbills; Posted Property
8-13-15: Distributing Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills At Inhabited
Private Premises
8-13-16: Litter From Aircraft
8-13-17: Posting Notices Prohibited
8-13-18: Litter On Occupied Private Property
8-13-19: Owner To Maintain Premises Free Of Litter
8-13-20: Litter On Vacant Lots
8-13-21: Clearing Of Litter From Open Private Property By City
8-13-1: SHORT TITLE:
This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the CHOTEAU ANTILITTER
REGULATIONS. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-2: DEFINITIONS:
For the purpose of this chapter the following terms, phrases, words, and their
derivations shall have the meanings given herein.
AIRCRAFT: Any contrivance now known or hereafter invented, used or designated
for navigation or for flight in the air. The word "aircraft" shall include
helicopters and lighter than air dirigibles and balloons.
AUTHORIZED PRIVATE RECEPTACLE: A litter storage and collection receptacle as
required and authorized in title 7, chapter 1 of this code.
COMMERCIAL HANDBILL: Any printed or written matter, any sample or device,
dodger, circular, leaflet, pamphlet, paper, booklet, or any other printed or
otherwise reproduced original or copies or any matter of literature which:
   1. Advertises for sale any merchandise, product, commodity, or thing; or
   2. Directs attention to any business or mercantile or commercial
establishment, or other activity, for the purpose of either directly or
indirectly promoting the interest thereof by sales; or
   3. Directs attention to or advertises any meeting, theatrical
performance, exhibition, or event of any kind, for which an admission fee is
charged for the purpose of private gain or profit; but the terms of this
subsection shall not apply where an admission fee is charged or a collection is
taken up for the purpose of defraying expenses incident to such meeting,
theatrical performance, exhibition, or event of any kind, when either of the
same is held, given or takes place in connection with the dissemination of
information which is not restricted under the ordinary rules of decency, good
morals, public peace, safety and good order; provided, that nothing contained
in this clause shall be deemed to authorize the holding, giving or taking place
of any meeting, theatrical performance, exhibition, or event of any kind,
without a license, where such license is or may be required by any law of this
state, or under any of the provisions of this code;
   4. While containing reading matter other than advertising matter, is
predominantly and essentially an advertisement, and is distributed or
circulated for advertising purposes, or for the private benefit and gain of any
person so engaged as advertiser or distributor.
GARBAGE: Putrescible animal and vegetable wastes resulting from the handling,
preparation, cooking and consumption of food.
LITTER: Includes "Garbage", "Refuse" and "Rubbish" as defined herein and all
other waste material which, if thrown or deposited as herein prohibited, tends
to create a danger to public health, safety or welfare; or presents an
unsightly appearance.
NEWSPAPER: Any newspaper of general circulation as defined by general law, any
newspaper duly entered with the post office department of the United States, in
accordance with federal statute or regulation, and any newspaper filed and
recorded with any recording officer as provided by general law; and in addition
thereto, shall mean and include any periodical or current magazine regularly
published with not less than four (4) issues per year, and sold to the public.
NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILL: Any printed or written matter, any sample, or device,
dodger, circular, leaflet, pamphlet, newspaper, magazine, paper, booklet, or
any other printed or otherwise reproduced original or copies of any matter of
literature not included in the aforesaid definition of a commercial handbill or
newspaper.
PARK: A park, reservation, playground, beach, recreation center or any other
public area in the city, owned or used by the city and devoted to active or
passive recreation.
PRIVATE PREMISES: Any dwelling, house, building, or other structure, designed
or used either wholly or in part for private residential purposes, whether
inhabited or temporarily or continuously uninhabited or vacant, and shall
include any yard, grounds, walk, driveway, porch, steps, vestibule or mailbox
belonging or appurtenant to such dwelling, house, building, or other structure.
PUBLIC PLACE: Any and all streets, sidewalks, boulevards, alleys or other
public ways and any and all public parks, squares, spaces, grounds and
buildings.
REFUSE: All putrescible and nonputrescible solid wastes, except body wastes,
including garbage, rubbish, ashes, street cleanings, dead animals, abandoned
automobiles, and solid market and industrial wastes.
RUBBISH: Nonputrescible solid wastes, consisting of both combustible and
noncombustible wastes, such as paper, wrappings, cigarettes, cardboard, tin
cans, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding, crockery and similar materials.
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
transported or drawn upon a highway, including devices used exclusively upon
stationary rails or tracks. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-3: LITTER IN PUBLIC PLACES UNLAWFUL:
No person shall throw or deposit litter in or upon any public place within the
city except in public receptacles or in authorized private receptacles for
collection, or in official city dumps. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-4: PLACEMENT OF LITTER IN RECEPTACLES; SCATTERING:
Persons placing litter in public receptacles or in authorized private
receptacles shall do so in such a manner as to prevent it from being carried or
deposited by the elements upon any public place. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-5: SWEEPING LITTER INTO GUTTERS PROHIBITED:
No persons shall sweep into or deposit in any gutter, or other public place
within the city the accumulation of litter from any building or lot or from any
public or private sidewalk or driveway. Persons owning or occupying property
shall keep the sidewalk in front of their premises free of litter. (Ord. 144,
12-18-1961)
8-13-6: MERCHANTS' DUTY TO KEEP SIDEWALKS FREE OF LITTER:
No person owning or occupying a place of business shall sweep into or deposit
in any gutter or other public place within the city, the accumulation of litter
from any building or lot or from any public or private sidewalks or driveway.
Persons owning or occupying places of business within the city shall keep the
sidewalk in front of their business premises free of litter. (Ord. 144, 12-18-
1961)
8-13-7: LITTER THROWN BY PERSONS IN VEHICLES:
No person while a driver or passenger in a vehicle, shall throw or deposit
litter upon any public place within the city. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-8: TRUCKLOADS CAUSING LITTER:
No person shall drive or move any truck or other vehicle within the city unless
such vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent any load or contents of
litter from being blown or deposited upon any public place. (Ord. 144, 12-18-
1961)
8-13-9: LITTER IN PARKS:
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any park within the city except in
public receptacles and in such a manner that the litter will be prevented from
being carried or deposited by the elements upon any part of the park or upon
any public place. Where public receptacles are not provided, all such litter
shall be carried away from the park by the person responsible for its presence
and properly disposed of elsewhere. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-10: LITTER IN LAKES AND FOUNTAINS:
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any fountain, pond, lake, stream, or
any other body of water in a park or elsewhere within the city. (Ord. 144, 12-
18-1961)
8-13-11: COMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; PUBLIC PLACES:
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
upon any public place within the city. Nor shall any person hand out or
distribute or sell any commercial handbill in any public place; provided,
however, that it shall not be unlawful on any sidewalk, street, or other public
place within the city for any person to hand out or distribute, without charge
to receiver thereof, any noncommercial handbill to any person willing to accept
it. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-12: COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; VEHICLES:
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
upon any vehicle; provided, however, that it shall not be unlawful in any
public place for a person to hand out or distribute without charge to the
receiver thereof, a noncommercial handbill to any occupant of a vehicle who is
willing to accept it. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-13: DEPOSITING COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; UNINHABITED OR
VACANT PREMISES:
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
upon any private premises which are temporarily or continuously uninhabited or
vacant. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-14: PROHIBITING DISTRIBUTION OF HANDBILLS; POSTED PROPERTY:
No person shall throw, deposit or distribute any commercial or noncommercial
handbill upon any private premises, if required by anyone thereon not to do so,
or if there is placed on said premises in a conspicuous position near the
entrance thereof, a sign bearing the words: "No Trespassing", "No Peddlers or
Agents", "No Advertisement", or any similar notice, indicating in any manner
that the occupants of said premises, do not desire to be molested or have their
right of privacy disturbed, or to have any such handbills left upon such
premises. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-15: DISTRIBUTING COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS AT INHABITED
PRIVATE PREMISES:
   1. Prohibition: No person shall throw, deposit or distribute any
commercial or noncommercial handbill in or upon private premises which are
inhabited, except by handing or transmitting any such handbill directly to the
owner, occupant, or other person then present in or upon such private premises;
provided, however, that in case of inhabited private premises which are not
posted, as provided in this chapter, such person, unless requested by anyone
upon such premises not to do so, shall have the authority to place or deposit
any such handbill in or upon such inhabited private premises, if such handbill
is so placed or deposited as to secure or prevent such handbill from being
blown or drifted about such premises or sidewalks, streets, or other public
places, and except that mail boxes may not be so used when so prohibited by
federal postal law or regulations.
   2. Exemption For Mail And Newspapers: The provisions of this section
shall not apply to the distribution of mail by the United States, nor to
newspapers. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-16: LITTER FROM AIRCRAFT:
No person in an aircraft shall throw out, drop or deposit within the city any
litter, handbill or any other object. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-17: POSTING NOTICES PROHIBITED:
No person shall post or affix any notice, poster or other paper or device,
calculated to attract the attention of the public, to any lamp post, public
utility pole or shade tree, or upon any public structure or building, except as
may be authorized or required by law. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-18: LITTER ON OCCUPIED PRIVATE PROPERTY:
No person shall throw or deposit litter on any occupied private property within
the city, whether owned by such person or not, except that the owner or person
in control of private property may maintain authorized private receptacles for
collection in such a manner that litter will be prevented from being carried or
deposited by the elements, upon any street, sidewalk or other public place or
upon any private property. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-19: OWNER TO MAINTAIN PREMISES FREE OF LITTER:
The owner or person in control of any private property shall at all times
maintain the premises free of litter; provided, however, that this section
shall not prohibit the storage of litter in authorized private receptacles for
collection. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-20: LITTER ON VACANT LOTS:
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any open or vacant private property
within the city whether owned by such person or not. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
8-13-21: CLEARING OF LITTER FROM OPEN PRIVATE PROPERTY BY CITY:
   1. Notice To Remove: The clerk, on information from any police officer,
or otherwise, is hereby authorized and empowered to notify the owner of any
open or vacant private property within the city or the agent of such owner to
properly dispose of litter located on such owner's property which is dangerous
to public health, safety or welfare, or tends to present an unsightly
appearance. Such notice shall be by registered mail, addressed to said owner,
at his last known address.
   2. Action Upon Noncompliance: Upon the failure, neglect or refusal of any
owner or agent so notified to properly dispose of litter dangerous to the
public health, safety or welfare within ten (10) days after receipt of written
notice provided for in subsection (A) of this section, or within fifteen (15)
days after the date of such notice in the event the same is returned to the
city post office department because of its inability to make delivery thereof,
provided the same was properly addressed to the last known address of such
owner, or agent, the city is hereby authorized and empowered to pay for the
disposing of such litter or to order its disposal by the city.
   3. Charge Included In Tax Bill: When the city has effected removal of
such dangerous litter or has paid for its removal, the actual cost thereof,
plus accrued interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date
of the completion of the work, if not paid by such owner prior thereto, shall
be charged to the owner of such property on the next regular tax bill forwarded
to such owner by the city, and said charge shall be due and payable by said
owner at the time of payment of such bill.
   4. Recorded Statement Constitutes Lien: Where the full amount due the
city is not paid by such owner within thirty (30) days after the disposal of
such litter, as provided for in subsections (A) and (B) of this section, then,
and in that case, the clerk shall cause to be recorded in the office of the
city a sworn statement showing the cost and expense incurred for the work, the
date the work was done and the location of the property on which said work was
done. Said costs and expenses shall be collected in the manner fixed by law for
the collection of taxes. Sworn statements recorded in accordance with the
provisions hereof shall be prima facie evidence that all legal formalities have
been complied with and that the work has been done properly and satisfactorily,
and shall be full notice to every person concerned that the amount of the
statement, plus interest, constitutes a charge against the property designated
or described in the statement and that the same is due and collectible as
provided by law. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
CHAPTER 14
PARK REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
8-14-1: Rules And Regulations
8-14-2: Penalties
8-14-1: RULES AND REGULATIONS:
It is unlawful for any person to violate any of the following rules and
regulations while within any city park:
   1. Littering Or Dumping: Littering or dumping debris or garbage on or
within city park land.
   2. Destruction, Defacement Or Dismantling: Destruction, defacement or
dismantling of any park equipment, park furnishings, park fixtures, trees,
shrubs, grass, flowers or other plants or facilities on city park land.
   3. Overnight Camping: Overnight camping in excess of three (3)
consecutive days in any one spot on city park land or in excess of six (6) days
whether consecutive or not on any city park land during a sixty (60) day
period. The term "overnight camping" includes sleeping or staying on the park
ground or in cars, trucks, trailers, tents or other shelters between the hours
of ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and five o'clock (5:00) A.M. (Ord. 284, 10-
5-1999)
   4. Fee For Overnight Stay: Persons who use the Choteau city park for
overnight camping shall pay a fee in an amount to be determined by resolution
of the city council. The fee shall be assessed for each "vehicle" for each
period of overnight camping. The term "vehicle" shall mean a car, truck,
recreational vehicle, motorcycle or any other motor vehicle or bicycle used on
the highway. (Ord. 287, 7-11-2000)
8-14-2: PENALTIES:
Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined in an amount not to
exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each violation and imprisonment up to
ten (10) days. Each day in which such violation continues shall be deemed a
separate offense. (Ord. 284, 10-5-1999)
TITLE 9
ZONING
CHAPTER 1
TITLE, PURPOSE, AUTHORITY, AND GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
**SECTION**:
9-1-1: Title
9-1-2: Purpose
9-1-3: Authority
9-1-4: Conflicting And Prior Regulations Repealed
9-1-5: Vesting
9-1-6: Provisions Of Title Declared To Be Minimum Requirements; Most
Restrictive Standards Apply
9-1-7: Interpretation
9-1-8: Burden Of Proof
9-1-9: Severability
9-1-10: Liability
9-1-1: TITLE:
The regulations, standards, and procedures contained herein shall be known as
the ZONING TITLE OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU, MONTANA, and may be commonly referred
to as zoning regulations or zoning code. These regulations constitute one
component of the citywide land development regulations that includes the
official zoning map, subdivision regulations, and adopted city building codes.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-2: PURPOSE:
The primary purpose of these regulations is to promote the public health,
safety, and general welfare through implementing the Choteau growth policy.
Other purposes of the zoning code are:
   1. To promote orderly and efficient growth and development.
   2. Provide for a strong and diversified economy.
   3. Protect public and private investment and to provide a high degree of
predictability and assurance to those wishing to invest in the community.
   4. To preserve and enhance community/neighborhood scale and character as
and where recommended in the growth policy.
   (E)   Provide for efficient and cost effective community services and
facilities.
   (F)   Establish fair, effective, and efficient development review and
decision making processes and procedures that provide procedural due process
for applicants and the general public. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-3: AUTHORITY:
In Montana, statutory authority for cities and towns to enact and administer
zoning codes is set forth in part 3 of chapter 2, title 76, Montana Code
Annotated. All regulations, standards, and procedures prescribed herein are
found to be consistent with the provisions of part 3. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-4: CONFLICTING AND PRIOR REGULATIONS REPEALED:
All prior ordinances and resolutions related to the zoning title of the city of
Choteau, Montana, adopted March 2, 1982, as amended, are hereby repealed. (Ord.
304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-5: VESTING:
   1. Vested rights to proceed with any development initiated prior to the
adoption and effective date of these regulations shall be established only by:
1. Having obtained a zoning permit issued by the city of Choteau under prior
regulations; or
2. In the case of a subdivision, having been issued a finding of sufficiency
for a preliminary plat in compliance with the Montana subdivision and platting
act and local subdivision regulations. Approval or conditional approval of a
preliminary plat establishes a right to proceed with a final plat under state
law and local subdivision regulations. Approval or conditional approval of a
preliminary plat, or recording of a final plat, does not establish a vested
right for any particular use or development standards that might have existed
under prior regulations.
   2. Vested rights to proceed with development under the provisions of
these regulations shall be established only by:
1. In the case of a subdivision, recording a final plat in full compliance with
the Montana subdivision and platting act and local regulations; or as
applicable,
2. Having a valid zoning permit in full compliance with these regulations.
Permits may expire pursuant to section
9-2-6 of this title or be revoked pursuant to section
9-2-7 of this title. Any vested rights to proceed with development expire, or
are revoked, with the zoning permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-6: PROVISIONS OF TITLE DECLARED TO BE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS; MOST
RESTRICTIVE STANDARDS APPLY:
   1. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this title
shall be held to be minimum requirements to promote the health, safety, and
general welfare.
   2. When future city regulations, or state or federal law, impose
additional standards on land use or development governed by these regulations,
the most restrictive standards shall apply.
   3. These regulations do not nullify easements, covenants, deed
restrictions, or other similar private agreements, but where any such private
agreement imposes standards that are less restrictive than those adopted
herein, these regulations shall apply. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-7: INTERPRETATION:
All provisions of these regulations shall be interpreted as the minimum
requirements necessary to protect the public health, safety, and general
welfare, and to implement the Choteau growth policy. These regulations are
designed to be consistent with the growth policy, and shall be liberally
construed to achieve its purpose, intent, policies, and recommendations. Actual
interpretation of these regulations is the responsibility of the administrator
as set forth in section
9-2-11 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-8: BURDEN OF PROOF:
In all proceedings, hearings, and in all application and submittal materials,
the burden of proof shall rest with the applicant or appellant, as applicable.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-1-9: SEVERABILITY:
Should any provision of these regulations be held invalid by any court, the
remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
2012)
9-1-10: LIABILITY:
No individual, including members of the city council, board of adjustment,
administrator, or any other city employee, who acts in good faith and without
malice in the performance of duties assigned by these regulations, shall be
held liable for errors or omissions in their administration. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
2012)
CHAPTER 2
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
**SECTION**:
9-2-1: Zoning Permit Required
9-2-2: Zoning Permit Fee Required
9-2-3: Application For Zoning Permit
9-2-4: Site Inspections
9-2-5: Limitations Of Zoning Permit
9-2-6: Expiration Of Zoning Permits; Extension
9-2-7: Revocation Of Zoning Permits
9-2-8: Certificate Of Compliance Required
9-2-9: Administrative Appeals
9-2-10: Variances
9-2-11: Administrator
9-2-12: Board Of Adjustment
9-2-13: Zoning Commission
9-2-14: Amendments To The Zoning Code
9-2-15: Amendments To The Official Zoning Map
9-2-16: Amendments To The Growth Policy
9-2-17: Administrator Responsible For Enforcement
9-2-18: Enforcement Protocol To Be Established
9-2-19: Application For Variance Stays All Abatement Proceedings
9-2-20: Appeal Stays All Abatement Proceedings
9-2-21: Imminent Threat To Life Or Property
9-2-22: Penalties For Violation
9-2-1: ZONING PERMIT REQUIRED:
A zoning permit shall be required for any construction, reconstruction,
addition, relocation of a structure, or change of land use, and for permanent
signs of all kinds. Subdivisions are not subject to zoning permits, but shall
be designed, reviewed, and approved pursuant to the Montana subdivision and
platting act and local subdivision regulations in effect for the city of
Choteau. Interior modifications of structures, and any other renovations that
do not increase the floor area of a structure or cause expansion of the
structure in any way, are not subject to zoning permits. Agricultural buildings
associated with bona fide agricultural operations are not subject to zoning
permits, but such structures must meet any applicable requirements of this
title. Zoning permits shall be applied for on a form provided by the city of
Choteau, and are reviewed according to procedures established by the city.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-2: ZONING PERMIT FEE REQUIRED:
Each application for a zoning permit shall include the applicable fee. Fees are
established by resolution of the Choteau city council. No application for a
zoning permit is complete without the required fee. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-3: APPLICATION FOR ZONING PERMIT:
The purpose of the zoning permit is to assure that all building construction
and development activity complies with these regulations as well as regulations
promulgated by other agencies as applicable. An application for a zoning permit
may be filed either concurrently with a building permit application or prior to
applying for a building permit. A zoning permit application may also be filed
concurrently or prior to any application for a city of Choteau business
license.
   1. The applicant shall file a properly completed application form,
including a site plan, project description, and any other required supporting
materials, with the administrator. Once all required materials are submitted,
the administrator shall deem the application complete.
   2. The administrator or his/her designee shall review the application to
determine compliance with these regulations. Should the administrator find that
the application complies with these regulations, the application shall be
approved. However, the administrator may impose reasonable conditions on the
zoning permit to ensure compliance with these regulations as well as the
regulations promulgated by other agencies as they may apply.
   3. The application shall be approved or denied within twenty (20)
business days, and the applicant shall be notified in writing within five (5)
business days of the decision. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-4: SITE INSPECTIONS:
The filing of an application for a zoning permit constitutes consent of the
property owner and applicant for authorized city personnel to conduct
inspections of the subject property during the review process. Refusal of the
owner or applicant to allow authorized personnel on site for necessary
inspections may delay review of the permit application, and/or result in denial
of the application. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-5: LIMITATIONS OF ZONING PERMIT:
Zoning permits issued pursuant to this title are limited in their authorization
to the work and/or development expressly described therein. Issuance of a
zoning permit does not convey any broad powers or authority to the applicant
beyond the purpose described in the zoning permit application and for which the
permit was issued. Zoning permits shall run with the land, are site specific,
and are not transferable to another property or site. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-6: EXPIRATION OF ZONING PERMITS; EXTENSION:
If the work described in the zoning permit has not begun within one year from
the date of issuance, the permit expires and is void. The administrator shall
provide written notice to the permittee once a permit expires. Should the
permittee request in writing an extension of the zoning permit, the
administrator may grant such extension for not more than one year. Any such
request for an extension must be made prior to the actual expiration of the
zoning permit. The administrator is not empowered to reinstate an expired
zoning permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-7: REVOCATION OF ZONING PERMITS:
   1. Zoning permits may be revoked for good cause shown. Procedures to
revoke zoning permits may only be initiated by the city of Choteau, and only
the Choteau city council is authorized to revoke a zoning permit.
   2. Prior to initiating any permit revocation procedure, the city shall
have:
      1.   Conducted an inspection of the subject property.
      2.   Thoroughly investigated any complaints.
      3.   Contacted the permittee in writing notifying him/her of the nature
of complaints, issues, and/or potential violations.
      4.   Provided the permittee every reasonable opportunity to address and
correct conditions, violations, or deficiencies.
   3. A zoning permit may be revoked based on one or more of the following
findings:
      1.   That the initial application and/or representations made by the
applicant in connection with the application were fraudulent or otherwise
inaccurate or misleading to the extent that the decision to grant the zoning
permit was based upon or influenced by said application or representations.
      2.   That operation of the authorized use or development has become a
public nuisance and/or an imminent threat to the public health, safety, and
general welfare.
   4. The Choteau city council may revoke a zoning permit upon approval of a
motion by simple majority where findings and cause for the revocation are set
forth in the motion to revoke.
   (E)   The applicant shall be notified of the revocation action through a
cease and desist order issued by the administrator. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-8: CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:
   1. Once a development project has been completed, a certificate of
compliance (CC) must be requested from the city of Choteau on a form provided
by the administrator. The purpose of the CC is to ensure that all work
described on the approved zoning permit has been completed, or as applicable, a
surety for performance has been provided.
   2. Should a certificate of compliance be applied for in the months of
October through March, a surety may be provided in lieu of landscaping, paving,
or other improvements that do not affect the immediate and safe use of the
site, and that cannot be installed during cold weather periods. Sureties may
include letters of credit, bonds, or certified checks left on file with the
city until such time as the improvements are satisfactorily completed. Personal
or company checks cannot be accepted as sureties.
   3. Failure to obtain a certificate of compliance prior to occupying the
project or improvement for which the zoning permit was issued is deemed a
violation of this code. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-9: ADMINISTRATIVE APPEALS:
   1. Any interpretation of these regulations or any decision made by the
administrator pursuant to these regulations may be appealed to the board of
adjustment (BOA) following the procedures set forth below. Such appeal shall be
taken within a reasonable time as provided by the rules of the board.
      1.   The appellant shall file a written appeal on a form provided by the
city of Choteau, and shall provide all relevant supporting information. A
filing fee shall be paid by the appellant.
      2.   Upon receipt of the appeal, the administrator shall publish a notice
in the official city of Choteau newspaper at least ten (10) days prior to the
next scheduled meeting of the board of adjustment, and shall place the appeal
on the board's agenda for that meeting. The board must meet within twenty five
(25) business days of an appeal filed with the administrator.
      3.   The BOA shall conduct a hearing on the appeal following procedures
set forth in the board's adopted rules of procedure. No appeal shall be heard
if the appellant or a representative is not present. If the appeal involves an
action taken or permit granted to a third party, such as a property owner or
development, no hearing shall be conducted unless the third party is present.
      4.   Based upon relevant findings and conclusions, the BOA may uphold,
overturn, or modify the action or interpretation made by the administrator. The
BOA shall take final action within twenty (20) business days of the initial
opening of the public hearing.
      5.   The administrator shall notify the appellant and other interested
parties in writing of the BOA's decision within five (5) business days.
      6.   Any decision of the BOA may be appealed to district court as
provided in section 76-2-327, Montana Code Annotated. Notice of intent to file
an appeal shall halt all proceedings by the administrator to carry out the BOA
decision, unless in the judgment of the administrator, such action is
imperative due to imminent public health or life safety concerns.
   2. When in the judgment of the administrator, his/her decision or
interpretation of the regulations will affect a specific property or class of
properties, and/or have a potentially significant impact on a neighborhood or
landscape of the city, the administrator shall notify adjacent property owners
via first class mail of his/her intent to render a decision or interpretation.
The letter shall explain the pending decision and shall invite comment for a
period of not less than fifteen (15) days following the date of the letter. At
the end of this comment period, the administrator may officially render the
decision or interpretation, and communicate it in writing to all parties
involved. Once the decision or interpretation is finalized, the decision or
interpretation may be appealed to the board of adjustment through the procedure
set forth in subsection (A) of this section. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-10: VARIANCES:
The board of adjustment (BOA) may in specific cases grant relief from the
standards and requirements of these regulations as set forth in section 76-2-
323, Montana Code Annotated.
   1. The applicant shall apply for a variance on a form supplied by the
city of Choteau. The applicable filing fee shall be paid, and all relevant
supporting materials shall be submitted.
   2. Upon receipt of the application, the administrator shall publish a
notice in the official city of Choteau newspaper at least fifteen (15) calendar
days prior to the next regular meeting of the board of adjustment, and shall
place the variance on the board's agenda for that meeting.
   3. The administrator shall notify all property owners within one hundred
fifty feet (150') of the subject property by regular first class mail at least
fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing by the BOA.
   4. The BOA shall conduct a hearing on the proposed variance following
procedures set forth in the board's adopted rules of procedure. No hearing
shall be conducted if the applicant or a representative is not present.
   (E)   In applying the provisions of section 76-2-323 (1)(c), Montana Code
Annotated, the BOA may only grant relief upon a finding that the following
criteria are met in substance as they may apply to the application:
      1.   The variance is necessitated due to exceptional and/or extraordinary
circumstances or conditions that are unique to the subject property, and are
not generally characteristic of similarly situated properties.
      2.   Approval of the variance(s) will preserve a property right or use
that is generally enjoyed by owners of similarly situated properties, and
conversely, approval of a variance will not bestow a special privilege on the
applicant that is not generally enjoyed by the owners of similarly situated
properties.
      3.   The alleged hardship has not been created by the applicant.
      4.   Specific relief from the code shall be the minimum necessary.
      5.   Adverse impacts associated with granting relief from the code are
avoided or effectively mitigated.
   (F)   Conditions may be imposed by the BOA that will cause the above
criteria to be met.
   (G)   Final action is required on a variance request within twenty (20)
business days of the initial opening of the public hearing.
   (H)   The administrator shall notify the applicant and interested parties of
the BOA decision in writing within five (5) business days.
   (I)   Decisions of the BOA may be appealed to district court as set forth in
section 76-2-327, Montana Code Annotated.
   (J)   Granting of a variance allows the applicant specific relief from the
provisions of this code. Granting of a variance does not convey broad powers to
deviate from other standards and requirements set forth herein. A variance runs
with the land and is not transferable to another site or property. (Ord. 304,
4-10-2012)
9-2-11: ADMINISTRATOR:
   1. Duties; General: The administrator is charged with the administration,
interpretation, and enforcement of the zoning code.
   2. Powers And Duties: The administrator or his/her designees shall:
      1.   Enforce any and all provisions of these regulations.
      2.   Keep complete, accurate, and secure records.
      3.   Accept applications and appeals and ensure their appropriateness and
completeness.
      4.   Update these regulations and the official zoning map as directed by
the city council.
      5.   Report to the planning board and city council any recommendations
for amendments and improvements to these regulations and the procedures
contained herein.
      6.   Interpret these regulations as they apply to specific properties and
developments, with the proviso that the administrator does not have the
authority to alter these regulations as they may apply to a specific property
or to grant relief from the provisions of these regulations.
      7.   Determine the location of any zoning district boundary.
      8.   Render lawful similar use rulings for uses not specifically listed
in the use table for the applicable zoning district.
      9.   Receive and investigate allegations of noncompliance or violation of
these regulations, and take appropriate abatement action.
      10.   Review and issue zoning permits.
      11.   Make recommendations to the board of adjustment on variance
applications.
      12.   Make recommendations to the zoning commission and city council with
regard to amendments to these regulations, the official zoning map, and to
annexations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-12: BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT:
The city of Choteau board of adjustment is established as authorized in section
76-2-321, Montana Code Annotated. The duties and powers of the board of
adjustment are as follows:
   1. The board of adjustment shall consist of five (5) members appointed by
the city council.
   2. The board of adjustment is established by city of Choteau ordinance
226, as may be amended from time to time.
   3. The board shall serve without compensation except for expenses
authorized in the performance of their duties.
   4. The board of adjustment shall have the authority to:
      1.   Hear and decide appeals in which it has been alleged that there is
an error in order, requirement, decision, or interpretation made by the
administrator in the enforcement of these regulations.
      2.   Hear and grant or deny any proper application for a variance to the
terms, conditions, or standards of these regulations.
   (E)   The board shall conduct hearings according to its own adopted rules of
procedure. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-13: ZONING COMMISSION:
The Choteau city zoning commission is established as authorized in section 76-
2-307, Montana Code Annotated. The duties and powers of the zoning commission
are as follows:
   1. To conduct hearings and advise the city council on matters of
annexation, including the appropriate zoning district to which annexed property
may be applied.
   2. To conduct studies and investigations on growth and/or growth
management issues arising within and/or affecting the city of Choteau, and to
advise the city council on such matters.
   3. To hold public hearings on any request to amend these regulations and/
or the official zoning map of the city of Choteau, and to make recommendations
to the city council on such amendment requests. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-14: AMENDMENTS TO THE ZONING CODE:
   1. Amendments to the zoning code of the city of Choteau may be initiated
by the city council, zoning commission, board of adjustment, or any individual,
group of individuals, business, corporation, or other organization whether or
not located in the city of Choteau.
   2. Applications for zoning code amendments shall be made on a form
provided by the city of Choteau, and the applicable filing fee shall be paid.
No application can be considered complete without the applicable fee.
   3. In the application, the complete rationale for the amendment must be
provided, and the following criteria addressed to the extent they are
applicable:
      1.   How the proposed amendment implements the growth policy more
effectively than existing language in the zoning code.
      2.   How the proposed amendment will promote the public health, safety,
and general welfare.
      3.   How the proposed amendment facilitates the adequate provision of
transportation, water, wastewater, schools, parks, and other public services.
      4.   Impact of the proposed amendment on motorized and nonmotorized
transportation systems.
      5.   How the proposed amendment promotes compatible urban growth and
enhances the character and qualities of Choteau.
      6.   How the proposed amendment will contribute to conserving the value
of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout the
city.
      7.   Additional community benefits, if any, that will be provided or
promoted by the proposed amendment.
   4. Once the administrator has deemed the application complete, it shall
be forwarded to the zoning commission for review and a public hearing. The
public hearing shall be held no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the
application has been received by the zoning commission. The administrator shall
provide notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of general circulation at
least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, and all
other procedures set forth in section 76-2-303 Montana Code Annotated shall be
followed.
   (E)   The zoning commission shall forward its recommendation to the city
council within seven (7) business days of the meeting at which the
recommendation is adopted.
   (F)   The city council shall take action on the proposed amendment and
zoning commission recommendation within thirty (30) business days following the
receipt of the recommendation.
   (G)   Final action to adopt a zoning code amendment shall be by ordinance.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-15: AMENDMENTS TO THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP:
   1. Amendments to the official zoning map of the city of Choteau may be
initiated by the zoning commission, city council, any individual, group of
individuals, business, corporation, or any other organization with a property
interest in at least one property within the amendment area. A property
interest shall mean fee simple ownership or a contractual interest in
purchasing a property.
   2. Applications for zoning map amendments shall be made on a form
provided by the city of Choteau. Included in the application shall be a scaled
map of the proposed amendment area depicting existing and proposed zoning
districts. The application must be signed by all owners of record of at least
one property in the area of the proposed amendment, or, a separate letter of
authorization, also signed by all owners of record of at least one of the
affected properties, may be issued to the applicant.
   3. In the application, the complete rationale for the zoning map
amendment must be provided, and the following criteria shall be addressed to
the extent they are applicable:
      1.   How the proposed map amendment implements the growth policy more
effectively than the existing zoning district(s).
      2.   How the proposed amendment will promote the health, safety and
general welfare.
      3.   How the proposed amendment facilitates the adequate provision of
transportation, water, wastewater, schools, parks, and other public services.
      4.   Impact of the proposed amendment on motorized and nonmotorized
transportation systems.
      5.   How the proposed amendment promotes compatible urban growth and
enhances the character and qualities of Choteau.
      6.   How the proposed map amendment will contribute to conserving the
value of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout
the city.
      7.   Additional community benefits, if any, that will be provided or
promoted by the proposed map amendment.
   4. Once the administrator has deemed the application complete, it shall
be forwarded to the zoning commission for review and a public hearing. The
public hearing shall be held no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the
application has been received by the zoning commission. The administrator shall
provide notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of general circulation at
least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, and all
other procedures set forth in section 76-2-303, Montana Code Annotated shall be
followed.
   (E)   The zoning commission shall forward its recommendation to the city
council within seven (7) business days of the meeting at which the
recommendation is adopted.
   (F)   The city council shall take action on the proposed amendment and
zoning commission recommendation within thirty (30) business days following the
receipt of the recommendation.
   (G)   Final action to adopt a zoning map amendment shall be by ordinance.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-16: AMENDMENTS TO THE GROWTH POLICY:
   1. Pursuant to section 76-1-601, Montana Code Annotated, the city of
Choteau growth policy shall be reviewed at least every five (5) years. This
review shall be conducted by the Choteau- Teton County city-county planning
board in cooperation with the city of Choteau. Results of the review shall be
summarized in a written report to the city council and citizens of Choteau.
Should the city council opt to revise the growth policy, procedures set forth
in section 76-1-602 to 604, Montana Code Annotated shall be followed.
   2. An amendment to or review of the growth policy may be requested at any
time by any individual, group of individuals, business, corporation, or other
organization whether or not it is located within the city of Choteau. Such
request shall be in writing, shall clearly describe the need for review or
amendment, including relevant data, and shall be submitted to the
administrator, who shall forward the request to the city-county planning board.
   3. At its option, and for good cause shown, the city-county planning
board may:
      1.   Proceed with a review or amendment process based upon the written
request, or
      2.   Hold the request until the next scheduled growth policy review. The
board shall notify the originator of the request and the Choteau city council
in writing as to their decision.
   4. At any time, and for good cause shown, the Choteau city council may
direct a review or initiate an amendment to the growth policy. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
2012)
9-2-17: ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT:
The zoning code administrator shall be responsible for the enforcement of all
requirements and standards set forth in these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
2012)
9-2-18: ENFORCEMENT PROTOCOL TO BE ESTABLISHED:
In order to ensure consistency and fairness in the enforcement process, the
administrator shall establish and follow an enforcement protocol. At a minimum,
this protocol shall include the following:
   1. Anyone may file a complaint with the administrator regarding a
possible violation of these regulations. The complaint may be delivered by any
means including writing, via electronic mail, or by telephone, including text
messaging.
   2. The administrator shall investigate the complaint within a reasonable
period of time as established in the protocol.
   3. Should the administrator find that a violation exists, he/she shall
notify the responsible party (homeowner, business owner, contractor, etc.) in
writing, describing the violation, citing the applicable language in these
regulations, and providing a reasonable time for the party to abate the
violation as set forth in the enforcement protocol.
   4. Should the violation not be abated or otherwise resolved by the end of
the time period set forth in the enforcement protocol, the administrator shall
mail a second notice of violation by certified return receipt requested mail.
This notice shall include a second time period in which the violation must be
abated and shall give notice that if the violation is not abated in that time
period, the matter will be turned over to the city attorney for prosecution
without further notice. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-19: APPLICATION FOR VARIANCE STAYS ALL ABATEMENT PROCEEDINGS:
If the violation is of such a nature that it can be negated through relief from
the strict provisions of these regulations, a completed application for a
variance, properly filed with the administrator, shall stay all abatement
proceedings until the board of adjustment, following the procedures set forth
in section
9-2-10 of this chapter, renders a decision on the variance application. A
subsequent appeal by any party to district court shall also stay abatement
proceedings. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-20: APPEAL STAYS ALL ABATEMENT PROCEEDINGS:
Should the responsible party choose to appeal any interpretation or
determination by the administrator relative to an alleged violation, filing
such an appeal with the administrator shall stay all abatement proceedings
until the board of adjustment, following the procedures set forth in section
9-2-9 of this chapter, renders a decision on the appeal. A subsequent appeal by
any party to district court shall also stay abatement proceedings. (Ord. 304,
4-10-2012)
9-2-21: IMMINENT THREAT TO LIFE OR PROPERTY:
The provisions of sections
9-2-19 and
9-2-20 of this chapter notwithstanding, if in the judgment of the administrator
a violation of these regulations constitutes an imminent threat to life or
property, or, could result in a hazard to public health, the administrator has
the authority under this title to issue an immediate cease and desist order.
Once the threat to life, property, or public health is removed, the abatement
protocol shall be carried out. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-2-22: PENALTIES FOR VIOLATION:
   1. Pursuant to section 76-2-315, Montana Code Annotated, a violation of
the standards and requirements set forth in this title is a misdemeanor. Anyone
convicted of violating the provisions or conditions of this title may be fined
not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or imprisoned for not more than
thirty (30) days, or both, and in addition shall pay all costs and expenses
incurred in the case. Each day such violation continues is a separate offense.
   2. The owner or tenant of any buildings, structures, premises or part
thereof, and any architect, builder, contractor, agent, or other person who
commits, participates in, assists in, or maintains such violation may each be
found guilty of a separate offense and penalties herein provided.
   3. Nothing contained herein prevents the city from taking such other
lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation. (Ord. 304, 4-
10-2012)
CHAPTER 3
ZONING DISTRICTS AND REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
9-3-1: Districts Established
9-3-2: Rules For Interpretation Of District Boundaries
9-3-3: Permitted, Conditional, And Prohibited Uses
9-3-4: A Residential District
9-3-5: B Residential District
9-3-6: BR Business/Residential District
9-3-7: CB Central Business District
9-3-8: HB Highway Business District
9-3-9: GI General Industrial District
9-3-10: Planned Unit Development (PUD) Option
9-3-11: C/AU Casino/Adult Use Overlay
9-3-12: P/SP Public/Semipublic District
9-3-13: APD Airport Planned Development District
9-3-1: DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED:
The following zoning districts and overlay are hereby established and are
applicable to lands within the city of Choteau as depicted on the official
zoning map. For purposes of applying the zoning districts and interpreting
their regulations according to the provisions of this title, these zoning
districts have been formulated to implement the growth policy for the city of
Choteau and to realize the general purposes of the zoning code set forth
herein. The districts and overlay shall be named and designated as follows:
 
District Name Map Designation
A Residential    A
B Residential    B
BR Business/residential    BR
CB Central business    CB
HB Highway business    HB
GI General industrial    GI
Public/semipublic    P/SP
Airport planned development    APD
Casino/adult use overlay    C/AU
 
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-2: RULES FOR INTERPRETATION OF DISTRICT BOUNDARIES:
   1. Boundaries indicated as approximately following streets, highways, or
alleys shall be construed to follow the centerlines of said features.
   2. Boundaries indicated as approximately following platted lot lines
shall be construed as following said lot lines.
   3. Boundaries indicated as approximately following the Choteau city
limits shall be construed as following said city limits.
   4. Boundaries indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to
lie midway between the main tracks.
   (E)   Boundaries indicated as following rivers, creeks, or perennial or
intermittent streams of any kind shall be construed to follow the thread of
said streams. In the event that the thread of a river, creek, or stream shifts,
the boundary shall be construed as moving with the thread, except when the
thread of the stream is also a property boundary. In such a situation, the
zoning district boundary shall be determined by the administrator.
   (F)   Boundaries indicated as parallel to or extensions of features listed
in subsections (A) through (E) of this section are so construed. Distances not
specifically indicated on the official zoning map, or on established boundaries
such as lot lines, are to be determined by the administrator measuring the map
according to its scale.
   (G)   Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at
variance with those shown on the official zoning map or in other circumstances
not addressed by subsections (A) through (F) of this section, the administrator
shall interpret the district boundaries. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-3: PERMITTED, CONDITIONAL, AND PROHIBITED USES:
   1. Permitted Uses: All uses listed as "permitted uses" in each zoning
district are permitted outright, and require only a zoning permit, building
permit, and/or city business license as applicable. Only those uses
specifically listed as permitted uses are so allowed in the applicable
district.
   2. Conditional Uses: All uses listed as "conditional uses" in each zoning
district are permitted provided that all listed conditions are met. No hearings
or conditional use permits are required. No uses other than those listed shall
be allowed as conditional uses. Like permitted uses, conditional uses are
subject to zoning permits, building permits, and/or city business license as
may be applicable to the particular use.
   3. Prohibited Uses: For some zoning districts, a list of uses that are
expressly prohibited is provided. This list is provided for clarification and
ease of interpretation only, and it is not in any way intended to be an
exhaustive list of all uses that are prohibited in the applicable district. In
general application of this zoning code, any use or uses not listed as
"permitted" or "conditional" uses are prohibited. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-4: A RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The A residential zoning district is intended to preserve,
enhance, and encourage high quality, predominantly single-family neighborhoods.
This includes setting forth standards for the bulk and scale of residential
structures so that properties do not become "overbuilt", and ensuring the open
yard areas, street connectivity, and streetscapes that are critical to
attractive and desirable neighborhoods.
   2. Principal Permitted Uses And Structures: The following uses and
structures are permitted outright in the A residential district, subject only
to a zoning permit:
Class A manufactured homes. (See subsection (E) of this section.)
Daycare home providing care for twelve (12) or fewer children.
Single-family detached dwelling units.
   3. Accessory Uses And Structures: The following uses and structures are
permitted as accessory uses in the A residential district, subject only to a
zoning permit:
Cottage industries subject to section
9-4-4 of this title.
Home occupations subject to section
9-4-4 of this title.
Structures that are customary and incidental to the primary residential use of
the property including, but not necessarily limited to, detached garages,
storage/tool sheds, greenhouses, workshops, TV satellite receiving dishes (not
subject to zoning permit).
   4. Conditional Uses: The following uses and structures are permitted as
conditional uses in the A residential district subject to a zoning permit and
the specific conditions listed herein:
Accessory residential unit (ARU) subject to the following conditions:
      1.   Minimum lot size for an ARU shall be eight thousand (8,000) square
feet.
      2.   Maximum floor area for an ARU shall be six hundred (600) square
feet.
      3.   The ARU may be located in an accessory structure or within the
principal residential structure. If the ARU is, or is within, an accessory
structure, parking for the ARU shall be at the rear of the subject property.
      4.   Only one ARU per subject property is allowed. The ARU cannot be
rented unless the owner of the property resides in the principal residence.
      5.   ARUs that meet the standards of this section shall not be subject to
subdivision regulations unless the unit and/or the land on which it is situated
is to be sold or otherwise transferred.
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions subject to the following
conditions:
      1.   Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title.
      2.   All dimensional standards of the A residential district shall be
met.
      3.   Landscaping shall be provided pursuant to section
9-4-2 of this title.
      4.   All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
      5.   No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
feet gross floor area.
Community residential facilities meeting the definition of section 76-2-411,
Montana Code Annotated, subject to the following conditions:
      1.   The facility must be licensed by the Montana department of public
health and human services.
      2.   Off street parking shall be provided to all staff assigned to the
facility.
      3.   The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
   (E)   Prohibited Uses:
Any and all commercial and industrial uses, except for home occupations and
cottage industries as set forth in subsection (C) of this section.
Class B and C manufactured homes. If a class B or C manufactured home is
removed for any reason, it may only be replaced by a class A manufactured home
or a conventional site built dwelling unit.
   (F)   Dimensional Standards:
      1.   Setbacks:
         1. Front: Sixteen feet (16') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum
(see section
9-4-5, "Prevailing Front Setback Provision", of this title).
         2. Sides: Six feet (6').
         3. Rear: Sixteen feet (16').
      2.   Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
      3.   Minimum lot size: Six thousand (6,000) square feet for platted
properties and for replatting of platted properties. Minimum lot size for all
new subdivisions (including newly annexed areas) is nine thousand (9,000)
square feet.
      4.   Minimum lot width: Fifty feet (50').
      5.   Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.40 (see FAR/LSR adjustment in
subsection (F)8 of this section).
      6.   Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.50 (see FAR/LSR adjustment in
subsection (F)8 of this section).
      7.   Maximum lot coverage: Thirty eight percent (38%).
      8.   FAR/LSR adjustment: For each 0.01 increase in LSR up to 0.60, the
FAR may be increased by 0.01 up to a maximum of 0.50. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-5: B RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The B residential zoning district is intended to preserve and
enhance the established residential areas of Choteau while allowing for a
variety of residential product types including duplexes, townhomes, twin homes,
and multi-family structures. Standards set forth in this section are intended
to allow development and redevelopment that is compatible with its host
neighborhood regardless of the density.
   2. Principal Permitted Uses And Structures: The following uses and
structures are permitted outright in the B residential district, subject only
to a zoning permit:
Class A manufactured homes.
Class B manufactured homes, but only when replacing an existing class B or
class C manufactured home. (Note: Class B and C manufactured homes are allowed
through the PUD option, section
9-3-10 of this chapter.)
Daycare homes providing care for twelve (12) or fewer children.
Multi-family dwelling units of all types up to 8-unit structures.
Single-family detached dwelling units.
Two-family dwelling units, including townhomes, duplexes, and twin homes.
   3. Accessory Uses And Structures: The following uses and structures are
permitted as accessory uses in the B residential district, subject only to a
zoning permit:
Cottage industries subject to section
9-4-4 of this title.
Home occupations subject to section
9-4-4 of this title.
Structures that are customary and incidental to the primary residential use of
the property including, but not necessarily limited to, detached garages,
storage/tool sheds, greenhouses, workshops, TV satellite receiving dishes (not
subject to zoning permit).
   4. Conditional Uses: The following uses and structures are permitted as
conditional uses in the B residential district subject to a zoning permit and
the specific conditions listed herein:
Accessory residential unit (ARU) subject to the following conditions:
      1.   In the B residential district, an ARU is only allowed in conjunction
with a single-family detached residence.
      2.   Minimum lot size for an ARU shall be eight thousand (8,000) square
feet.
      3.   Maximum floor area for an ARU shall be six hundred (600) square
feet.
      4.   The ARU may be located in an accessory structure or within the
principal residential structure. If the ARU is, or is within, an accessory
structure, parking for the ARU shall be at the rear of the subject property.
      5.   Only one ARU per subject property is allowed. The ARU cannot be
rented unless the owner of the property resides in the principal residence.
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions subject to the following
conditions:
      1.   Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title.
      2.   All dimensional standards of the B residential district shall be
met.
      3.   Landscaping shall be provided pursuant to section
9-4-2 of this title.
      4.   All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
      5.   No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
feet gross floor area.
Community residential facilities meeting the definition of section 76-2-411,
Montana Code Annotated, subject to the following conditions:
      1.   The facility must be licensed by the Montana department of public
health and human services.
      2.   Off street parking shall be provided to all staff assigned to the
facility.
      3.   The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
   (E)   Dimensional Standards:
      1.   Setbacks:
         1. Front: Sixteen feet (16') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum
(see section
9-4-5, "Prevailing Front Setback Provision", of this title).
         2. Sides: Six feet (6').
         3. Rear: Sixteen feet (16').
      2.   Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
      3.   Minimum lot size: Six thousand (6,000) square feet.
      4.   Minimum lot width: Fifty feet (50').
      5.   Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.50.
      6.   Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.40.
      7.   Maximum lot coverage: Thirty eight percent (38%).
   (F)   Off Street Parking:
      1.   Off street parking for residential uses in the B residential zoning
district must be provided in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title. For residential units with two (2) or more bedrooms, two
(2) off street parking spaces per unit are required. For units with one
bedroom, including "efficiency apartments", one parking space per unit is
required. ARUs require one space per unit.
      2.   For one- and two-family residential units only, off street parking
may be provided in a driveway that may be located in the required front
setback. For all other residential units, including ARUs, off street parking
shall be located to the rear of the primary residential structure. (Ord. 304,
4-10-2012)
9-3-6: BR BUSINESS/RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The BR district is intended to provide a smooth transition
between commercial and residential areas, while at the same time providing
opportunities for low impact commercial and office uses away from the higher
intensity uses and higher traffic volumes of the commercial districts. A
pleasing, walkable streetscape will also be an objective of the BR district.
The adaptive reuse of residential structures for nonresidential or mixed use is
encouraged.
   2. Permitted Uses:
Bed and breakfast establishments and tourist homes.
Credit unions and other financial institutions not to exceed one thousand
(1,000) square feet in gross floor area.
Dining establishments such as coffee shops, ice cream, and cafes, not to exceed
one thousand (1,000) square feet gross floor area.
Family daycare homes and group daycare homes.
Multi-family, single-family attached residential, and residential apartments
and lofts above a nonresidential permitted use.
Personal services including barber/beauty/style shops, tanning salons,
tailoring, dry cleaning/laundry, and shoe/boot building and repair.
Professional and agency offices including medical, dental, legal, real estate,
mortgage lending, and insurance.
Specialty retail shops and stores such as florists, antiques, fly and tackle
shops, camera and optic, clothing, office supply and copy. No single retail use
may exceed one thousand (1,000) square feet gross floor area.
   3. Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the BR
district:
Adult bookstores and adult retail.
Drive-through facilities for any use.
Hotels and motels.
Restaurants with full beverage liquor licenses.
Taverns, bars, and casinos.
Vehicle fuel dispensing and sales, with or without retail.
   4. Accessory Uses:
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
principal building.
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
   (E)   Temporary Uses:
Outdoor/sidewalk dining (subject to separate permit).
Sidewalk sales (subject to separate permit).
   (F)   Dimensional Standards:
      1.   Setbacks:
         1. Front: Ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum.
         2. Sides: Five feet (5').
         3. Rear: Twenty feet (20').
      2.   Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
      3.   Minimum lot size: Four thousand eighty (4,080) square feet.
      4.   Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.90.
      5.   Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.20.
      6.   Maximum lot coverage: Sixty five percent (65%).
   (G)   Off Street Parking And Loading: Lodging and residential uses must
provide off street parking in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title. All other uses shall provide employee and customer parking
to the rear of the principal structure. The number of spaces required shall be
set by the administrator based upon the characteristics of the proposed use and
the width of the subject property. No off street parking or loading facilities
shall be located in front of the principal structure.
   (H)   Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
9-4-12 of this title.
   (I)   Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
9-4-11 of this title.
   (J)   Conditional Uses:
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions are allowed as conditional
uses in the BR district subject to the following conditions:
      1.   Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title.
      2.   All dimensional standards of the BR district shall be met.
      3.   Landscaping shall be required pursuant to section
9-4-2 of this title.
      4.   All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
      5.   No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
feet gross floor area. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-7: CB CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The central business district (CB) is intended to keep
downtown Choteau as the governmental, retail, entertainment, and financial
center of the community. In addition, the CB supports the expansion and
continued investment in the historical business core of Choteau, and promotes
an attractive, walkable, diverse area for shopping and entertainment.
   2. Permitted Uses:
Dining and drinking establishments including restaurants, bars, and taverns,
including fraternal clubs and lodges, but not including drive-through
facilities.
Financial institutions and offices of all kinds, not including drive-up
facilities.
Governmental buildings and services including administration, employment,
utility, judicial, libraries, parks, and police and fire stations.
Hotels and motels.
Indoor entertainment such as theaters, museums, galleries, and game rooms.
Personal services including beauty/barber/style shops, tanning salons,
tailoring, dry cleaning/laundering, shoe/boot building and repair.
Professional and agency offices including medical and dental, real estate,
managerial, business, legal, and insurance.
Retail shops and stores including general and specialty items, clothing, art,
home furnishings, school/office supplies, copy centers, antiques, sporting
goods, and grocery stores.
Vehicle fuel dispensing and sales, with or without retail.
   3. Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the
CB:
Adult bookstores and adult retail.
Auto dealerships, auto, truck, and trailer sales of any kind.
Mobile home or manufactured home sales of any kind.
Tire and auto service of any kind, including quick lube.
   4. Accessory Uses:
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
principal building.
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
Outdoor/sidewalk dining (subject to separate use permit if conducted on public
right of way).
Smoke shacks, provided they are located to the rear or nonstreet side of the
primary commercial structure.
   (E)   Temporary Uses:
Sidewalk sales (subject to separate permit).
Street fairs and festivals (subject to separate permit).
   (F)   Dimensional Standards:
      1.   Setbacks:
         1. Front: Zero, and no more than five feet (5'). (See CB design
standards and guidelines.)
         2. Sides: Zero, and joining the adjacent building at the lot line
is encouraged.
         3. Rear: Ten feet (10') if adjacent to an alley, otherwise sixteen
feet (16').
      2.   Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35').
      3.   Minimum lot size: None.
      4.   Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 2.50.
      5.   Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): None, although window plantings and
street furniture are encouraged by subsection
9-4-10(B) "CB Design Standards And Guidelines", of this title.
      6.   Maximum lot coverage: Ninety five percent (95%).
   (G)   Off Street Parking And Loading: Lodging, governmental facilities, and
residential uses must provide off street parking in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title. All other uses in the CB district are exempt from off
street parking requirements.
   (H)   Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
9-4-12 of this title.
   (I)   Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
9-4-11 of this title.
   (J)   Conditional Uses:
Casinos. Casinos are allowed in the CB district only as accessory and clearly
incidental uses to dining and drinking establishments and to hotels and motels,
and are subject to the following conditions:
      1.   Gaming machines and live gaming tables shall be confined to a
separate room within the establishment and accessible only through the inside
of the host establishment. No direct access to the gaming room from the outside
is allowed.
      2.   The gaming room shall not be larger than six hundred (600) square
feet, and the number of machines and live gaming tables is limited only by the
gaming license issued by the state of Montana.
      3.   No additional signage is allowed because of a casino.
Drive-through facilities. Drive-through facilities for restaurants, financial
institutions, pharmacies, etc., are allowed as conditional uses in the CB
district subject to the following conditions:
      1.   The drive-through facility shall be positioned at the side or rear
of the primary structure.
      2.   Access to a drive-through facility shall be via an alley or side
street, and access from Main St. shall not be permitted.
Residential uses. Residential is allowed as a conditional use in the CB
district subject to the following conditions:
      1.   All residential units shall be located on upper floors above any
permitted use listed in this section.
      2.   Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-8: HB HIGHWAY BUSINESS DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The purpose of the highway business district (HB) is to
provide commercial land for necessary community goods and services, as well as
to serve the needs of the traveling public and visitors. However, it is
recognized that these commercial areas should also be attractive components of
the built environment, and that many areas of HB zoning are located in
important community entryways. Still, the standards set forth for this district
recognize that much of the area zoned HB is already developed, and
nonconformities should be kept to a minimum in order to encourage investment.
   2. Permitted Uses:
Auto and truck dealerships, new and used auto and truck sales, auto service of
all kinds provided that all service and repair work is conducted in an enclosed
building.
Churches and other religious institutions.
Dining and drinking establishments including restaurants (sit down and high
turnover), bars, taverns, fraternal clubs and lodges, including drive-through
facilities.
Financial institutions of all kinds, including drive-up and remote facilities.
Governmental buildings and services of all kinds except for water and
wastewater plants and heavy equipment storage and maintenance.
Indoor and outdoor entertainment such as theaters, bowling alleys, amusement
parks, batting cages, museums, galleries, and game rooms without gambling.
Personal services of all kinds, including beauty/barber/style shops, tanning
salons, tailoring, dry cleaning/laundry, shoe/boot building and repair.
Professional and agency offices, including medical and dental, real estate,
managerial, business, legal, and insurance, including mixed office and retail.
Retail shops and stores including general and specialty items, grocery stores,
hardware, home furnishings, home improvement, tack and feed, and vehicle fuel
dispensing and sales with or without retail.
Studios for photography, dance, visual arts, etc.
   3. Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the HB
district:
Adult bookstores, adult entertainment, and adult retail except in the casino/
adult use overlay.
Heavy equipment sales and service.
   4. Accessory Uses:
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
principal building.
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
Smoke shacks, provided they are located to the rear or nonstreet side of the
primary commercial structure.
   (E)   Temporary Uses: The following temporary uses are allowed in the HB
district. Such uses may be subject to additional permits or requirements of the
city of Choteau:
Fairs, carnivals, flea markets, swap meets, provided all activities take place
on private property and off street parking is not reduced below minimum
requirements.
Sidewalk and parking lot sales and displays provided that all activity is
conducted on private property.
   (F)   Dimensional Standards:
      1.   The setbacks listed below are minimums, but they may be increased on
a case by case basis depending on the need for emergency access:
         1. Front: Fifteen feet (15').
         2. Sides: Fifteen feet (15'), except side can be zero for interior
side lot lines where townhouse type platting is used to convey building
footprints.
         3. Rear: Fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35').
      3.   Minimum lot size: Ten thousand (10,000) square feet, but there is no
minimum for lots created by townhouse type platting.
      4.   Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.32. Where office uses comprise at
least fifty percent (50%) of the total project gross floor area, maximum FAR is
0.42.
      5.   Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.15.
      6.   Maximum lot coverage: Fifty percent (50%).
   (G)   Off Street Parking And Loading: Off street parking and loading
facilities are required as set forth in section
9-4-9 of this title.
   (H)   Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
9-4-12 of this title.
   (I)   Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
9-4-11 of this title.
   (J)   Conditional Uses:
Casinos. Casinos are allowed in the HB district only as accessory and clearly
incidental uses to dining and drinking establishments and to hotels and motels,
and are subject to the following conditions:
      1.   Gaming machines and live gaming tables shall be confined to a
separate room within the establishment and accessible only through the inside
of the host establishment. No direct access to the gaming room from the outside
is allowed.
      2.   The gaming room shall not be larger than six hundred (600) square
feet, and the number of machines and live gaming tables is limited only by the
gaming license issued by the state of Montana.
      3.   No additional signage is allowed because of a casino.
Cell towers and other telecommunications facilities and apparatus are allowed
as conditional uses subject to the following conditions:
      1.   All telecommunications facilities shall observe the setbacks set
forth in this section.
      2.   Collocation is the preferred method of providing a usable cellular
signal to potential telecommunications customers. If a new cell tower is
proposed, the service provider shall demonstrate why collocation is not
possible or practicable.
      3.   No telecommunications facilities shall impede on site vehicular or
pedestrian circulation or emergency access.
      4.   The gross floor area of any telecommunications building shall count
toward the maximum FAR allowed in the HB district.
      5.   Maximum tower height shall not exceed fifty feet (50'). For each
additional antennas (array) collocated on an existing tower, the tower height
may be increased by ten feet (10') up to a maximum height of seventy feet
(70').
      6.   Towers shall be sited to minimize visual impacts from nearby
residential areas.
Residential uses. Residential is allowed as a conditional use in the HB
district subject to the following conditions:
      1.   All residential units shall be located on upper floors above any
permitted use listed in this section.
      2.   Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
9-4-9 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-9: GI GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The general industrial district is established to provide for
a wide range of manufacturing, processing, fabrication, distribution, and heavy
commercial and commercial service land uses. Generally, access should be from
arterial streets that can accommodate heavy truck traffic. All uses in the GI
are required to meet the performance standards set forth in this section.
   2. Permitted Uses:
Automobile dealerships, motor vehicle, boat, and RV sales, service, and repair
of any kind, except salvage.
Building supply/lumberyard.
Concrete and asphalt batch plants and paving and general contractors.
Distribution, warehousing, and wholesale.
Farm and ranch service and sales, feed, tack, veterinary services and care.
Freight terminals, including trucking and rail loading facilities, heavy
equipment sales, service, and repair.
Grain storage and handling.
Manufacturing, assembly, milling, and fabrication of any kind.
Ministorage, boat, vehicle, and RV storage.
Outdoor entertainment and amusement including rodeo grounds, fairs, and
carnivals.
Public facilities and utilities, including police and fire stations, electrical
substations, and telecommunications switching centers (central office).
Recycling facilities for paper, wood, metal, plastic, and other materials not
including vehicle parts.
Truck stops and vehicle fuel dispensing and sales (with or without food service
and convenience retail).
   3. Accessory Uses:
Living units for security/maintenance personnel (maximum of 2 per industrial
site).
Off street parking and loading.
On site signage (subject to separate sign permit).
Open and closed storage of merchandise, supplies, vehicles, and materials.
   4. Temporary Uses Permitted:
Seasonal sales of Christmas trees and agricultural products.
Short term use of land or buildings for assembly, festivals, fairs, circus,
community events, etc.
Temporary buildings, including mobile homes, for storage and construction
offices, provided they are removed within six (6) months of placement.
   (E)   Dimensional Standards:
      1.   The setbacks listed below are minimums, but they may be increased on
a case by case basis depending on the need for emergency access:
         1. Front: Fifteen feet (15').
         2. Sides: Fifteen feet (15'), except side can be zero for interior
side lot lines where townhouse type platting is used to convey building
footprints.
         3. Rear: Fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35'), except that grain
elevators, cooling towers, and similar structures may be constructed to seventy
feet (70') in height.
      3.   Minimum lot size: Twenty thousand (20,000) square feet.
      4.   Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.40 for single-story; 0.50 for two
(2) stories or more.
      5.   Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.05.
   (F)   Off Street Parking And Loading: Parking and loading facilities are
required in compliance with section
9-4-9 of this title.
   (G)   Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to the standards set forth
in section
9-4-12 of this title.
   (H)   Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to the standards
set forth in section
9-4-11 of this title.
   (I)   Performance Standards:
      1.   Uses in the GI district shall not pose hazards of glare, fumes,
dust, odor, explosion, or excessive noise.
      2.   Open storage of materials or supplies must be effectively screened
from view by a sight obscuring fence or landscaping.
      3.   The first eight feet (8') of the front setback (from the front
property line) must be landscaped in such a manner as to provide filtered view
of the property from the street.
   (J)   Conditional Uses:
Bulk fuel storage and distribution. Bulk fuel facilities are permitted as
conditional uses in the GI district subject to the following conditions:
      1.   No storage and handling areas shall be located nearer than one
hundred feet (100') from any property line.
      2.   Subject property shall not lie adjacent to any park, school, public
open space or to any residential zoning district.
Cell towers and other telecommunications facilities and apparatus are allowed
as conditional uses subject to the following conditions:
      1.   All telecommunications facilities shall observe the setbacks set
forth in this section.
      2.   Collocation is the preferred method of providing a usable cellular
signal to potential telecommunications customers. If a new cell tower is
proposed, the service provider shall demonstrate why collocation is not
possible or practicable.
      3.   No telecommunications facilities shall impede on site vehicular or
pedestrian circulation or emergency access.
      4.   The gross floor area of any telecommunications building shall count
toward the maximum FAR allowed in the GI district.
      5.   Maximum tower height shall not exceed fifty feet (50'). For each
additional antennas (array) collocated on an existing tower, the tower height
may be increased by ten feet (10') up to a maximum height of seventy feet
(70').
      6.   Towers shall be sited to minimize visual impacts from nearby
residential areas.
      7.   Towers shall address and accommodate collocation to the extent
possible.
Salvage yard. Any auto salvage or metal scrap/recycling facility is allowed as
a conditional use in the GI district subject to the following conditions:
      1.   No open storage of salvage vehicles or salvage material shall be
allowed forward of the main building on site, or, within the front setback as
applicable.
      2.   Open storage areas shall be screened from off site view by a sight
obscuring fence and a landscape buffer of at least eight feet (8') in width.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-10: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) OPTION:
   1. Purpose: The PUD is intended as a residential or mixed use development
option in all zoning districts except for GI general industrial. Its specific
purposes are:
      1.   To allow for flexibility and innovation of site planning and design.
      2.   To minimize terrain disturbance in environmentally sensitive areas
through clustering development in more buildable areas of a site.
      3.   To provide affordable and marketable residential product types.
      4.   To achieve compatibility with the scale, character, and qualities
with the surrounding neighborhood.
      5.   To provide usable, functional open space.
   2. Permitted Uses: The permitted uses under the PUD option shall be the
same as those in the applicable zoning district, except that townhomes, twin
homes, duplexes, triplexes, class A manufactured homes, and apartment type
units are all permitted. In nonresidential districts, the PUD may include
compatible residential uses. The PUD option can also be used for manufactured
home parks or subdivisions for manufactured units other than class A except in
the A residential district.
   3. Accessory Uses And Structures: Accessory uses and structures under the
PUD option shall be the same as those in the applicable zoning district.
   4. Conditional Uses: Conditional uses under the PUD option shall be the
same as in the applicable zoning district except that the standard conditions
set forth in each district may be modified or amended through the PUD review
and approval process.
   (E)   Minimum Project Size: The site area for a PUD development shall be as
follows:
      1.   A residential: Twelve thousand (12,000) square feet.
      2.   B residential: Nine thousand (9,000) square feet.
      3.   BR business/residential: Nine thousand (9,000) square feet.
      4.   CB central business and HB highway business: One acre.
   (F)   Deviations From Standards: The following standards of the applicable
zoning district may be deviated from through the PUD:
      1.   Setbacks.
      2.   Minimum lot area.
      3.   Minimum lot width.
      4.   Maximum structural height.
      5.   Density.
      6.   Floor area ratio.
      7.   Landscape ratio.
      8.   Lot coverage.
   (G)   Presubmittal Conference: All prospective PUD applicants are encouraged
to request a presubmittal conference with the administrator. The purpose of the
presubmittal conference is to review the proposed project conceptually,
identify any issues associated with the prospective project (especially those
issues which may need to be specifically addressed in the application),
application requirements, review procedures, and decision making criteria. Upon
request of the applicant, the administrator shall provide a written summary of
the presubmittal conference. Any representations made by the administrator are
not binding upon the city, and are intended solely to assist the applicant.
   (H)   PUD Application Procedures: A PUD may be applied for on a form
provided by the city of Choteau. In addition to the completed form, the
following submittals are required:
      1.   A project narrative of the proposed development program that
includes product type(s), density, percent open space, purpose of open space,
what benefits that the community will derive from the PUD (affordable housing,
functional open space, more efficient use of infrastructure, protection of
environmentally sensitive areas, protection/enhancement of water quality,
etc.), an assessment of potential neighborhood impacts, and how those impacts
will be mitigated.
      2.   A conceptual site plan prepared to an appropriate scale (1 inch = 10
feet, 1 inch = 20 feet, 1 inch = 50 feet, etc.) that includes at a minimum:
         1. North arrow.
         2. Indication of scale.
         3. Vicinity map.
         4. Names of adjacent streets, water bodies, and landmarks.
         (e)   Developer's contact information.
         (f)   Preparer's contact information.
         (g)   Indication of existing and proposed structures.
         (h)   Existing and proposed streets, access points, parking and drive
areas, etc.
         (i)   Setbacks.
         (j)   Open space percentage and use.
         (k)   Landscaping and/or screening.
         (l)   Preliminary building elevations.
         (m)   Conceptual drainage.
         (n)   Phasing plan (if applicable).
   (I)   Public Notice: Notice of a public hearing before the Choteau zoning
commission must be published in a newspaper of general circulation at least ten
(10) days in advance of the hearing. In addition, notice of the zoning
commission hearing shall be sent via first class mail to all property owners
within one hundred fifty feet (150') of the subject property (exclusive of
rights of way). Mailed notices shall be sent at least fifteen (15) calendar
days prior to the hearing date. All direct costs associated with this required
public notice shall be borne by the applicant.
   (J)   Community Benefit: When deviations from standards such as setbacks,
height, minimum lot size, and LSR are allowed through the PUD, a substantial
"community benefit" should result. This benefit should accrue to the
surrounding neighborhood and/or the Choteau community at large, and may include
such considerations as:
      1.   Preservation and/or enhancement of neighborhood character and
qualities.
      2.   Provides substantial functional open space.
      3.   Environmental benefits such as preserving wildlife habitat,
preserving existing vegetation and tree cover, avoiding development of
environmentally sensitive areas, and providing for streamside and/or wetlands
buffers to enhance water quality.
      4.   Guaranteed housing affordability.
      5.   Providing community trails or pathways.
      6.   Improving a streetscape and pedestrian circulation.
   (K)   Hearing And Standard Of Decision: The zoning commission shall conduct
a public hearing and consider testimony and other evidence, and review the
particular facts and circumstances of the proposed PUD. In considering a PUD
application, the commission may attach appropriate conditions to mitigate any
adverse impacts identified, to ensure conformance with the growth policy, to
ensure that the specific purposes of the PUD as set forth herein are achieved,
and that a significant community benefit is derived from any deviations from
standards. An application for a PUD may be approved as presented, conditionally
approved, or denied by the zoning commission. Any action by the commission
shall be based upon findings of fact that the following criteria are or are not
substantially met:
      1.   The proposed PUD is in conformance with the growth policy.
      2.   The specific purposes of the PUD as set forth in subsection (A) of
this section, as they may apply to the particular proposal, are substantially
met.
      3.   That any identified adverse impacts are effectively mitigated.
      4.   That the proposed PUD will result in a tangible and significant
community benefit(s).
   (L)   Final Action: Final approval, conditional approval, or denial of a
proposed PUD shall rest with the Choteau city council.
   (M)   Implementation: An approved PUD shall run with the land and be
implemented through the filing of a preliminary plat as set forth in the city
of Choteau subdivision regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-11: C/AU CASINO/ADULT USE OVERLAY:
   1. Purpose: The purpose of the casino/adult use overlay is to provide for
potentially controversial and volatile land uses in an appropriate location
within the community that will minimize land use conflicts.
   2. Permitted Uses: In addition to the permitted uses in the underlying
zoning district, the following uses are permitted within the casino/adult use
overlay:
Adult bookstores.
Adult entertainment.
Adult retail establishments.
Casinos, including dining and drinking establishments with gaming machines and/
or live gambling.
   3. Nonconforming Casinos And Adult Uses: Casinos and adult uses that were
legally located outside of the casino/adult use overlay may continue to operate
subject to section
9-4-13, "Nonconforming Lots Of Record, Land Uses, And Structures", of this
title. The addition of any gambling machines or devices or any increase in the
number of gambling machines, devices, or other gambling facilities such as
tables or dealers' stations, shall be considered an expansion of use under
section
9-4-13 of this title.
   4. Development Standards: All permitted uses in the casino/adult use
overlay are subject to all development standards of the underlying zoning
district. In addition, general development standards apply including, but not
necessarily limited to, off street parking, signage, landscaping, and
architectural standards.
   (E)   Nonprofit Entities: Any not for profit entity holding the proper state
licensing, including, or not including, alcoholic beverage license, for charity
"casino nights" or similar infrequent events, need not be located within the
casino/adult use overlay. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-12: P/SP PUBLIC/SEMIPUBLIC DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The purpose of the public/semipublic district is to recognize
and designate land for governmental and other public and semipublic facilities
and services.
   2. Permitted Uses: Uses permitted in the P/SP district include all
governmental functions and facilities, including, but not necessarily limited
to, the following:
Federal, state, and local government buildings and offices.
Hospitals and publicly operated clinics.
Public libraries and auditoriums.
Public recreational facilities such as parks and golf courses.
Public schools.
Shop and maintenance yards, state highway maintenance work stations, and
material storage facilities.
Utilities and public facilities such as water and wastewater treatment plants.
   3. Development Standards: The development standards in each P/SP district
shall be established by the governmental or semipublic entity developing the
site. The city of Choteau invites and encourages cooperation with all
government agencies and semipublic entities and organizations to develop public
sites and facilities in a manner that respects Choteau's unique character,
qualities, and community scale. Facility master plans that are developed
through community involvement is encouraged. Adherence to the city's
landscaping, parking, fencing, architectural, and other site development
standards is also encouraged.
   4. Change Of Ownership: Should any land within a P/SP district be
transferred into private ownership, the city of Choteau will entertain an
official zoning map amendment request to the appropriate zoning district. Such
an application shall be filed and reviewed in conformance to state law and the
applicable provisions of these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-3-13: APD AIRPORT PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT:
   1. Purpose: The purpose of the airport planned development district is to
designate land for the municipal airport, support facilities, and related
commercial and industrial operations. The APD also serves to implement the
airport master plan.
   2. Permitted Uses: Uses permitted in the APD include all airport, airport
operations, and support facilities, including, but not necessarily limited to,
the following:
Air carrier terminal and support facilities.
Air terminal, administrative offices, hangars, towers, and related facilities.
Airport related commercial and industrial operations.
Runways and related open space.
   3. Development Standards: Development in the APD shall be according to
the official airport master plan for the facility. Compliance with city of
Choteau architectural standards and all site development standards is
encouraged.
   4. Change Of Ownership: Should any land within an APD district be
transferred into private ownership, the city of Choteau will entertain an
official zoning map amendment request to the appropriate zoning district. Such
an application shall be filed and reviewed in conformance to state law and the
applicable provisions of these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
CHAPTER 4
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
9-4-1: Purpose
9-4-2: Landscaping Standards
9-4-3: Property Maintenance
9-4-4: Home Based Businesses
9-4-5: Prevailing Front Setback Provision
9-4-6: Structural Height Measurement
9-4-7: Setback Measurements And Allowable Encroachments
9-4-8: Outdoor Lighting Standards
9-4-9: Off Street Parking Standards
9-4-10: Design Standards
9-4-11: Fencing Standards
9-4-12: Use Of Land
9-4-13: Nonconforming Lots Of Record, Land Uses, And Structures
9-4-14: Corner Visibility
9-4-15: Major Recreational Equipment
9-4-1: PURPOSE:
The general purpose of this chapter is to set forth standards for property
development, maintenance, and use that may, and usually do, apply to several
districts. Standards for parking, landscaping, measurement of setbacks and
height, and property maintenance not only will apply to almost every district
established by these regulations, but they will contribute substantially to the
preservation and enhancement of Choteau's special character and qualities.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-2: LANDSCAPING STANDARDS:
   1. Purpose And Intent: This section sets forth the standards and policies
for the design, planting, and maintenance of all required landscape areas
within the City of Choteau. The planting of trees and other landscape materials
serves to preserve and stabilize property values and enhance the built
environment of the City. Trees in particular are recognized for their
importance in shading and cooling, noise and wind reduction, open space, visual
relief, architectural enhancement, prevention of soil erosion, production of
oxygen, dust filtration, carbon dioxide uptake, providing habitat for urban
wildlife, and contributing to the aesthetic and economic value of real
property. Landscape areas that are specially designed to act as drainage
retention and snow storage areas are encouraged by the City of Choteau.
   2. Applicability: The standards set forth herein apply to all required
landscaped areas within the City of Choteau. Area required to be landscaped is
set by each zoning district as a "landscape ratio", or LSR. In addition to the
required landscape area, each property owner must also landscape and maintain
the parkway area of the street right-of-way that lies between the front
property line and the curb, pavement, or attached sidewalk as applicable. One-
and two-family residential properties and parking areas with four (4) or fewer
spaces are not subject to the landscape standards contained in this section,
but are required to provide landscaped areas as required by other applicable
sections of this Code.
   3. Landscape Plan Required: For each development where landscaping is
required under this Code, a landscape plan shall be submitted as part of the
application for a zoning permit. Landscaping that meets the standards of this
section, as well as the applicable zoning district, is required for all new
development and redevelopment. Landscape plans shall be drawn to scale and
shall include:
      1.   Symbols for each type and species of plant proposed.
      2.   Area in square feet of each part of the site to be landscaped.
      3.   A legend specifying the number and installed size of each type of
plant material.
      4.   Planting details (depth, growth medium, staking, balled and burlap,
etc. See example below).
      5.   Irrigation plan.
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
IMAGES/0-0-0-1279.gif]
Typical planting detail for a multistem tree or shrub. This particular detail
does not include soil amendment, but soil amendment is recommended for the
Choteau area.
   4. Nonconforming Properties: Properties that do not meet the landscape
standards set forth in this title, but which were legally developed prior to
the effective date of this title, may continue as legally nonconforming
properties. However, additional landscaping toward meeting the standards of
this title shall be required in the event of:
      1.   The use of the property changing from one permitted use to another.
      2.   The use of the property changing from a permitted use to a special
use.
      3.   An additional structure is constructed on the subject property.
      4.   The existing floor area of all structures on the property is
increased by twenty five percent (25%) or more.
      5.   The parking area is paved and/or reconstructed.
The amount and extent of additional landscaping required on nonconforming
properties shall be to the extent practicable as determined by the
administrator.
   (E)   Selection Of Plant Materials: All plant materials should be selected
for their hardiness and survivability in the Choteau area, which is in USDA
zone 4. Specimen trees and ornamentals should be selected from the tree list
provided in appendix A of the city's master forestry plan.
   (F)   Minimum Installed Sizes: All landscape materials must meet at least
the minimum installed sizes set forth below. Trees and plants recommended for
USDA plant hardiness zone 3b are preferred.
      1.   Coniferous specimen trees (Austrian pine, blue spruce, Douglas fir,
etc.): Eight feet (8') as measured from ground surface.
      2.   Deciduous specimen trees (red oak, quaking aspen, Patmore ash, green
ash, maple, etc.): Two and one-half inch (21/2") caliper as measured one foot
(1') above the ground surface.
      3.   Ornamentals, multistem trees/shrubs (multistem aspen, amur maple,
Russian olive, Walker weeping caragana, mountain ash, crabapple, etc.): Five
feet (5') as measured from ground surface.
      4.   Shrubs (potentilla, dwarf Arctic willow, snowberry, serviceberry,
red twig dogwood, etc.): Five (5) gallon containers.
      5.   Ground covers (kinnikinik, sweetfern, cliff green, Tammy juniper,
etc.): Three (3) gallon containers. Rock, bark, and similar materials are
suitable for planting beds, but not as a general ground cover.
      6.   Turf; seeding or sodding of turf grass areas are both permitted;
grasses should be drought tolerant such as buffalo grass, blue grama,
wheatgrass, etc. Rock, bark, and similar materials may not be substituted for
turf grass.
   (G)   Planting Standards And Guidelines: This subsection contains standards
and guidelines for the number and installed size of plant materials for each
type of landscape area.
      1.   General Guidelines: For each one thousand two hundred (1,200) square
feet of landscaped area, the following plant materials should be provided.
Except for specimen trees, the quantities of plant materials are guidelines,
and varying of these guidelines to accommodate the unique features of a
development site is encouraged. However, specimen trees are required as set
forth below:
         1. One specimen tree. No more than seventy five percent (75%) of
the required specimen trees shall be either conifer or deciduous.
         2. Two (2) ornamental trees.
         3. Three (3) large shrubs/multistems.
         4. Ground cover and/or turf as appropriate.
      2.   Planting Strips: When landscape areas consist of strips no less than
six feet (6') and no more than twelve feet (12') in width (such as in setbacks
and adjacent to parking areas), the standards set forth in this subsection
shall be applied. Because planting strips have their own set of unique
standards, their area may be subtracted from the landscape area that is subject
to the general guidelines and standards above.
         1. One specimen tree for each forty (40) linear feet of strip.
Trees may be either deciduous or coniferous as appropriate for the application.
Trees need not be uniformly spaced, but may be grouped to present a more
natural looking landscape.
         2. One ornamental tree for each twenty five (25) linear feet.
Ornamentals may also be grouped or clustered for a more natural look.
         3. Adjacent to parking areas, car height screening is required. One
shrub or multistem for each ten (10) linear feet shall be provided, and may be
clustered for a natural affect. Bark or mulch may be used for the shrub bed.
For strips in side or rear setbacks that do not screen parking, shrubs are not
required.
      3.   Parking Lot Landscaping: This term refers to landscaping within the
parking area itself.
         1. Landscape Islands: Landscape islands shall be provided at least
every ten (10) parking spaces (20 spaces for a head to head arrangement).
Islands shall be the approximate length of the adjacent parking space(s) and
shall be at least eight feet (8') in width. At least one deciduous specimen
tree is required per island, and the use of conifers is highly discouraged. The
specimen tree should be selected so that it does not cause a visibility hazard
to motorists as they maneuver in the parking area. Four (4) shrubs not to
exceed three and one-half feet (31/2') in height as measured from the driving
surface are also required in each island.
         2. Landscape Strips (Between Parking Rows): The use of landscape
strips that separate two (2) rows of parking spaces is discouraged.
   (H)   Installation, Phasing, And Surety: Generally, landscaping shall be
installed prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy (CO). If no CO is
required, installation must take place prior to occupancy (residential) or
opening (nonresidential). Exceptions for landscape phasing and for building
occupancy during seasons of the year not conducive to planting are set forth
below:
      1.   Should any project for which landscaping is required be completed
and ready for occupancy between October 1 and April 15, landscape installation
may be postponed until such time as weather and soil conditions allow for
efficient installation and the best chance for survival of plant materials.
Occupancy or opening of a project may be allowed by the city of Choteau upon
the posting of a surety (bond or letter of credit) equal to one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the estimated cost of the landscape installation.
      2.   For development projects of two (2) acres or more, landscaping may
be phased over two (2) planting seasons, provided that at least fifty percent
(50%) of the required landscaping is installed during the first season prior to
opening or occupancy as set forth in subsection (H)1 of this section. In that
event, a surety shall be provided equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of
the estimated cost of the remaining landscaping.
   (I)   Maintenance And Removal Of Dead And Diseased Plant Materials: All
required landscaping is required to be maintained in a parklike condition as it
was originally approved. All diseased or dead plant materials must be replaced
during the current or next planting season as applicable. Substitute plant
species (a different species than was shown on the original approved landscape
plan) may be approved by the administrator upon request. Failure to maintain
required landscaping is deemed a violation of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-3: PROPERTY MAINTENANCE:
Property maintenance standards are intended to protect neighborhood quality,
character, and property values by eliminating public health, safety, and
nuisance issues associated with the accumulation of junk, debris, and the
substandard maintenance of buildings and structures.
   1. Inoperable Vehicles And Parts: Inoperable vehicles or parts of
vehicles, including, but not limited to, auto and truck bodies, boats,
trailers, motorcycles, snowmobiles, RVs, engines, tires, rims, transmissions,
etc., may not be stored openly, except that when a vehicle is actively being
restored or repaired, the vehicle itself may be stored outdoors for no more
than thirty (30) days.
   2. Trash And Debris: No trash or debris shall be allowed to accumulate on
properties, including, but not necessarily limited to, garbage, rubbish, ashes,
yard and garden waste, tree trimmings, packaging, broken concrete or asphalt,
furniture, appliances, scrap wood, demolition waste, building materials, etc.
   3. Organic Waste: Accumulation of organic waste is expressly prohibited,
and such wastes must be disposed of immediately. Organic waste includes, but is
not necessarily limited to, septic tank pumpage, sludge, sewage of any kind,
waste food items, dead animals and animal parts of any kind, manure, etc.
Compost bins are allowed provided that they are restricted to side and rear
yard areas, odors are undetectable from adjacent properties, and that they do
not attract wildlife.
   4. Building Condition And Maintenance: All buildings and structures shall
be kept in a sound and livable condition and properly maintained, including
siding, roofing, paint or stain, decks, porches, balconies, and windows,
including screens and sashes. Structures are not permitted to remain in an
obvious partially constructed state without continuous progress being made to
complete the structure.
   (E)   Building Construction: During construction, all building materials and
construction waste must be contained on site. Outdoor burning of waste building
materials is not permitted within the Choteau city limits. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
2012)
9-4-4: HOME BASED BUSINESSES:
A home based business is a nonresidential accessory and incidental use of
residential property. Typically, it is a business operated from a home with
part of the floor area of the residential unit and/or an accessory structure
devoted to the business. This zoning code recognizes two (2) types of home
based businesses: home occupations and cottage industries.
   1. Home Occupations: The following standards and conditions apply to home
occupations:
      1.   Home occupations are conducted entirely within the primary dwelling
unit and/or in an attached garage, provided that at least the minimum number of
required parking spaces is maintained. Home occupations are not allowed to
operate in a detached accessory structure of any kind. Home occupations may be
operated from a single-family detached residence, duplex, townhome, or multi-
family dwelling unit.
      2.   No more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the
primary dwelling may be used for the home occupation. (Note: Floor area of an
attached garage may not be counted toward the allowable floor area for the home
occupation.)
      3.   There may be no outward appearance or visible evidence that a home
occupation is being conducted on site, except for signage permitted by
subsection (A)5 of this section.
      4.   No outdoor storage is permitted with the exception of one boat,
trailer, RV, ATV, etc., that is used in the operation of the home occupation.
Such storage is not permitted in the front yard area of the primary residence,
but may be located in a driveway provided all required off street parking
spaces are maintained.
      5.   One sign no greater than six (6) square feet is allowed. Said sign
must be wall mounted to the primary structure and is subject to a sign permit.
      6.   Home occupations are conducted solely by the resident or residents
of the dwelling, including any ARUs. No one living off site may be employed on
the premises.
      7.   No traffic shall be generated by any home occupation greater than
what would normally be expected in a residential neighborhood. Any delivery and
supply vehicles shall be no larger than those that normally make deliveries to
residential neighborhoods. Retail sales conducted on premises are expressly
prohibited as a home occupation. Retail sales may take place via
telecommunications with merchandise sent out by common carrier.
      8.   No home occupation may impact adjacent residential properties with
noise, smoke, glare, fumes, dust, or odors in excess of that which is typical
of a dwelling unit.
      9.   No home occupation shall cause visual or audible interference in any
radio or television receivers off premises, or cause fluctuations in line
voltage off premises.
      10.   Home occupations that meet the standards of this subsection may
operate as permitted uses in all residential districts. A business license from
the city of Choteau may be required.
   2. Cottage Industries: The following standards and conditions apply to
cottage industries:
      1.   Cottage industries may be conducted by any member(s) of the
household or residents of any ARU on the subject property. In addition, up to
two (2) persons who do not reside on the premises may be employed on premises
in the cottage industry.
      2.   One off street parking space for each employee not residing on
premises must be provided. Said parking shall be in a driveway or to the side
or rear of the primary residence.
      3.   The minimum lot area for a cottage industry shall be ten thousand
(10,000) square feet, and the associated residence must be a single-family
detached dwelling unit.
      4.   The maximum floor area devoted to the cottage industry shall not
exceed fifty percent (50%) of the floor area of the primary residence on the
subject property.
      5.   The cottage industry may be conducted in the home, in an attached
garage (provided that at least the minimum number of required parking spaces is
maintained), or in an accessory structure that conforms to the standards of the
applicable zoning district.
      6.   No outdoor storage is permitted with the exception of two (2) boats,
trailers, RVs, ATVs, etc., that are used in the operation of the cottage
industry. Such storage is not permitted in the front yard area of the primary
residence.
      7.   Two (2) signs are permitted for a cottage industry. One sign may be
mounted on a wooden post(s) in the front yard of the primary residence. This
sign may be no more than four feet (4') in height and six (6) square feet per
side in area. The second sign shall be mounted flat to the wall of the
structure in which the cottage industry is conducted, and near the entryway.
This sign shall not exceed two (2) square feet in area.
      8.   No cottage industry may impact adjacent residential properties with
noise, smoke, glare, fumes, dust, or odors in excess of that which is typical
of a dwelling unit.
      9.   No cottage industry shall cause visual or audible interference in
any radio or television receivers off premises, or cause fluctuations in line
voltage off premises.
      10.   Other than employees as allowed in this subsection, no traffic
shall be generated by any cottage industry greater than what would normally be
expected in a residential neighborhood. Any delivery and supply vehicles shall
be no larger than those that normally make deliveries to residential
neighborhoods. Retail sales are expressly prohibited as a cottage industry.
      11.   Cottage industries are subject to a home business permit issued by
the Choteau city council. Anyone seeking to initiate a cottage industry shall
submit an application on a form provided by the city, including an accurate
site plan of the subject property drawn to a suitable scale (1 inch = 10 feet,
1 inch = 20 feet, etc.). The application shall include the signatures of all
adjacent property owners that they have been notified of the proposed cottage
industry. An application fee shall be set by resolution of the city council.
The council may act to approve, disapprove, or approve the application with
conditions, at any regular meeting for which the agenda is published in the
city's newspaper of record. A business license from the city may also be
required. Any cottage industry that is initiated without a home business permit
and/or a business license if so required, is deemed in violation of these
regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-5: PREVAILING FRONT SETBACK PROVISION:
For residential structures in the A and B residential zoning districts only,
the applicant has the option of using the front setback prescribed for the
applicable district, or, the prevailing setback provision may be used as set
forth in this **SECTION**:
   1. In lieu of the prescribed front setback, the applicant may reduce the
required setback by using the mean setback of the four (4) closest dwellings on
the same side of the street.
   2. The applicant is responsible for obtaining accurate measurements of
the four (4) nearest residential structures and presenting them to the
administrator along with the application for a zoning permit.
   3. The applicant may use any dimension between the prescribed front
setback and the mean of the four (4) nearest dwelling units. (Example:
Prescribed front setback is 16 feet. The mean front setback of the 4 nearest
dwelling units is 10 feet. The applicant may use any dimension between 10 feet
and 16 feet for the front setback.)
   4. Where a maximum front setback is specified, it may not be varied
through this process. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-6: STRUCTURAL HEIGHT MEASUREMENT:
The "height of a structure" is defined as the distance from the highest point
of a roof to the nearest point of finished or natural grade, whichever one is
applicable. Structural height is further determined as follows:
   1. Highest Point Of A Structure: The highest point of a structure is the
top of the highest roof pitch for a hip or gabled roof, or top of parapet for a
flat roof not including any mechanical structures. Steeples, chimneys,
antennas, receiving dishes, etc., are not subject to limitations of structural
height, except cell towers which are limited to fifty feet (50') in height.
   2. Finished Grade: Finished grade shall be construed as the grade at the
base or foundation of a structure necessary to achieve positive drainage away
from the structure only. Soil, fill, or other material may not be bermed
against a structure to circumvent height limits.
   3. Natural Grade: Natural grade shall be construed as meaning that the
natural slope and topography of the land need little or no modification to site
the structure. Where the nearest two (2) points to natural grade are at
different grades (such as a house that takes up grade through the structure),
the heights measured may be averaged. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-7: SETBACK MEASUREMENTS AND ALLOWABLE ENCROACHMENTS:
   1. Front Setbacks: A required front setback is measured at a right angle
(90 degrees) from the front property line to the nearest of the following two
(2) points on the structure:
      1.   The foundation wall of the principal structure, or
      2.   The facing edge of a porch or deck over sixteen (16) square feet in
area extending from the front of the principal structure.
The following encroachments into the front setback are allowed:
Steps are allowed to encroach into the required front setback up to eight feet
(8').
Ramps to provide accessibility to disabled persons may encroach up to one
hundred percent (100%), but may not encroach onto the public right of way
without special authorization from the holder of said right of way.
Eaves may encroach up to two feet (2').
Porches and decks not exceeding sixteen (16) square feet in total area may
encroach up to four feet (4').
   2. Side Setbacks: A required side setback is measured at a right angle
(90 degrees) from the side lot line to the nearest point of the foundation
wall. Chimneys, eaves, bay windows no more than eight feet (8') in total
length, and garden windows may encroach no more than two feet (2') into the
required side setback.
   3. Rear Setback: A required rear setback is measured at a right angle
from the rear setback line to the nearest point on the foundation wall. Eaves
may encroach no more than two feet (2') and a deck or porch of no more than
sixteen (16) square feet total area may encroach no more than four feet (4').
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-8: OUTDOOR LIGHTING STANDARDS:
All outdoor lighting shall be downcast and shielded. No light trespass shall be
allowed and no glare (direct sightline to an unshielded light source) shall be
visible from off site. This includes all light sources including freestanding
luminaires, building mounted lighting, and canopy lighting. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
2012)
9-4-9: OFF STREET PARKING STANDARDS:
   1. Purpose: The purpose of these standards is to provide functional
parking areas with safe and efficient circulation patterns that are adequate to
meet the needs of users while avoiding the negative environmental and urban
design impacts that can result from parking lots and other vehicular use areas.
The provisions of this section aim to protect the public health, safety, and
general welfare by avoiding spillover parking into adjacent neighborhoods,
lessening and/or mitigating traffic congestion, enhancing pedestrian safety,
reducing stormwater runoff; improving air quality through dust abatement
encouraging infill development, and providing flexible methods to respond to
the transportation and access demands of various land uses in different areas
of the community.
   2. Applicability: Generally, the standards set forth herein apply only to
new construction, new expansions of existing building or land uses, and changes
of land use that result in greater parking requirements.
      1.   Unless otherwise expressly stated, the parking standards of this
section apply whenever an existing building or use is enlarged or expanded to
include additional dwelling units, floor area, seating capacity, employees or
other units of measurement used for establishing off street parking
requirements.
      2.   In the case of enlargements, expansions, or land use changes that
require additional parking, additional spaces are required only to serve the
enlarged or expanded area, or in the case of a land use change, only the
difference in spaces required between the old and new use. There is no
requirement to address lawfully existing parking deficits unless the site is
completely redeveloped.
   3. Exemptions: As set forth in subsection
9-3-7(G) of this title, within the central business district (CB), all lodging,
governmental facilities, and residential development must provide parking
according to the standards set forth in this section. All other uses in the CB
are exempt from off street parking requirements.
   4. Calculation Of Space Requirements:
      1.   Floor Area: When parking space requirements are based on floor area,
the entire gross floor area in square feet must be calculated.
      2.   Fractions: When calculations of the required number of spaces
results in a fraction of a space, any fraction (represented as a decimal) of
less than 0.5 is rounded down to the nearest whole space. Any fraction of 0.5
or greater is rounded up to the next whole space.
      3.   Mixed Uses: If more than one type of land use occupies a single
structure or parcel of land where shared parking and access have been provided
for, the total requirement for off street parking shall be the sum of the
requirements for all uses minus ten percent (10%) of the total. If the peak
parking demands of the various mixed uses occur on different days or at
different times of the day, the land owner or developer may, upon producing
relevant data and other evidence, request a reduction in the total parking
requirement from the administrator.
   (E)   General Requirements:
      1.   Location Of Parking Spaces And Access:
         1. All required parking spaces shall be on the same lot or an
adjoining lot under the same ownership or lease with the principal building(s)
that the parking serves.
         2. In the A and B residential and BR zoning districts, parking is
prohibited in front and street side setbacks except that parking spaces may be
located in front of a garage or carport that is located outside of required
building setbacks. No more than forty percent (40%) of the front yard area in a
residential district may be paved or used for the parking or storage of
vehicles. On corner parcels, not more than twenty percent (20%) of the street
side yard area may be paved or devoted to parking or other vehicle use.
         3. In nonresidential districts, parking is permitted in all
setbacks provided it complies with standards for screening and landscaping. In
no case shall a parking space be located such that it allows a vehicle to park
across an external property line.
         4. Except for one- and two-family dwellings, no parking area shall
be designed and constructed such that vehicles are permitted to back into a
street.
      2.   Surface Material: All parking and drive areas within the city of
Choteau shall be surfaced with asphalt, concrete, or similar material, with an
adequate subsurface base to produce a long lasting, durable, weatherproof
surface. Exceptions to this standard are:
         1. One- and two-family residential development, provided that all
surfaces are kept dust free.
         2. Any parking or drive area that is accessed from an unpaved alley
or street.
         3. At the discretion of the administrator, spillover parking or
other parking that is not used on a regular and/or frequent basis may be
treated with "turf block", "grasscrete", or similar products that allow grass
or ground cover to grow in spaces between the structure of the product while
still supporting the weight of vehicles.
         4. Emergency access across open space or landscaped areas may be
treated with products described in subsection (E)2(c) of this section, subject
to approval of the administrator and local fire department.
      3.   Lighting: For parking areas of eight (8) or more spaces, lighting of
the parking area and walkways shall be provided to a 1.5 foot-candle level of
illumination. Light sources shall be directed downward and shall be shielded to
prevent spillover lighting onto adjacent properties.
      4.   Curb Stops: Where a vehicle overhang is adjacent to a walkway,
landscaped area, or a wall, curb stops are required.
      5.   Maintenance And Use: The maintenance of all parking and drive areas
is the responsibility of the property owner. The following maintenance and use
standards apply to required off street parking:
         1. Required off street parking areas must be used solely for the
temporary parking of licensed motor vehicles in operating condition.
         2. Required off street parking spaces may not be used for the
display of goods for sale or lease.
         3. Required off street parking may not be used for open storage,
storage of building materials, or storage of inoperable vehicles.
         4. Off street parking spaces must be maintained to be free of
potholes, trash, debris, dirt, and dust.
         (e)   No commercial motor vehicle repair work of any kind is permitted
in a required parking space.
      6.   Snow Storage And Drainage Retention: The design of parking
facilities with area for snow storage, drainage retention, or, both functions
within the same area, is encouraged by the city of Choteau. Such areas may be
provided within landscape areas and setbacks.
      7.   Shared Parking And Shared Access: In any development where there are
two (2) or more businesses both using the same parking area and common points
of access, the property shall be encumbered by a "shared parking, shared
access" easement. This easement may be placed on the face of the plat, or may
be filed by separate instrument. The administrator may require proof of such an
easement prior to, or as a condition of, a zoning permit.
   (F)   Parking Requirements By Use: The numbers of spaces required in this
section are minimums and shall be maintained by ownership, easement, or lease,
for as long as the land use which is served by the parking exists.
      1.   Maximum Number Of Spaces: Provision of more than one hundred twenty
five percent (125%) of the minimum number of spaces required is not permitted.
      2.   On Street Parking: No credit against the required off street parking
shall be allowed for on street spaces.
      3.   Uses Not Specifically Listed: For uses not listed in the space
requirements set forth in this subsection, the administrator shall determine
the appropriate requirement based upon any similar uses that are listed and/or
upon research.
      4.   Required Off Street Parking Spaces: The minimum number of parking
spaces by land use is as follows:
 
Residential:  
One- and two-family residential,
 including townhomes, manufactured, and 2 spaces per unit
mobile units
 1 bedroom units, including "efficiency 1 space per unit
apartments"
 All other multi-family units 1.5 spaces per unit
 Multi-family elderly 1 space per unit
 Accessory residential unit (ARU) 1 space per unit
Commercial:  
 Auto repair/quick lube 1 space per service bay
 Bed and breakfast 2 spaces plus 1 space per rentable
room or suite
1 space for every 10 children
 Childcare (commercial) permitted based on total gross floor
area and facilities; drop off area
 Hotel/motel 1 space per room or suite
 Restaurants (high turnover) 1 space per 3 seats
 Restaurants (sit down) 1 space per 4 seats
 Retail (general and specialty) 1 space per 250 gsf (gross square
feet)
 Retail (home furnishings/home 1 space per 600 gsf
improvement)
 Taverns 1 space per 4 seats table space, 1
space per 2 bar seats
 Theaters and other assembly 1 space per 4 seats
 Veterinary clinic 1 space per 400 gsf
Office:  
 General/agency/professional office 3 spaces per 1,000 gsf
 Medical/dental 1 space per 250 gsf
Public/semipublic:  
 Churches 1 space per 4 seats in main assembly
area
 Government offices Determined by function
 Recreation center/facility Determined by function
Industrial:  
 Manufacturing/assembly/ 1 space per 800 gsf of active
fabrication production area
 Warehousing/distribution 1 space per 2,000 gsf
 
   (G)   Handicap Accessible Parking:
      1.   Handicap Accessible Spaces Required: Handicap accessible off street
parking shall be required according to the following schedule:
 
Total Spaces Provided Handicap Accessible
Spaces (Minimum)
   5 to 20 1
   21 to 40 2
   41 to 65 3
   66+ 3% of total spaces required
 
      2.   Van Accessible Spaces: One out of each eight (8) accessible spaces
provided, but at least one space in each parking facility, shall be van
accessible.
      3.   Location: Accessible parking spaces shall be located so as to
provide the shortest accessible route to a primary building entrance.
      4.   Curb Ramps And Accessible Routes: Curb ramps and accessible routes
shall be provided which allow unobstructed travel from an accessible parking
space to an accessible entrance. Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the
clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall not
exceed two percent (2%) grade in all directions.
      5.   Signage: Each accessible space shall be identified by a sign showing
a universal symbol of accessibility (wheelchair). Van accessible spaces shall
have an additional sign ("Van Accessible") mounted below the accessibility
symbol. Each sign shall be no smaller than one foot by one foot (1' x 1') and
shall be located at the end of the space at a height between four feet (4') and
seven feet (7'). The sign(s) may be either wall mounted or freestanding. In
addition, a painted accessibility symbol shall be painted directly onto the
parking lot surface within the accessible space(s).
      6.   Dimensional Standards: All handicap accessible spaces shall be a
minimum of twenty feet (20') in length. Where two (2) spaces share an
accessible area, the minimum stall width shall be eight feet (8'), and the
width of the common accessible area shall also be eight feet (8').
   EXHIBIT 36-5
   LAYOUT OF STANDARD AND VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
IMAGES/0-0-0-1281.gif]
This illustration shows 1 van accessible space and 1 car/truck space utilizing
a common accessible area. The width of each space is 8 feet. At least 1 van
accessible space is required in each parking facility.
   (H)   Dimensional Standards: This subsection sets forth standards for the
length and width of parking stalls and drive areas.
      1.   Parallel Spaces: Parking spaces designed parallel to a curb or wall
shall be at least ten feet (10') in width and 22.5 feet in length.
      2.   Ninety Degree Spaces: All ninety degree (90°) parking spaces
(perpendicular to the aisle) shall be at least ten feet (10') in width and
twenty feet (20') in length. The two-way aisle shall be not less than twenty
four feet (24') in width.
      3.   Sixty And Forty Five Degree Spaces: All sixty (60) and forty five
degree (45°) parking spaces (angle from the aisle) shall be at least ten feet
(10') in width and twenty feet (20') in length. A one-way aisle shall be
fifteen feet (15') in width and a two- way aisle shall be not less than twenty
two feet (22') wide. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-10: DESIGN STANDARDS:
   1. Residential Design Standards:
      1.   Orientation: Each primary single-family detached residence shall
have a main entry facing the street from which the structure is addressed and
draws its legal access.
      2.   Eaves: All residential structures with pitched roofs shall have
eaves not less than twelve inches (12").
      3.   Facade Materials: Residential structures shall not be sided with
materials that are decidedly industrial in character. Materials such as
uncoated metal, unpainted block masonry, split faced masonry, and synthetic
stucco may be used for trim or architectural embellishment, but may not be used
as primary facade materials. Wood, brick, or stone (including synthetic stone)
are preferred materials.
      4.   Covered Entryways: The main entryway to a residential structure
shall be shielded by a canopy, eave, or similar structure that extends from the
exterior wall not less than four feet (4').
   2. CB Design Standards And Guidelines:
      1.   Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
standards for certain specific elements of downtown Choteau's built
environment. These standards are intended to protect the downtown's unique
character and qualities while stimulating and protecting investment, and
allowing the architect or designer the latitude to develop a creative response
to any design issue. Where standards use terms such as "must", "required", or
"shall be", they are mandatory. Where terms such as "encouraged", "preferred",
"may" or "optional" are used, the standard is considered a guideline and is
voluntary. These standards and guidelines apply to the central business zoning
district only.
      2.   Front Setbacks And Exceptions: All primary structures are required
to have a front setback from zero to five feet (5'). The administrator is
empowered to grant an exception for a front setback of no more than fifteen
feet (15') when the space between the principal structure and the front
property line is designated on the zoning permit site plan as being used for
outdoor dining, for public art, or for use as a plaza or other public gathering
place. An increased front setback to allow parking in front of a structure is
expressly prohibited.
      3.   Exterior Building Materials: Acceptable exterior building materials
for the fronts (street facing) of primary structures include wood and
manufactured woodgrain hardboard, brick, split faced block, decorative (painted
or coated) metal siding, and stone, including manufactured stone. Acceptable
materials for the sides and rear of primary structures and for accessory
structures include smooth painted concrete or cinder block, finished metal
siding of all types, synthetic stucco, exterior insulated finish system, and
vinyl exterior finishes of all types.
      4.   Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the CB
district, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
and architectural embellishments only.
      5.   Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
architectural component. Entryways should be recessed from the front property
line so that patrons have a queuing area out of the pedestrian flow. The
recessed area must be at a minimum one and one-half (11/2) times the width of
the door to avoid a corridor like effect. Doors shall permit clear two-way
visibility, and wood and glass are preferable materials.
      6.   Windows: Street level windows are required of all structures,
including the sides of structures occupying corner lots. Windows shall begin at
least three feet (3') above the sidewalk and may extend vertically to the top
of the first level. Street level windows shall be designed to engage the
pedestrian and invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as
well as to view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage
types that allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged.
Reflective glazing is expressly prohibited. Windows may be recessed to allow
patrons to view displays out of the pedestrian flow. Bay windows may not extend
into the right of way (sidewalk area). Unframed windows are not permitted
unless set into a brick or stone like facade.
      7.   Modulation: Segments of plain or uniformly treated storefronts that
are out of context with adjacent or nearby buildings are prohibited. Such
treatments may be avoided or mitigated through modulation. In architectural
terms, modulation is a technique for visually dividing the facade so that it
takes on the appearance of distinctly different structures or portions of
structures. This architectural technique is used to add visual interest to long
storefronts or to other structures that occupy a significant segment of a
downtown block. Visual interest can also be achieved through repeating
architectural features such as windows and the elements that frame them, and
through recesses, offsets, and other variations in plane sufficient to add
shadow lines or depth to the facade.
      8.   Lighting: Outside lighting should be minimal, and downtown
businesses are encouraged to rely on ambient lighting provided by streetlights
for the safe illumination of the sidewalk area. Low wattage lighting may be
used to highlight an entryway provided no glare is cast out onto the sidewalk.
Merchants are also encouraged to illuminate window displays and interior spaces
provided that no glare is cast onto the sidewalk area. Flashing or strobe type
lighting is prohibited.
      9.   Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing shall not be
visible from the street or sidewalk.
   3. BR Design Standards And Guidelines:
      1.   Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
standards for certain specific elements of the business residential transition
area that lies between the CB and Choteau's traditional residential
neighborhoods. Like the CB standards, these standards are intended to protect
the character and qualities of the transition area and stimulate investment
while allowing the architect or designer the latitude to develop a creative
response to any design issue. Where standards use terms such as "must",
"required", or "shall be", they are mandatory. Where terms such as
"encouraged", "preferred", "may" or "optional" are used, the standard is
considered a guideline and is voluntary. These standards and guidelines apply
to the business residential zoning district only.
      2.   Exterior Building Materials: The BR transition area is more
residential in character than the CB, and this should be reflected in the
choice of exterior materials. Acceptable building materials for the fronts
(street facing) and sides of buildings include wood and manufactured woodgrain
hardboard, brick, painted or coated metal siding, and stone, including
manufactured stone. Acceptable materials for the rear of primary structures and
for accessory structures include smooth painted concrete (prestress or block),
finished metal siding of all types, synthetic stucco, exterior insulated finish
system, and vinyl exterior finishes of all types.
      3.   Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the BR
transition area, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
and architectural embellishments only.
      4.   Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
architectural component, and may include a porch, deck, or other outdoor living
space, and merchandise may be displayed in this area. Secondary entries and
exits may be provided at the sides and rear of buildings.
      5.   Windows: Lower level windows are required in all primary buildings,
and shall be viewable by pedestrians on the public way in front of the
property. Lower level windows shall be designed to engage the pedestrian and
invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as well as to
view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage types that
allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged. Reflective
glazing is prohibited, but awnings and window coverings to shade the morning or
afternoon sun are allowed. Unframed windows are not permitted unless set into a
brick or stone like facade.
      6.   Lighting: Outside lighting should be residential like in intensity
and direction, and should be used primarily to highlight entryways and outdoor
spaces. Direct glare visible from the public way and trespass lighting onto
adjacent properties are prohibited.
      7.   Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing (except for
wrought iron) shall not be visible from the adjacent street or sidewalk.
   4. HB Design Standards And Guidelines:
      1.   Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
standards for certain specific elements of the highway business areas of
Choteau that lie mostly on the fringes of town and generally encompass the
"gateway" areas of the community. These gateway areas most often establish a
first and lasting impression of the community. Therefore, a uniformly high
standard of planning and design for the built environment of these areas
benefits the entire community. Like other standards in this chapter, these
standards are intended to set planning and design benchmarks and to stimulate
and protect private investment, while allowing the architect or designer the
latitude to develop a creative response to any design issue. Where standards
use terms such as "must", "required", or "shall be", they are mandatory. Where
terms such as "encouraged", "preferred", "may" or "optional" are used, the
standard is considered a guideline and is voluntary. These standards and
guidelines apply to the highway business zoning district only.
      2.   Exterior Building Materials: A wide variety of exterior materials is
acceptable for use in HB, including, but not necessarily limited to:
         1. Stone, including synthetic stone.
         2. Wood, both natural and woodgrain hardboard products.
         3. Concrete and cinder block, provided it is painted.
         4. Split face masonry.
         (e)   Stucco/Dryvit finishes.
         (f)   Metal that is painted or otherwise coated. Unfinished metal or
galvanized finishes are not acceptable, and Quonset style buildings are not
acceptable in HB.
      3.   Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the HB
district, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
and architectural embellishments only.
      4.   Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
architectural component, and may include a porch, deck, or other outdoor living
space, and merchandise may be displayed in this area. Secondary entries and
exits may be provided at the sides and rear of buildings.
      5.   Windows: Lower level windows are encouraged, but not required, in
all primary buildings. Lower level windows should be designed to engage the
pedestrian and invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as
well as to view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage
types that allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged.
Reflective glazing is prohibited, but awnings and window coverings to shade the
morning or afternoon sun are allowed. Unframed windows are not permitted unless
set into a brick or stone like facade.
      6.   Lighting: Outside lighting should be of sufficient intensity and
suitable for an environment in which both vehicles and pedestrians will be
present. Parking lot lighting is encouraged, but industrial and highway type
fixtures are not permitted. Maximum height of light standards should be no more
than twenty feet (20'), and cutoff luminaires are required. Lighting elsewhere
should be used primarily to highlight entryways and outdoor spaces. Direct
glare visible from the public way and trespass lighting onto adjacent
properties are prohibited.
      7.   Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing shall not be
visible from the adjacent street or sidewalk. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-11: FENCING STANDARDS:
Fences and retaining walls are allowed as accessory structures in all zoning
districts, subject to zoning permits. The following standards must be met:
   1. Fencing:
      1.   Height; Materials: In all residential districts, in residential
PUDs, and in the BR district, no fence, hedge, or freestanding wall (not part
of a building) located within or bounding a required front setback, may exceed
forty two inches (42") in height. Fencing other than in the front setback shall
not exceed six feet (6') in height. Allowable fencing materials and designs
include:
         1. Wood or vinyl (including PVC) picket or rail fencing.
         2. Within required front setbacks, wood or vinyl board fencing must
maintain a minimum space of one inch (1") between boards. Wood and vinyl board
fencing elsewhere may be one hundred percent (100%) sight obscuring.
         3. Wood or vinyl board on board fencing provided that boards on
opposite sides of stringers do not overlap.
         4. Chainlink and woven metal fencing.
         (e)   Other similar materials and designs as approved by the
administrator.
      2.   Institutional Security Fencing: Open security fencing up to six feet
(6') in height may be allowed by the administrator for schools, correctional
facilities, and other public and quasi- public institutions when necessary for
the safety or restraint of the occupants thereof, without regard to the
setbacks specified in subsection (A)1 of this section.
      3.   Obstruction At Inter**SECTION**: No portion of any fence shall pose a
visual obstruction at any street intersection. See section
9-4-14, "Corner Visibility", of this chapter for standards.
      4.   Ornamental Pedestrian Entries: Ornamental pedestrian entries, such
as arches or arbors, shall not exceed ten feet (10') in height.
      5.   Vehicular Entries: Vehicular entries for subdivisions, parks, and
development projects shall not exceed twenty feet (20') in height and thirty
six feet (36') in width.
      6.   Wire Products: In all residential districts, residential PUDs, and
in the BR and CB districts, barbed wire, razor wire, concertina wire, and
similar wire products are not allowable fencing materials.
      7.   Open Security Fencing: In the CB, HB and GI districts, for
commercial and industrial storage areas located in side or rear yards, open
security fencing may be constructed up to eight feet (8') in height and may be
topped with barbed wire. The barbed wire course is calculated as part of the
allowable fence height.
      8.   Wildlife Exclusion Fencing: Wildlife exclusion fencing up to eight
feet (8') in height is allowed for gardens, haystack yards, and similar areas,
provided that the guidelines set forth in "A Landowners Guide To Wildlife
Friendly Fences: How To Build Fence With Wildlife In Mind" are followed.
      9.   Fences In Excess Of Six Feet: Any fence, or any portion of a fence
such as entryways and arbors, that exceeds six feet (6') in height, is subject
to a building permit.
   2. Retaining Walls: Retaining walls over four feet (4') in height require
a building permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-12: USE OF LAND:
No use of land shall be permitted or allowed within the City of Choteau that is
in violation of Federal, State or local law. (Ord. 314, 8-22-2017)
9-4-13: NONCONFORMING LOTS OF RECORD, LAND USES, AND STRUCTURES:
   1. Status Of Nonconformities: The adoption of the Choteau Zoning Code
will mean that some lots, land uses, and structures that may have conformed to
the prior Code will not conform to the provisions and standards set forth in
this Code. This section provides the standards and requirements by which legal
nonconforming lots, uses, and structures may be continued and even transferred.
It is the City of Choteau's intent that the adoption of these regulations will
render no legal lot of record "unbuildable", and that any use which was legal
and proper under prior regulations will continue to be legal and proper under
these regulations.
      1.   Lots, uses, and structures that were legally nonconforming under
prior regulations, and which do not conform to these regulations, remain
legally nonconforming.
      2.   Lots, uses, and structures that were legal and conformed to prior
regulations, but do not conform to these regulations, become legally
nonconforming under these regulations.
      3.   Lots, uses, and structures which were not legal under prior
regulations, and do not conform to these regulations, remain illegal under
these regulations.
      4.   Legally nonconforming lots and/or nonconforming lots with
nonconforming structures as well as nonconforming uses of land, may be
transferred to heirs and assigns in a manner similar to any conforming lot,
structure, or use.
   2. Nonconforming Lots:
      1.   Legal lots of record that previously existed on the effective date
of these regulations that do not conform to these regulations due to lot area,
width, or other dimensional standard, may continue to exist as legally
nonconforming lots under these regulations.
      2.   Nonconforming lots may be developed for any of the principal
permitted, accessory, and conditional uses allowed by the applicable zoning
district.
      3.   Nonconforming lots are subject to all standards of the applicable
zoning district, including setbacks, floor area ratios, landscape ratios, and
structural height limits.
   3. Nonconforming Land Uses:
      1.   Any land use that previously existed on the effective date of these
regulations, conformed to the prior regulations, but does not conform to these
regulations, may continue to exist as a legally nonconforming land use.
      2.   No such nonconforming use shall be enlarged nor extended to occupy a
greater area of land or structure than was occupied on the effective date of
these regulations.
      3.   No such nonconforming use shall be moved in whole or in part to any
portion of the lot or parcel other than that occupied on the effective date of
these regulations.
      4.   If any such nonconforming use is discontinued for any reason for a
period of one year (calendar date to calendar date), or three (3) years in the
case of nonresidential uses in the B Residential District, any subsequent use
of the subject property and/or structure shall conform to these regulations.
      5.   No additional structure not conforming to these regulations shall be
erected in connection with such nonconforming use of land or structures.
   4. Nonconforming Structures:
      1.   Any structure that previously existed on the effective date of these
regulations, which conformed to the prior regulations, but does not conform to
these regulations in terms of height, setbacks, floor area ratio, landscape
ratio, or other such standards, may continue to exist as a legally
nonconforming structure under these regulations.
      2.   No such nonconforming structure may be enlarged, expanded, or
altered in a way that increases its nonconformity, but may be altered to
decrease its nonconformity.
      3.   Should such nonconforming structure be moved for any reason and for
any distance, it shall thereafter conform to these regulations.
      4.   Should any nonconforming structure or nonconforming portion of a
structure be destroyed by any means to an extent greater than fifty percent
(50%) of its floor area, it shall not be reconstructed except in conformity
with these regulations.
      5.   Nothing in these regulations shall be deemed to prevent the
strengthening or restoring to a safe condition of any structure or portion of a
structure declared to be unsafe by an official charged with protecting the
public safety, upon order of such official.
   (E)   Nonconforming Manufactured Homes:
      1.   Consistent with section
9-3-4 of this title, legally existing Class B and Class C manufactured homes in
the A Residential Zoning District may only be replaced by a Class A
manufactured home or a site built dwelling unit. In addition to this
requirement, all Class B and C manufactured homes in the A Residential Zoning
District are subject to applicable provisions from subsections (C) and (D) of
this section.
      2.   Consistent with section
9-3-5 of this title, legally existing Class B and Class C manufactured homes in
the B Residential Zoning District may only be replaced by a Class A or B
manufactured home or a site built dwelling unit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-14: CORNER VISIBILITY:
   1. Corner Visibility Triangle: Every street intersection shall have
associated with it a corner visibility triangle. This area shall be created by
extending the curb lines (or edge of pavement where there are no curbs) to an
imaginary point in the street where the lines intersect. From that point,
thirty feet (30') is measured back along each line, then a line across both
ends is drawn to close the triangle. In most cases, this triangular area will
include both public right-of-way and private property adjacent to the right-of-
way.
   2. Visibility Standards: Within the corner visibility triangle, there
shall be no continuous obstructions between the heights of thirty inches (30")
and ten feet (10'), as measured from the adjacent road surface. This includes
landscaping, fencing, and structures of all kinds.
   3. Applicability: This standard applies to streets of all functional
classifications, but does not apply to intersections of a street and an alley.
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-4-15: MAJOR RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT:
   1. Parking And Storage: Major recreational equipment shall not be parked
or stored in any required front or side yard other than a driveway that
provides direct access from the street to a garage or carport. However, major
recreational equipment may be parked anywhere on residential property for the
purpose of loading or unloading for a period not to exceed twenty four (24)
hours. Major recreational equipment may be parked or stored in bona fide
commercial storage facilities that meet the standards of these regulations.
   2. Use As Living Or Sleeping Quarters: Major recreational equipment shall
not be used for sleeping, living, housekeeping, or any commercial purpose
(including home based business) when parked or stored on property within a
residential zoning district. Use of major recreational equipment as an ARU or
as guest quarters is expressly prohibited. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
CHAPTER 5
DEFINITIONS
**SECTION**:
9-5-1: Interpretation Of Commonly Used Terms And Words
9-5-2: Definitions Of Terms And Words
9-5-1: INTERPRETATION OF COMMONLY USED TERMS AND WORDS:
   1. Words used in the present tense include the future tense.
   2. Words used in the singular include the plural, and words used in the
plural include the singular unless the natural construction of the wording
indicates otherwise.
   3. The words "used for" shall include the meaning and application of
"designed for".
   4. The word "shall" is always mandatory.
   (E)   The word "encouraged" is directory, and is used to express an intent,
although not necessarily a requirement.
   (F)   Where there appears to be a conflict between the content of the text
of these regulations and any definition provided in this chapter, the text
shall take precedent.
   (G)   Should any question of definition arise for a term not listed in this
chapter or not defined elsewhere in these regulations, the administrator may at
his/her discretion, research the term and provide a definition for general use
in administering and interpreting these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
9-5-2: DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND WORDS:
The following definitions of terms and words are to be used in the
administration, interpretation, and enforcement of this title:
ACCESS: The legal means of approach to provide vehicular and/or pedestrian
physical entrance to a property.
ACCESS, SHARED: The joint and cooperative use of an access point and/or
facility (such as a driveway) by two (2) or more entities.
ACCESSORY: Customarily associated with and incidental and subordinate to.
ACCESSORY BUILDING: A building that is detached from the principal building on
the same lot, and is customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal
building and/or use of the property. Examples of accessory buildings include
detached garages, storage/tool sheds, and material, supply, and merchandise
storage structures on commercial and industrial property. Includes the term
"accessory structure".
ACCESSORY RESIDENTIAL UNIT (ARU): An independent and separate dwelling unit
that is subordinate to a primary residential use of a property. Includes the
terms "accessory apartment", "garage apartment", "granny flat", and "mother-in-
law apartment".
ACCESSORY USE: A use of land or of a building or portion thereof that is
customarily incidental and subordinate in area, extent, or purpose to the
principal use, and is located on the same lot as the principal use.
ADULT BOOKSTORE: An establishment having all or a portion of its display area,
stock in trade, or floor area used for the sale or rental of books, magazines,
publications, tapes, films, video disks, or other media that is distinguished
or characterized by an emphasis on sexually oriented and/or sexually explicit
material, describing, relating to, or depicting sexual activities.
ADULT ENTERTAINMENT: An establishment, either with or without a liquor license,
offering sexually oriented live entertainment which may include, but is not
necessarily limited to, entertainers, male or female, performing disrobed,
partially disrobed, or in the act of disrobing, and/or touching patrons in a
sexually explicit or sexually suggestive manner.
ADULT RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT: A business that offers films, books, manuals, toys,
likenesses, marital aids, and other items of a sexually explicit nature for
sale to the general public.
AGRICULTURE: The use of land for farming, dairying, grazing, the growing of
crops, or the raising and/or breeding of animals for meat and fiber. This
definition does not include feed lots or slaughtering and/or packing
facilities.
AUTO SALVAGE YARD: Any space, either inside or outside of a building, greater
than two hundred (200) square feet in area, used for the storage, dismantling,
disassembling, or salvaging wrecked or otherwise immobilized motor vehicles,
including snowmobiles, motorcycles, trailers, and ATVs.
BED AND BREAKFAST ESTABLISHMENT: A private owner or manager occupied residence
that rents rooms therein by the night or week to transient guests for
compensation, and in which breakfast is provided only to room guests, the cost
of which is included in the price of room. Terms of occupancy in a bed and
breakfast shall be not more than thirty (30) consecutive days. For purposes of
these regulations, no bed and breakfast establishment shall have more than six
(6) rooms available for rent, and all rooms shall be contained within the
principal structure on the lot.
BUILDING: Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls and
intended for the shelter, housing, or enclosure of any individual, group of
individuals, animal, process, equipment, goods, or material of any kind.
BUILDING HEIGHT: See definition of Height, Structural.
BUILDING PERMIT: For purposes of these regulations, a "building permit" is a
permit issued by the city of Choteau and/or the Montana department of labor and
industries verifying that the project described in said permit meets all
standards and requirements of the applicable international codes. Includes the
terms "electrical permit", "plumbing permit", and "mechanical permit".
CASINO: An establishment or any portion of an establishment that offers live
and/or machine gambling to patrons. Includes the term "gambling enterprise" as
defined in section 23-5-112(15), Montana Code Annotated.
CHARACTER: Special physical features, characteristics, or scale of a structure
or area that set it apart from its surroundings and contribute to its interest
and/or individuality.
CHILD: A person under thirteen (13) years of age or a person with special
needs, as defined by the department, who is under eighteen (18) years of age or
is eighteen (18) years of age and a full time student expected to complete an
educational program by nineteen (19) years of age 1 .
CHILDCARE: See definition of Daycare.
CHURCH: See definition of Religious Institution.
COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL FACILITY: This term is defined by section 76-2-411,
Montana Code Annotated:
   1. A community group home for developmentally, mentally, or severely
disabled persons that does not provide skilled or intermediate nursing care;
   2. A youth foster home, a kinship foster home, a youth shelter care
facility, a transitional living program, or youth group home as defined in
section 52-2-602 Montana Code Annotated;
   3. A halfway house operated in accordance with regulations of the
department of public health and human services for the rehabilitation of
alcoholics or drug dependent persons;
   4. A licensed adult foster family care home; or
   (E)   An assisted living facility licensed under section 50-5-227 Montana
Code Annotated.
CONDITIONAL USE: A use of land or structures allowed within a zoning district
provided that the conditions specified in the district regulations for the use
are met. A use of land or structures is not a conditional use and cannot be
permitted as a conditional use unless the use is specifically listed in the
applicable zoning district.
COTTAGE INDUSTRY: For purposes of these regulations, a cottage industry is a
category of home based business. (See section
9-4-4 of this title.)
CREDIT UNION: See definition of Financial Institution.
DAYCARE: Care for children provided by an adult, other than a parent of the
children or other person living with the children as a parent, on a regular or
irregular basis, as applicable, for daily periods of less than twenty four (24)
hours, whether that care is for daytime or nighttime hours. Also includes the
term "childcare" 2 .
DAYCARE CENTER: An out of home place in which daycare is provided to thirteen
(13) or more children on a regular or irregular basis 3 .
DAYCARE HOME: A home based childcare facility licensed by the state of Montana
department of health and human services and providing daycare for not more than
twelve (12) children. This term includes "family daycare home" and "group
daycare home" as defined in section 52-2-703, Montana Code Annotated.
DINING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENT: Includes any type of restaurant, cafe, or
coffee shop where patrons are served prepared food and/or beverages (including
alcoholic beverages), for consumption on premises, for compensation. This term
also includes the terms "bar", "tavern", "pub", "public house", "brew pub", and
"roadhouse", and also includes "carry out" and "delivery" services for off
premises consumption of prepared foods. This term does not include "casinos".
DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITIES: Site facilities and/or features that by design
provide access to the site for customers to order, shop, make purchases, and/or
generally conduct business while remaining in their motor vehicles. Includes
the terms "drive-up facilities" and "drive-in facilities".
DWELLING UNIT: One or more rooms, designed, occupied, or intended for occupancy
as separate living quarters, with cooking, sleeping, and sanitary facilities
provided within the unit for the exclusive use of a single family maintaining a
household.
DWELLING UNIT, MULTI-FAMILY: A dwelling unit within a structure situated on a
single lot and designed for and containing three (3) or more separate dwelling
units. This definition is inclusive of the terms "apartment", "multi-family
housing unit", and "townhome unit" when the townhome structure contains three
(3) or more separate units.
DWELLING UNIT, SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED: A structure designed and intended for
residential use, that contains one dwelling unit, and is not attached or
physically connected to any other dwelling by any means (except for an ARU
which may be allowed by this title), and is surrounded by open space or yards.
DWELLING UNIT, TWO-FAMILY: A dwelling unit within a structure situated on a
single lot and designed for and containing two (2) separate and distinct
dwelling units. This term includes the terms "duplex unit", "twin home unit",
and "townhome unit" when the townhome structure contains two (2) dwelling
units.
EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES: The business of removing minerals and other material
from the ground; includes quarrying, the removal of sand, soil, stone, gravel,
or clay, and all mining operations.
FAMILY: An individual, or two (2) or more persons related by blood, marriage,
or adoption, or, five (5) or fewer individuals who need not be so related,
living together as a single housekeeping unit.
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION: An establishment duly licensed by the state and/or
federal government to provide banking, saving, brokerage, safe deposit, and
other types and combinations of consumer financial services. Does not include
offices whose sole function is brokerage and/or financial planning services.
FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR): Gross floor area divided by gross lot area.
GRADE: Slope of the land, whether natural or manmade. Also, the percentage or
ratio of rise or descent of a sloping surface. (Example: The grade of a street,
or grade of a site or lot.) Grade is measured as vertical rise (or descent)
divided by a given horizontal distance. (Example: A lot on which the elevation
rises 10 feet from front to rear, and is 100 feet in depth, has a grade [or
slope] of 10 percent; also expressed as a ratio of 1:10.)
GRADE, FINISHED: The final elevation of the average ground level adjoining a
structure at all exterior walls after development. Also refers to the state of
the land after grading and/or filling is complete.
GRADE, NATURAL: The elevation and/or slope of the land in its natural state,
prior to any excavation, filling, or construction.
GRADING: Any stripping, cutting, filling, or stockpiling of earth or land in
order to alter natural or preexisting grades for any reason, including
development. Vegetation removal without any alteration of the terrain is not
considered grading for purposes of these regulations.
GROCERY STORE: Permanent business establishment selling prepared or unprepared
and packaged food items and miscellaneous household items at retail. Term
includes "food co-op", but does not include temporary uses such as farm stands,
produce stands, or mobile food vendors.
GROSS FLOOR AREA: The total floor area of a structure, including all hallways,
stairs, restrooms, storage, lobbies, and other common areas. In residential
situations, gross floor area does not include basements that are totally below
ground level and that do not have egress windows.
GROUND COVER: Grasses and other low growing plants, intended primarily to
stabilize the soil. Also, grass or low growing plants as part of a landscape
treatment.
HEIGHT, STRUCTURAL: The mean linear distance from the ground level on finished
grade at the midpoint and immediately adjacent to each of the walls of a
structure to the highest point of the structure, not including antennas,
chimneys, steeples, or rooftop mechanical devices. (See section
9-4-6 of this title.)
HOME BASED BUSINESS: A business conducted from a residence, and conducted
primarily by the inhabitants thereof. (See section
9-4-4 of this title.)
HOME OCCUPATION: For purposes of these regulations, a category of home
business. (See section
9-4-4 of this title.)
HOMELESS SHELTER: A facility providing temporary housing to indigent, needy, or
homeless persons.
HOSPICE: A facility for the care of terminally ill persons.
HOTEL: A facility offering transient lodging accommodations to the general
public, and which may include additional facilities and services such as
restaurants, meeting rooms, entertainment, personal services, and fitness/
recreational facilities. Includes the term "motel", but does not include the
terms "bed and breakfast" or "tourist home".
JUNK: Any scrap, waste, reclaimable material, or debris, including vehicle
parts, whether or not stored, for sale, or in the process of being dismantled,
destroyed, processed, salvaged, stored, baled, disposed of, or for other use or
disposition.
JUNK VEHICLE: An inoperable motor vehicle, or component parts thereof, meeting
the definition set forth in section 75-10-501, Montana Code Annotated.
KENNEL, BOARDING: An establishment in which dogs or other domesticated animals
are housed, groomed, boarded, or trained, all for a fee for service.
KENNEL, BREEDING: The keeping, breeding, raising, showing, or training of four
(4) or more dogs over the age of six (6) months, either for the personal
enjoyment of the owner or occupant, or for compensation.
LANDSCAPE PLAN: A scaled drawing of a lot or site that depicts areas to be
landscaped, and on which is shown some or all of the following:
   1. Proposed tree and plant species.
   2. Number of each species to be planted and installed size.
   3. Methods of protecting existing vegetation during construction.
   4. Proposed treatments of hard and soft surfaces.
   (E)   Proposed decorative features (if applicable).
   (F)   Grading plan (if applicable).
   (G)   Buffers and screening devices.
LANDSCAPE RATIO (LSR): The amount of landscaped area measured in square feet
divided by the gross lot area.
LANDSCAPING: For purposes of these regulations, trees, shrubs, grasses and
other ground covers, and other materials such as rock, wood chips, decorative
features (birdbaths, sculpture, etc.), patterned walks, fountains, pools, and
similar naturalistic features for the primary purpose of highlighting,
complementing, or enhancing a structure(s) or any other development on a site
or lot.
LAWFUL SIMILAR USE: A use that is not necessarily in the list of permitted or
conditional uses for a particular zoning district, but which in the judgment of
the administrator, has similar characteristics, traffic generation, intensity
of use, and neighborhood and community impacts as uses that are so listed. (See
section
9-2-11 of this title.)
LODGING USE: The provision of temporary living quarters, with or without meals,
for transient guests for a fee, and for a period of less than thirty (30) days.
LOT: A unit of land described by letter or number in a legally recorded
subdivision. Also includes a parcel of land described by metes and bounds, the
description of which has been so recorded and appears on its deed. Term
includes "lot of record".
LOT COVERAGE: The amount of space on a lot or parcel taken up by principal and
accessory structures; usually expressed as a percentage of the gross lot area.
LOT, DOUBLE FRONTAGE: A lot that fronts on one street with its side lot line
lying adjacent to an intersecting street; a corner lot.
LOT, FLAG: A lot that is positioned, usually because of topography, behind
other lots and connected to a street via a long narrow portion of the lot often
called a "flag stem".
LOT FRONTAGE: The area of a lot adjacent to the street right of way from which
it gains access. Also refers to a measurement of the width of the lot at the
street right of way.
LOT LINE, FRONT: The boundary segment of a lot that lies adjacent to the street
from which the lot gains access and/or is addressed.
LOT LINE, REAR: The boundary segment of a lot that lies most opposite the front
lot line.
LOT LINE, SIDE: Any boundary segment or segments connecting the front and rear
lot lines.
LOT, THROUGH: A lot which fronts on one street and runs through to a parallel
street in the rear.
LUMINAIRE, CUTOFF: A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source,
housing, and all necessary electrical, mechanical, and decorative parts, and
which by design, limits the illumination to a specific area and does not allow
glare to be encountered beyond the illuminated area.
MAJOR RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT: This term includes, but is not necessarily
limited to, snowmobiles and snowmobile trailers, livestock trailers, boats and
boat trailers, travel trailers (including pop ups), pickup camper tops when not
mounted on a vehicle, motor homes, tent trailers, as well as the cases, boxes,
or containers used for transporting or shipping recreational equipment, whether
or not occupied by such equipment.
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS A: Single-family housing built off site on a chassis,
or otherwise designed and constructed to be transported to a site for
installation and use when connected to required utilities. In addition, class A
manufactured homes meet the following standards:
   1. Constructed after January 1, 1990, and certified as meeting the mobile
home construction standards of the U.S. department of housing and urban
development.
   2. Is at least twenty feet (20') in width at its narrowest point.
   3. Has a roof pitch not less than four to twelve (4:12) and eaves not
less than twelve inches (12"), not counting any gutter.
   4. Utilizes roofing materials which are generally acceptable for site
built housing. Roofing materials must have the appearance of a shake, shingle,
or tile roof.
   (E)   Siding material which has the appearance of wood, masonry, or
nonreflective metal siding.
   (F)   Is placed on a permanent foundation for which a building permit has
been issued, or has perimeter skirting that resembles a conventional foundation
of a site built home, and is constructed of brick, concrete, concrete block, or
treated lumber.
   (G)   The hitch or tongue has been removed from the unit.
This definition does not include the terms "mobile home" or house trailer as
set forth in section 15-1-101, Montana Code Annotated.
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS B: A manufactured home meeting the mobile home
construction and safety standards of the U.S. department of housing and urban
development, but not meeting all criteria in subsections (A) through (F) of the
definition of Manufactured Home, Class A.
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS C: A manufactured home which does not meet the mobile
home construction and safety standards of the U.S. department of housing and
urban development, but which is at least ten feet (10') in width and forty feet
(40') in length excluding the hitch or tongue.
MANUFACTURED HOME PARK: An area designed for and occupied by two (2) or more
manufactured homes of any class where designated spaces are rented or leased to
persons having their own manufactured homes. Also includes similar areas in
which the manufactured home and the space are rented or leased to tenants.
MANUFACTURED HOME SUBDIVISION: A land subdivision in which lots are designated
and sold specifically for placement of manufactured homes of any class.
MOTEL: See definition of Hotel.
NONCONFORMING LOT OF RECORD: Any legally created lot of record that conformed
to prior regulations, but that does not conform to the standards set forth in
these regulations for lot area, dimensions, or configuration. (See section
9-4-13 of this title.)
NONCONFORMING STRUCTURE: A structure of any kind that was legal under prior
regulations, but does not conform to these regulations in terms of setbacks,
height, FAR, or LSR on the subject lot. (See section
9-4-13 of this title.)
NONCONFORMING USE: A use of land that was allowed under prior regulations, but
which does not conform to these regulations. (See section
9-4-13 of this title.)
NUISANCE: A condition or situation that results in an interference with the
enjoyment and use of property.
OCCUPANT: An individual, individuals, or entity in actual possession of a
premises.
OFF STREET PARKING: Spaces for automobiles that are provided, or are required
to be provided under these regulations, on private property, usually on the
same lot or parcel as the business, residence, or other entity served by the
parking, and not located on a street or other public way.
ORNAMENTAL TREE: A deciduous tree planted primarily for its beauty, color,
flower, or leaf rather than primarily for screening purposes.
PARAPET: The extension of the main walls of a structure above roof level.
PARAPET, TOP OF: The highest point of a parapet; often used in the measurement
of structural height.
PERSONAL SERVICES: Establishments primarily engaged in providing services, for
compensation, involving the care of a person or his or her personal goods or
apparel.
PRINCIPAL USE: The primary or predominant use of any lot or parcel.
RECREATIONAL VEHICLE (RV): See definition of Major Recreational Equipment.
RECYCLING CENTER: Land, building, and equipment used for the collection,
sorting, and reshipping of used materials for eventual reuse in new products.
RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION: A church, synagogue, temple, mosque, or other facility
where prayer, worship, fellowship, and education are partaken in by persons of
similar beliefs. Also, a special purpose building or complex of buildings that
is architecturally designed or particularly adapted for the primary use of
conducting formal religious services on a regular basis.
RESIDENTIAL USE: Use of land and/or buildings for sleeping, eating,
congregating, and general housekeeping by an individual, group of individuals
(see definition of Family), or family for a period of thirty (30) days or more.
RESTAURANT: See definition of Dining And Drinking Establishment.
RETAIL: The business activity through which durable and nondurable goods of all
kinds, including food and specialty items and household furnishings, are
offered for sale to the general public. This term does not include sales of
motor vehicles, trailers, trucks, and RVs, nor does it include the sale of
medical marijuana.
RETAINING WALL: A structure that is constructed between lands of different
elevations in order to stabilize the surfaces, prevent erosion and/or collapse,
and protect other structures such as homes and businesses.
RUBBISH: Generic term for solid waste, excluding food waste and ashes, taken
from residences, commercial establishments, and institutions.
SCALE: The proportioned relationship of the size of parts to one another, as in
the scale of buildings or of a neighborhood. Also, the relationship between
distances on a map and actual ground distances.
SCALE OF DEVELOPMENT: The relationship of a particular project or development,
in terms of its size, height, bulk, intensity of use, and aesthetics, to its
surroundings.
SELF-STORAGE FACILITY: A building or group of buildings containing separate,
individual, and private storage spaces or varying sizes available for lease or
rent for varying periods of time. Includes the terms "ministorage" and
"miniwarehouses".
SETBACK: The distance between a structure and any given lot line (front, side,
or rear).
SETBACK LINE: The line that delineates the required minimum distance from any
lot line, and establishes the area within which a principal or accessory
structure may be erected or placed.
SHRUB: A woody plant, smaller than a tree, consisting of several small branches
from the ground or small branches near the ground; may be deciduous or
evergreen.
SIGN: An object, device, display, or structure, or part thereof, situated
outdoors or indoors, that is intended and used to advertise, identify, display,
direct, or attract attention to an object, person, institution, organization,
business, product, service, event, or location by any means, including words,
letters, figures, design, symbols, fixtures, colors, illuminated, or projected
images.
SIGN, OFF PREMISES: A sign specifically designed to direct attention to a
business, product, or service, or attraction that is not provided on the
premises on which the sign is located; billboard.
SIGN, TEMPORARY: A sign or advertising display constructed of cloth, canvas,
fabric, plywood, or other light material and designed or intended to be
displayed for a relatively short period of time; not permanent.
SMOKE SHACK: A four (4) sided building no larger than ninety six (96) square
feet, one side of which is totally open. On the remaining three (3) sides,
there shall be continuous ventilation gaps of no less than eight inches (8") in
width between the wall and ceiling and the wall and the floor.
SPECIMEN TREE: A particularly impressive or outstanding example of a species
because of its size, shade, age, or other trait that epitomizes the character
of the species; in a landscape plan, species of trees that will grow the
largest and are usually installed at the largest sizes of any other plant
materials in the plan. May be coniferous or deciduous.
STRUCTURE: A combination of materials, that when combined and assembled in the
process of construction, form a substantial object for use, occupancy, or
ornamentation whether installed on, above, or below the surface of land or
water; a combination of materials assembled and set upon the land for a
beneficial use.
SUBDIVISION: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into two (2) or
more lots, or other divisions of land for sale, development, or lease. A
division of land meeting the definition of subdivision set forth in section 76-
3-103, Montana Code Annotated.
TAVERN: See definition of Dining And Drinking Establishment.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY: A federal communications commission licensed
facility, including at least one tower and support functions, designed and used
for the purpose of transmitting, receiving, and relaying voice and data signals
from various wireless communication devices and equipment. Does not include
broadcast antennas, amateur radio transmission facilities, or antennas for
public service communications such as police, fire, and other emergency
services.
THEATER: A building or part thereof used to show motion pictures or theatrical
productions including drama, dance, musical/concerts, or other live
performances.
TOURIST HOME: A lodging use of a residence where the entire residence or rooms
therein are rented to transient guests, with or without meals, for compensation
and for a term of occupancy of less than thirty (30) days.
TRAVEL TRAILER: See definition of Major Recreational Equipment.
ZONING DISTRICT: As used in these regulations, this term refers to individual
zoning districts such as A residential, highway business, general industrial,
etc. The term does not refer to all zoned land within the city of Choteau
collectively.
ZONING PERMIT: A permit issued by the city of Choteau that verifies that the
development described in the permit meets the applicable requirements of this
title. (Reference section
9-2-1 through
9-2-7 of this title.) (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
 
Notes
1 1. MCA § 52-2-703.
2 1. MCA § 52-2-703.
3 2. MCA § 52-2-703.
TITLE 10
TRAFFIC
CHAPTER 1
DEFINITIONS
**SECTION**:
10-1-1: Definitions
10-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
The following words and phrases when used in this title shall for the purpose
of this title have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in this title
unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context:
ALLEY: Any public space or public thoroughfare twenty feet (20') or less in
width.
AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLE: Vehicles of the fire department (fire patrol),
police vehicles, and such ambulances and emergency vehicles of municipal
departments or public service corporations as are designated or authorized by
the council.
BICYCLE: Every device propelled by human power upon which any person may ride,
having two (2) tandem wheels either of which is over twenty inches (20") in
diameter.
BUSINESS DISTRICT: The territory contiguous to and including a street or
highway when within any six hundred feet (600') along such street or highway
there are buildings in use for business or industrial purposes, including, but
not limited to, hotels, banks, or office buildings, railroad stations, and
public buildings which occupy at least three hundred feet (300') collectively
on both sides of the street or highway; provided however, that the chief of
police, with the consent of the council, may change the boundaries or territory
within said business district.
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE: Every vehicle designed, maintained, or used primarily for
the transportation of property.
CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAY: Every highway, street, or railroad in respect to
which owners or occupants of abutting property or lands and other persons have
no legal right of access to or from the same except at such points only and in
such manner as may be determined by this title or by the council.
CROSSWALK: That part of a roadway at an intersection included within the
connections of the lateral lines of the sidewalks on opposite sides of the
highway measured from the curbs, or in the absence of curbs from the edges of
the traversable roadway. Any portion of a roadway at an intersection or
elsewhere distinctly indicated for pedestrian crossing by lines or other
markings on the surface.
CURB LOADING ZONE: A space adjacent to a curb reserved for the exclusive use of
vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers or materials.
DRIVER: Every person who drives or is in actual physical control of a vehicle.
FREIGHT CURB LOADING ZONE: A space adjacent to a curb for the exclusive use of
vehicles during the loading or unloading of freight.
INTER**SECTION**: The area embraced within the prolongation or connection of the
lateral curb lines, or, if none, then the lateral boundary lines of the
roadways of two (2) highways which join one another at or approximately at
right angles, or the area within which vehicles traveling upon different
highways joining at any other angle may come in conflict.
Where a highway includes two (2) roadways thirty feet (30') or more apart, then
every crossing of each roadway of such divided highway by an intersecting
highway shall be regarded as a separate intersection. In the event such
intersecting highway also includes two (2) roadways thirty feet (30') or more
apart, then every crossing of two (2) roadways of such highways shall be
regarded as a separate intersection.
LANED ROADWAY: A roadway which is divided into two (2) or more clearly marked
lanes for vehicular traffic.
MOTOR VEHICLE: Every vehicle which is self-propelled not operating upon rails.
MOTORCYCLE: Every motor vehicle having a saddle for the use of the rider and
designed to travel on not more than three (3) wheels in contact with the
ground, but excluding a tractor.
OFFICIAL TIME STANDARD: Whenever certain hours are named herein they shall mean
standard time or daylight saving time as may be in current use in the city.
OFFICIAL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES: All signs, signals, markings and devices not
inconsistent with this title placed or erected by authority of the council for
the purpose of regulating, warning, or guiding traffic and parking.
PARK: When prohibited means the standing of a vehicle, whether occupied or not,
otherwise than temporarily for the purpose of and while actually engaged in
loading or unloading.
PASSENGER CURB LOADING ZONE: A place adjacent to a curb reserved for the
exclusive use of vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers.
PEDESTRIAN: Any person afoot.
PERSON: Every natural person, firm, copartnership, association or corporation.
POLICE OFFICER: Every officer of the municipal police department or any officer
authorized to direct or regulate traffic or to make arrests for violations of
this title.
PRIVATE ROAD OR DRIVEWAY: Every way or place in private ownership and used for
vehicular travel by the owner and those having express or implied permission
from the owner, but not by other persons.
RAILROAD: A carrier of persons or property upon cars operated upon stationary
rails.
RAILROAD TRAIN: A steam engine, electric or other motor, with or without cars
coupled thereto, operated upon rails.
RESIDENCE DISTRICT: The territory contiguous to and including a street or
highway not comprising a business district when the property on such street or
highway for a distance of three hundred feet (300') or more is in the main
improved with residences or residences and buildings in use for business.
RIGHT OF WAY: The privilege of the immediate use of the roadway.
ROADWAY: That portion of a street or highway improved, designed, or ordinarily
used for vehicular travel, exclusive of the berm or shoulder. In the event a
highway includes two (2) or more separate roadways the term "roadway" as used
herein shall refer to any such roadway separately but not to all such roadways
collectively.
SAFETY ZONE: The area or space officially set apart within a roadway for the
exclusive use of pedestrians and which is protected or is so marked or
indicated by adequate signs as to be plainly visible at all times while set
apart as a safety zone.
SIDEWALK: That portion of a street between curb lines, or the lateral lines of
a roadway, and the adjacent property lines intended for the use of pedestrians.
STOP: When required means complete cessation of movement.
STOP, STOPPING, OR STANDING: When prohibited means any stop or standing of a
vehicle, whether occupied or not, except when necessary to avoid conflict with
other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
traffic control sign or signal.
STREET OR HIGHWAY: The entire width between the boundary lines of every way
publicly maintained when any part thereof is open to the use of the public for
purposes of vehicular travel.
THROUGH HIGHWAY: Every street or highway or portion thereof at the entrances to
which vehicular traffic from intersecting streets or highways is required by
law to stop before entering or crossing the same and when stop signs are
erected as provided in this title.
TRAFFIC: Pedestrians, ridden or herded animals, vehicles, and other conveyances
either singly or together while using any street for the purpose of travel.
TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL: Any device, whether manually, electrically or
mechanically operated, by which traffic is alternately directed to stop and to
proceed.
TRAFFIC DIVISION: The traffic division of the police department of this city,
or in the event a traffic division is not established, then said term whenever
used herein shall be deemed to refer to the police department of this city.
TRUCK: Every motor vehicle designed, used, or maintained primarily for the
transportation of property and rated one ton or more capacity.
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
transported or drawn upon a highway, except devices moved by human power or
used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 2
TRAFFIC ADMINISTRATION
**SECTION**:
10-2-1: Police Administration
10-2-2: Records Of Traffic Violations
10-2-3: Police Department To Investigate Accidents
10-2-4: Driver's Files To Be Maintained
10-2-5: Annual Traffic Safety Report
10-2-6: Necessary, Emergency And Experimental Regulations
10-2-1: POLICE ADMINISTRATION:
It shall be the duty of the police department of this city to enforce the
provisions of this chapter, and all of the state vehicle laws applicable to
street traffic in this city, to make arrests for traffic violations, to
investigate accidents and to cooperate with other officers of the city in the
administration of the traffic laws and in developing ways and means to improve
traffic conditions, and to carry out those duties specially imposed upon said
department by this chapter and the traffic ordinances of this city. (1967 Code)
10-2-2: RECORDS OF TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS:
   1. The police department shall keep a record of all violations of the
traffic provisions of this code or of the state vehicle laws of which any
person has been charged, together with a record of the final disposition of all
such alleged offenses. Such record shall be so maintained as to show all types
of violations and the total of each said record shall accumulate during at
least a five (5) year period and from that time on the record shall be
maintained complete for at least the most recent five (5) year period.
   2. All forms for records of violations and notices of violations shall be
serially numbered. For each month and year a written record shall be kept
available to the public showing the disposal of all such forms.
   3. All such records and reports shall be public records. (1967 Code)
10-2-3: POLICE DEPARTMENT TO INVESTIGATE ACCIDENTS:
It shall be the duty of the chief of police and members of the police
department to investigate traffic accidents, to arrest and to assist in the
prosecution of those persons charged with violations of laws causing or
contributing to such accidents. (1967 Code)
10-2-4: DRIVER'S FILES TO BE MAINTAINED:
   1. The police department shall maintain a suitable record of all traffic
accidents, warnings, arrests, convictions, and complaints reported for each
driver which shall be filed alphabetically under the name of the driver
concerned.
   2. Said department shall study the cases of all drivers charged with
frequent or serious violations of the traffic laws or involved in frequent
traffic accidents or any serious accident and shall attempt to discover the
reasons therefor, and shall take whatever steps are lawful and reasonable to
prevent the same or to have the licenses of such persons suspended or revoked.
(1967 Code)
10-2-5: ANNUAL TRAFFIC SAFETY REPORT:
The chief of police shall annually prepare a traffic report which shall be
filed with the council. Such report shall contain information on traffic
matters in this city as follows:
   1. The number of traffic accidents, the number of persons killed, the
number of persons injured, and other pertinent traffic accident data.
   2. The number of traffic accidents investigated and other pertinent data
on the safety activities of the police.
   3. The plans and recommendations of the police department for future
traffic safety provisions. (1967 Code)
10-2-6: NECESSARY, EMERGENCY AND EXPERIMENTAL REGULATIONS:
   1. The chief of police, with the approval of the council, is hereby
empowered to make and enforce regulations necessary to make effective the
provisions of the traffic code of this city.
   2. The chief of police may test traffic control devices under actual
conditions of traffic. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 3
ENFORCEMENT
**SECTION**:
10-3-1: Authority Of Police And Fire Department Officials
10-3-2: Required Obedience To Traffic Code
10-3-3: Obedience To Police And Fire Department Officials
10-3-4: Persons Propelling Certain Vehicles
10-3-5: Restricted Uses
10-3-6: Public Employees To Obey Traffic Regulations
10-3-7: Authorized Emergency Vehicles
10-3-8: Approaching Authorized Emergency Vehicles
10-3-9: Immediate Notice Of Accident
10-3-10: Written Reports Of Accidents
10-3-11: Driver Unable To Report
10-3-12: Written Accident Reports Confidential
10-3-1: AUTHORITY OF POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS:
It shall be the duty of the officers of the police department or such officers
as are assigned by the chief of police to enforce all street traffic laws of
this city and all of the state vehicle laws applicable to street traffic in
this city.
Officers of the police department or such officers as are assigned by the chief
of police are hereby authorized to direct all traffic by voice, hand, or signal
in conformance with traffic laws; provided, that, in the event of a fire or
other emergency or to expedite traffic or to safeguard pedestrians, officers of
the police department may direct traffic as conditions may require
notwithstanding the provisions of the traffic code.
Officers of the fire department, when at the scene of a fire, may direct or
assist the police in directing traffic thereat or in the immediate vicinity.
(1967 Code)
10-3-2: REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CODE:
It is a misdemeanor for any person to do any act forbidden or fail to perform
any act required in this title. (1967 Code)
10-3-3: OBEDIENCE TO POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS:
No person shall wilfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or
direction of a police officer or fire department official. (1967 Code)
10-3-4: PERSONS PROPELLING CERTAIN VEHICLES:
Every person propelling any push cart or riding an animal upon a roadway, and
every person driving any animal drawn vehicle, shall be subject to the
provisions of this code applicable to the driver of any vehicle, except those
provisions of this code which by their very nature can have no application.
(1967 Code)
10-3-5: RESTRICTED USES:
No person upon roller skates, or riding in or by means of any coaster, toy
vehicle, or similar device, shall go upon any roadway except while crossing a
street on a crosswalk and when so crossing such person shall be granted all the
rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to pedestrians.
This section shall not apply upon any street while set aside as a play street
as authorized by the provisions of this code. (1967 Code)
10-3-6: PUBLIC EMPLOYEES TO OBEY TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
The provisions of this code shall apply to the driver of any vehicle owned by
or used in the service of the United States government, this state, county, or
city, and it shall be unlawful for any said driver to violate any of the
provisions of this code, except as otherwise permitted in this code by state
statute. (1967 Code)
10-3-7: AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLES:
   1. The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle, when responding to an
emergency call or when in the pursuit of an actual or suspected violator of the
law or when responding to but not upon returning from a fire alarm, may
exercise the privileges set forth in this section, but subject to the
conditions herein stated.
   2. The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle may:
      1.   Park or stand, irrespective of the provisions of this code;
      2.   Proceed past a red or stop signal or stop sign, but only after
slowing down as may be necessary for safe operation;
      3.   Exceed the prima facie speed limits so long as he does not endanger
life or property;
      4.   Disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in
specified directions.
   3. The exemptions herein granted to an authorized emergency vehicle shall
apply only when the driver of any said vehicle while in motion sounds audible
signal by bell, siren or exhaust whistle as may be reasonably necessary, and
when the vehicle is equipped with at least one lighted lamp displaying a red
light visible under normal atmospheric conditions from a distance of five
hundred feet (500') to the front of such vehicle, except that an authorized
emergency vehicle operated as a police vehicle need not be equipped with or
display a red light visible from in front of the vehicle.
   4. The foregoing provisions shall not relieve the driver of an authorized
emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
persons, nor shall such provisions protect the driver from the consequences of
his reckless disregard for the safety of others. (1967 Code)
10-3-8: APPROACHING AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLES:
   1. Upon the immediate approach of an authorized emergency vehicle
equipped with at least one lighted lamp exhibiting red light visible under
normal atmospheric conditions from a distance of five hundred feet (500') to
the front of such vehicle other than a police vehicle when operated as an
authorized emergency vehicle, and when the driver is giving audible signal by
siren, exhaust whistle, or bell.
      1.   The driver of every other vehicle shall yield the right of way and
shall immediately drive to a position parallel to, and as close as possible to,
the right hand edge or curb of the roadway clear of any intersection and shall
stop and remain in such position until the authorized emergency vehicle has
passed, except when otherwise directed by a police officer.
   2. This section shall not operate to relieve the driver of an authorized
emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
persons using the highway. (1967 Code)
10-3-9: IMMEDIATE NOTICE OF ACCIDENT:
The driver of a vehicle involved in an accident resulting in injury to or death
of any person or property damage to an apparent extent of twenty five dollars
($25.00) or more, shall immediately by the quickest means of communication give
notice of such accident to the police department if such accident occurs within
this city. (1967 Code)
10-3-10: WRITTEN REPORTS OF ACCIDENTS:
The driver of a vehicle which is in any manner involved in an accident
resulting in injury to or death of a person or total property damage to an
apparent extent of twenty five dollars ($25.00) or more shall, within five (5)
days after such accident, forward a written report of such accident to the
police department, or a copy of any report he is required to forward to the
state. (1967 Code)
10-3-11: DRIVER UNABLE TO REPORT:
   1. Whenever the driver of a vehicle is physically incapable of giving
immediate notice of an accident as required in section
10-3-9 of this chapter, and there was another occupant in the vehicle at the
time of the accident capable of doing so, such occupant shall give, or cause to
be given, the notice not given by the driver.
   2. Whenever the driver is physically incapable of making a written report
of an accident as required in section
10-3-10 of this chapter, and such driver is not the owner of the vehicle, then
the owner of the vehicle involved in such accident shall within five (5) days
after learning of the accident make such report not made by the driver. (1967
Code)
10-3-12: WRITTEN ACCIDENT REPORTS CONFIDENTIAL:
All written accident reports made by drivers, owners or occupants of vehicles
involved in accidents as required in sections
10-3-9 and
10-3-10 of this chapter shall be without prejudice to the individual so
reporting and shall be for the confidential use of the police department or
other governmental agencies having use for the records for accident prevention
purposes, except that the police department may disclose the identity of a
person involved in an accident when such identity is not otherwise known or
when such person denies his presence at such accident. No such report shall be
used as evidence in any trial, civil or criminal, arising out of an accident
except that the department shall furnish upon demand of any person who has, or
claims to have made, such a report or upon demand of any court, a certificate
showing that a specified accident report has or has not been made to the police
department solely to prove a compliance or a failure to comply with the
requirements that such a report be made to the department. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 4
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
**SECTION**:
10-4-1: Authority To Install Devices
10-4-2: Specifications
10-4-3: Obedience To Traffic Control Devices
10-4-4: Enforcement Purposes
10-4-5: Traffic Control Signal Legend
10-4-6: Pedestrian Control Signals
10-4-7: Flashing Signals
10-4-8: Flashing Red Signal
10-4-9: Flashing Yellow Signal
10-4-10: Unauthorized Signs, Signals Or Markings
10-4-11: Interference Prohibited
10-4-12: Duty Of Chief Of Police
10-4-1: AUTHORITY TO INSTALL DEVICES:
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall place and maintain
traffic control signs, signals, and devices when and as required under the
traffic code of this city to make effective the provisions of said code, and
may place and maintain such additional traffic control devices as he may deem
necessary to regulate traffic under the traffic code or under state law, or to
guide or warn traffic. (1967 Code)
10-4-2: SPECIFICATIONS:
All traffic control signs, signals, and devices, insofar as possible, shall
conform to the standards set forth by the National Association of Traffic
Engineers. All signs and signals required hereunder for a particular purpose
shall so far as practicable be uniform as to type and location throughout the
city. All traffic control devices so erected and not inconsistent with the
provisions of state law or this code shall be official traffic control devices.
(1967 Code)
10-4-3: OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES:
The driver of any vehicle shall obey the instructions of any official traffic
control device applicable thereto placed in accordance with this chapter unless
otherwise directed by a police officer subject to the exceptions granted the
driver of an authorized emergency vehicle in this title. (1967 Code)
10-4-4: ENFORCEMENT PURPOSES:
No provision of this code for which signs are required shall be enforced
against an alleged violator if at the time and place of the alleged violation
an official sign is not in proper position and sufficiently legible to be seen
by an ordinarily observant person. Whenever a particular section does not state
that signs are required, such section shall be effective even though no signs
are erected or in place. (1967 Code)
10-4-5: TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL LEGEND:
Whenever traffic is controlled by traffic control signals exhibiting the words
"Go", "Caution" or "Stop" or exhibiting different colored lights successively
one at a time, or with arrows, the following colors only shall be used and said
terms and lights shall indicate and apply to drivers of vehicles and
pedestrians as follows:
   1. Green alone or "Go":
      1.   Vehicular traffic facing the signal, except when prohibited by this
chapter, may proceed straight through or turn right or left unless a sign at
such place prohibits either such turn. But vehicular traffic, including
vehicles turning right or left, shall yield the right of way to other vehicles
and to pedestrians lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk at
the time such signal is exhibited.
      2.   Pedestrians facing the signal may proceed across the roadway within
any marked or unmarked crosswalk.
   2. Yellow alone or "Caution" when shown following the green or "Go"
signal:
      1.   Vehicular traffic facing the signal is thereby warned that the red
or "Stop" signal will be exhibited immediately thereafter and such vehicular
traffic shall not enter or be crossing the intersection when the red or "Stop"
signal is exhibited.
      2.   No pedestrian facing such signal shall enter the roadway until the
green or "Go" is shown alone.
   3. Red alone or "Stop":
      1.   Vehicular traffic facing the signal shall stop before entering the
crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or, if none, then before
entering the intersection and shall remain standing until green or "Go" is
shown alone.
      2.   No pedestrian facing such signal shall enter the roadway until the
green or "Go" is shown alone.
   4. In the event an official traffic control signal is erected and
maintained at a place other than an intersection, the provisions of this
section shall be applicable except as to those provisions which by their nature
can have no application. Any stop required shall be made at a sign or marking
on the pavement indicating where the stop shall be made, but in the absence of
any such sign or marking the stop shall be made at the signal. (1967 Code)
10-4-6: PEDESTRIAN CONTROL SIGNALS:
Whenever special pedestrian control signals exhibiting the words "Walk" or
"Wait" or "Don't Walk" are in place, such signals shall indicate as follows:
   1. Walk: Pedestrians facing such signal may proceed across the roadway in
the direction of the signal and shall be given the right of way by the drivers
of all vehicles.
   2. Wait Or Don't Walk: No pedestrian shall start to cross the roadway in
the direction of such signal, but any pedestrian who has partially completed
his crossing on the walk signal shall proceed to a sidewalk or safety zone
while the wait signal is showing. (1967 Code)
10-4-7: FLASHING SIGNALS:
Whenever an illuminated flashing red or yellow signal is used in a traffic sign
or signal, it shall require obedience by vehicular traffic. (1967 Code)
10-4-8: FLASHING RED SIGNAL:
When a red lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, drivers of
vehicles shall stop before entering the nearest crosswalk at an intersection or
at a limit line when marked, or, if none, then before entering the
intersection, and the right to proceed shall be subject to the rules applicable
after making a stop at a stop sign. (1967 Code)
10-4-9: FLASHING YELLOW SIGNAL:
When a yellow lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, drivers of
vehicles may proceed through the intersection or past such signal only with
caution. (1967 Code)
10-4-10: UNAUTHORIZED SIGNS, SIGNALS OR MARKINGS:
   1. No person shall place, maintain or display upon or in view of any
highway any unauthorized sign, signal, marking or device which purports to be
or is an imitation of or resembles an official traffic control device or
railroad sign or signal, or which attempts to direct the movement of traffic,
or which hides from view or interferes with the effectiveness of any official
traffic control device or any railroad sign or signal.
   2. No person shall place or maintain nor shall any public authority
permit upon any highway any traffic sign or signal bearing thereon any
commercial advertising.
   3. This section shall not be deemed to prohibit the erection upon private
property adjacent to highways of signs giving useful directional information
and of a type that cannot be mistaken for official signs.
   4. Every such prohibited sign, signal, or marking is hereby declared to
be a public nuisance and the chief of police of this city is hereby empowered
to remove the same or cause it to be removed without notice. (1967 Code)
10-4-11: INTERFERENCE PROHIBITED:
No person shall without lawful authority attempt to or in fact alter, deface,
injure, knock down, or remove any official traffic control device or any
railroad sign or signal or any inscription, shield or insignia thereon, or any
other part thereof. (1967 Code)
10-4-12: DUTY OF CHIEF OF POLICE:
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, is hereby authorized:
   1. To designate and maintain, by appropriate devices, marks, or lines
upon the surface of the roadway, crosswalks at intersections where in his
opinion there is particular danger to pedestrians crossing the roadway, and at
such other places as he may deem necessary.
   2. To mark lanes for traffic on street pavements at such places as he may
deem advisable.
   3. To mark off individual parking spaces to be designated by lines
painted or durably marked on the curbing or surface of the street; at each
space so marked off it shall be unlawful to park any vehicles in such a way
that said vehicle shall not be entirely within the limits of the space so
designated.
   4. To establish safety zones of such kind and character and at such
places as he may deem necessary for the protection of pedestrians. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 5
PLAY STREETS
**SECTION**:
10-5-1: Authority To Establish Play Streets
10-5-2: Play Streets Designated
10-5-1: AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH PLAY STREETS:
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall have the authority
to declare any street or part thereof a play street and to place appropriate
signs or devices in the roadway indicating and helping to protect the same.
(1967 Code)
10-5-2: PLAY STREETS DESIGNATED:
Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating any street, or part thereof as
a play street no person shall drive a vehicle upon any such street or portion
thereof except drivers of vehicles having business or whose residences are
within such closed area, and then any said driver shall exercise the greatest
care in driving upon any such street or portion thereof. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 6
SPEED REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
10-6-1: Restrictions As To Speed
10-6-2: Speed Limits; Highways
10-6-1: RESTRICTIONS AS TO SPEED:
   1. Reasonable Speed: Subject to the speed limits set forth in subsections
(B) and (D) of this section, a person shall operate a motor vehicle in a
careful and prudent manner and at a reduced rate of speed no greater than is
reasonable and prudent under the conditions existing at the point of operation,
taking into account the amount and character of traffic, visibility, weather,
and roadway conditions.
   2. Speed Limit Schedule: No person shall drive a motor vehicle at a speed
greater than the speed set forth in the following schedule on the streets or
parts of streets as follows:
      1.   Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
of the year, on the four (4) contiguous streets of the Choteau school property
that intersect with each other identified as follows:
         1. Seventh Avenue N.W. between First Street N.W. and Third Street
N.W.; and
         2. Tenth Avenue N.W. between First Street N.W. and Third Street
N.W.; and
         3. First Street N.W. between Seventh Avenue N.W. and Tenth Avenue
N.W.; and
         4. Third Street N.W. between Seventh Avenue N.W. and Tenth Avenue
N.W.
      2.   Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
of the year, on the contiguous street and avenue of the Choteau minipark
property that intersect with each other identified as follows:
         1. Between the two (2) posted fifteen (15) miles per hour signs
located on Third Street S.W. between First Avenue S.W. and Third Avenue S.W.,
each said sign located approximately one hundred fifty feet (150') from the
nearest property line of said minipark; and
         2. Between the two (2) posted fifteen (15) miles per hour signs
located on Second Avenue S.W. between Second Street S.W. and Fifth Street S.W.,
each said sign located approximately one hundred fifty feet (150') from the
nearest property line of said minipark.
      3.   Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
of the year, on the contiguous streets and avenues surrounding the Choteau
Baseball Complex identified as follows:
         1. Beginning at the intersection of Second Avenue N.E. and First
Street S.E. and continuing in a circular direction on the existing road around
the baseball complex to the intersection of E. Division Street, and then
continuing again in a circular direction on the existing road around the
baseball complex until the road meets again with First Street S.E.
      4.   Twenty five (25) miles per hour on all streets and avenues within
the city limits, except as herein otherwise provided.
   3. Violations: In every charge of violation of this section, the
complaint, also the summons or notice to appear, shall specify the speed at
which the defendant is alleged to have driven, also the speed which this
section and any accompanying schedules declare shall be prima facie lawful or
unlawful at the time and place of such violation.
   4. Alleys: Alleys are for local access, and no person shall use an alley
as a through street. The speed limit for all alleys within the city limits
shall be five (5) miles per hour. (Ord. 309, 6-4-2014)
10-6-2: SPEED LIMITS; HIGHWAYS:
The state traffic laws regulating the speed of vehicles shall be applicable
upon all streets within this city designated as state, interstate or United
States highways, except as this chapter hereby declares and determines upon the
basis of engineering and traffic investigation that certain speed regulations
shall be applicable upon said specified highways, in which event it shall be
unlawful for any person to drive a vehicle of any character at a speed in
excess of any speed so declared in this chapter when signs are in place, giving
notice thereof.
It is hereby determined upon the basis of an engineering and traffic
investigation that the speed permitted by state law upon said state, interstate
or United States highways within the city is in some areas less than is
necessary for safe operation of vehicles thereon by reason of the designation
and sign posting of said streets as through highways and it is hereby declared
that the speed limit on said highways shall be as designated and posted. (Ord.
254, 3-20-1990)
CHAPTER 7
TURNING MOVEMENTS
**SECTION**:
10-7-1: Turning At Intersections
10-7-2: Signals Before Certain Movements
10-7-3: Placement And Obedience To Turning Markers
10-7-4: Restricted Turn Signs
10-7-5: Obedience To No Turn Signs
10-7-6: Limitations On Turning Around
10-7-1: TURNING AT INTERSECTIONS:
The driver of a vehicle intending to turn at an intersection shall do as
follows:
   1. Right Turns: Both the approach for a right turn and a right turn shall
be made as close as practicable to the right hand curb or edge of the roadway.
   2. Left Turns On Two-Way Roadways: At any intersection where traffic is
permitted to move in both directions on each roadway entering the intersection,
an approach for a left turn shall be made in that portion of the right one-half
(1/2) of the roadway nearest the centerline thereof and by passing to the right
of such centerline where it enters the intersection and after entering the
intersection the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection to the
right of the centerline of the roadway being entered. Whenever practicable the
left turn shall be made at that portion of the intersection to the left of the
center of the intersection.
   3. Left Turns On Other Than Two-Way Roadways: At any intersection where
traffic is restricted to one direction on one or more roadways, the driver of a
vehicle intending to turn left at any such intersection shall approach the
intersection in the extreme left hand lane lawfully available to traffic moving
in the direction of travel of such vehicle and after entering the intersection
the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection, as nearly as
practicable, in the left hand lane lawfully available to traffic moving in such
direction upon the roadway being entered. (1967 Code)
10-7-2: SIGNALS BEFORE CERTAIN MOVEMENTS:
   1. The driver of any vehicle upon a highway before slowing down, stopping
or turning from a direct line shall first see that such movement can be made in
safety, and, if any pedestrians may be affected by such movement, shall signal
by sounding the horn, and whenever the operation of any vehicle may be affected
by such movement, shall give the signal required in this section plainly
visible to the driver of such vehicle of the intention to make such movement.
   2. The signal herein required shall be given by means of the hand and arm
and in the manner herein specified, or by an approved mechanical or electrical
signal device, except that when conveyance is so constructed or loaded as to
prevent the hand and arm signal from being visible both to the front and rear,
the signal shall be of a device of a type which has been approved by the chief
of police.
   3. Whenever the signal is given by means of the hand or arm, the driver
shall indicate his intention to slow down or stop by extending hand and arm
downward, to turn left by extending the hand and arm horizontally, and to turn
right by extending hand and arm upward beyond the left side of the vehicle.
(1967 Code)
10-7-3: PLACEMENT AND OBEDIENCE TO TURNING MARKERS:
   1. The chief of police is authorized to place markers, buttons, or signs
within or adjacent to intersections indicating the course to be traversed by
vehicles turning at such intersections, and such course to be traveled as so
indicated may conform to or be other than as prescribed by the provisions of
this code or state law.
   2. When authorized markers, buttons or other indications are placed
within an intersection indicating the course to be traveled by vehicles turning
thereat, no driver shall disobey the directions of such indications. (1967
Code)
10-7-4: RESTRICTED TURN SIGNS:
The chief of police with the consent of the council is hereby authorized to
determine those intersections at which drivers of vehicles shall not make a
right, left or U-turn, and shall place proper signs at such intersections. The
making of such turns may be prohibited between certain hours of any day and
permitted at other hours, in which event the same shall be plainly indicated on
the signs or they may be removed when such turns are permitted. (1967 Code)
10-7-5: OBEDIENCE TO NO TURN SIGNS:
Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating that no right or left or U-
turn is permitted, no driver of a vehicle shall disobey the directions of any
such sign. (1967 Code)
10-7-6: LIMITATIONS ON TURNING AROUND:
The driver of any vehicle shall not turn such vehicle so as to proceed in the
opposite direction upon any street in a business district and shall not upon
any other street so turn a vehicle unless such movement can be made in safety
and without interfering with other traffic. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 8
ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS
**SECTION**:
10-8-1: Authority To Sign One-Way Streets And Alleys
10-8-1: AUTHORITY TO SIGN ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS:
Whenever any provision of this code designates any one-way street or alley, the
chief of police shall place and maintain signs giving notice thereof, and no
such regulation shall be effective unless such signs are in place. Signs
indicating the direction of lawful traffic movement shall be placed at every
intersection where movement of traffic in the opposite direction is prohibited.
(1967 Code)
CHAPTER 9
SPECIAL STOPS REQUIRED
**SECTION**:
10-9-1: Through Streets Designated
10-9-2: Yield Signs
10-9-3: Stop Signs
10-9-4: Intersections Where Stop Required
10-9-5: Vehicles To Stop At Stop Signs
10-9-6: Emerging From Alley, Driveway Or Building
10-9-7: Stop When Traffic Obstructed
10-9-8: Stopping Within Intersection Or On Crosswalk
10-9-9: Obedience To Railroad Signals
10-9-1: THROUGH STREETS DESIGNATED:
The following are hereby declared to be through streets for the purpose of this
code; traffic will stop when entering:
   1. Main Street, both sides, entire length;
   2. All regularly designated state or federal highways.
Provided, however, that the chief of police, with the approval of the council,
may declare other streets in the city to be through streets when deemed
necessary. (1967 Code)
10-9-2: YIELD SIGNS:
When the intersection is designated by the council, as a "yield" intersection,
the driver of a vehicle approaching the "yield" sign shall slow to a speed of
not more than fifteen (15) miles per hour and yield right of way to all
vehicles approaching from the right or left on the intersecting roads, or
streets, which are so close as to constitute an immediate hazard. If a driver
is involved in a collision at an intersection or interferes with the movement
of other vehicles after driving past a "yield" sign, such collision or
interference shall be deemed evidence of the driver's failure to yield right of
way. (1967 Code)
10-9-3: STOP SIGNS:
Whenever any of the provisions of this code designate and describe a through
street it shall be the duty of the chief of police to place and maintain a stop
sign on each and every street intersecting such through street or intersecting
that portion thereof described and designated as such by any provision of this
code unless traffic at any such intersection is controlled at all times by
traffic control signals, provided, however, that at the intersection of two (2)
such through streets or at the intersection of a through street and a heavy
traffic street not so designated, stop signs shall be erected at the approaches
of either of said streets as may be determined by the chief of police upon the
basis of an engineering and traffic study. (1967 Code)
10-9-4: INTERSECTIONS WHERE STOP REQUIRED:
The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby authorized to
determine and designate intersections where particular hazards exist upon other
than through streets and to determine whether vehicles shall stop at one or
more entrances to any such stop intersection, and shall erect a stop sign at
every such place where a stop is required. (1967 Code)
10-9-5: VEHICLES TO STOP AT STOP SIGNS:
When stop signs are erected as herein authorized at or near the entrance to any
intersection, every driver of a vehicle approaching a stop sign shall stop
before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or in the
event there is no crosswalk shall stop at a clearly marked stop line, but if
none, then at the point nearest the intersecting roadway where the driver has a
view of approaching traffic on the intersecting roadway before entering the
intersection except when directed to proceed by a police officer or traffic
control signal. (1967 Code)
10-9-6: EMERGING FROM ALLEY, DRIVEWAY OR BUILDING:
The driver of a vehicle within a business or residence district emerging from
an alley, driveway or building shall stop such vehicle immediately prior to
driving onto a sidewalk or onto the sidewalk area extending across any
alleyway, yielding the right of way to any pedestrian as may be necessary to
avoid collision, and upon entering the roadway shall yield the right of way to
all vehicles approaching on said roadway. (1967 Code)
10-9-7: STOP WHEN TRAFFIC OBSTRUCTED:
No driver shall enter an intersection or a marked crosswalk unless there is
sufficient space on the other side of the intersection or crosswalk to
accommodate the vehicle he is operating without obstructing the passage of
other vehicles or pedestrians, notwithstanding any traffic control signal
indication to proceed. (1967 Code)
10-9-8: STOPPING WITHIN INTERSECTION OR ON CROSSWALK:
It shall be unlawful for any vehicle to stop within an intersection or on a
crosswalk for the purpose of picking up or discharging passengers, guests or
other persons. (1967 Code)
10-9-9: OBEDIENCE TO RAILROAD SIGNALS:
   1. Whenever any person driving a vehicle approaches a railroad grade
crossing under any of the circumstances stated in this section, the driver of
such vehicle shall stop within fifty feet (50') but not less than fifteen feet
(15') from the nearest rail of such railroad, and shall not proceed until he
can do so safely. The foregoing requirements shall apply when:
      1.   A clearly visible electric or mechanical signal device gives warning
of the immediate approach of a railroad train;
      2.   A crossing gate is lowered or when a human flagman gives or
continues to give a signal of the approach of passage of a railroad train;
      3.   A railroad train approaching within approximately one thousand five
hundred feet (1,500') of the highway crossing emits a signal audible from such
distance and such railroad train, by reason of its speed or nearness to such
crossing, is an immediate hazard;
      4.   An approaching railroad train is plainly visible and is in hazardous
proximity to such crossing.
   2. No person shall drive any vehicle through, around or under any
crossing gate or barrier at a railroad grade crossing while such gate or
barrier is closed or is being opened or closed. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 10
MISCELLANEOUS DRIVING RULES
**SECTION**:
10-10-1: Following Fire Apparatus Prohibited
10-10-2: Crossing Fire Hose
10-10-3: Driving Through Processions
10-10-4: Drivers In A Procession
10-10-5: Funeral Processions To Be Identified
10-10-6: Vehicles Not To Be Driven On Sidewalks
10-10-7: Limitations On Backing
10-10-8: Riding On Motorcycles
10-10-9: Clinging To Vehicles
10-10-10: Boarding And Alighting From Vehicles
10-10-11: Unlawful Riding
10-10-12: Railroad Trains Not To Block Streets
10-10-13: Flagman At Crossing
10-10-14: Obstruction To View
10-10-15: Driving By Certain Persons Unlawful
10-10-16: Motorcycle Regulations
10-10-17: No Through Truck Traffic
10-10-18: Commercial Truck Routes
10-10-1: FOLLOWING FIRE APPARATUS PROHIBITED:
The driver of any vehicle other than one on official business shall not follow
any fire apparatus traveling in response to a fire alarm closer than five
hundred feet (500') or drive into or park such vehicle within the block where
such fire apparatus has stopped in answer to a fire alarm. (1967 Code)
10-10-2: CROSSING FIRE HOSE:
No vehicle shall be driven over any unprotected hose of the fire department
when laid down on any street or private driveway, to be used at any fire or
alarm of fire, without the consent of the fire department official in command.
(1967 Code)
10-10-3: DRIVING THROUGH PROCESSIONS:
No driver of a vehicle shall drive between the vehicles comprising a funeral or
other authorized procession while they are in motion and when such vehicles are
conspicuously designated (as required by the provisions of this chapter).
This provision shall not apply at intersections where traffic is controlled by
traffic control signals or police officers. (1967 Code)
10-10-4: DRIVERS IN A PROCESSION:
Each driver in a funeral or other procession shall drive as near to the right
hand edge of the roadway as practical and shall follow the vehicle ahead as
close as is practical and safe. (1967 Code)
10-10-5: FUNERAL PROCESSIONS TO BE IDENTIFIED:
A funeral composed of a procession of vehicles shall be identified as such by a
lighting of the headlights of all vehicles in said procession, or by such other
method as may be determined and designated by the chief of police. (1967 Code)
10-10-6: VEHICLES NOT TO BE DRIVEN ON SIDEWALKS:
The driver of a vehicle shall not drive within any sidewalk area except at a
permanent driveway, or upon a temporary driveway when a permit therefor has
been secured from the chief of police. (1967 Code)
10-10-7: LIMITATIONS ON BACKING:
The driver of a vehicle shall not back the same unless such movement can be
made with reasonable safety and without interference with other traffic. (1967
Code)
10-10-8: RIDING ON MOTORCYCLES:
A person operating a motorcycle shall ride only upon the permanent and regular
seat attached thereto, and such operator shall not carry any other person nor
shall any other person ride on a motorcycle unless such motorcycle is designed
to carry more than one person, in which event a passenger may ride upon the
permanent and regular seat if designed for two (2) persons, or upon another
seat firmly attached to the rear side of the operator. (1967 Code)
10-10-9: CLINGING TO VEHICLES:
No person riding upon any bicycle, coaster, roller skates, sled or toy vehicle
shall attach the same or himself to any vehicle upon a roadway. (1967 Code)
10-10-10: BOARDING AND ALIGHTING FROM VEHICLES:
No person shall board or alight from any vehicle while such vehicle is in
motion. (1967 Code)
10-10-11: UNLAWFUL RIDING:
No person shall ride on any vehicle or portion thereof not designed or intended
for the use of passengers. This provision shall not apply to an employee
engaged in the necessary discharge of a duty, or to persons riding within truck
bodies in space intended for merchandise. (1967 Code)
10-10-12: RAILROAD TRAINS NOT TO BLOCK STREETS:
It shall be unlawful for the directing officer, the engineer, conductor or
other person in charge of any railroad train to direct the operation of or to
operate the same in such a manner as to prevent the use of any street in the
city over which said railroad crosses for a period of time longer than five (5)
minutes, except that this provision shall not apply to trains in motion other
than those engaged in switching. (1967 Code)
10-10-13: FLAGMAN AT CROSSING:
   1. Every person, association or corporation owning, running or operating
a "railroad train" or trains as defined by chapter 1 of this title, across any
street or highway in the city shall station a flagman or watchman at any such
street or highway crossing as may be designated by the council after being
notified as hereinafter provided, who shall give a signal of warning to all
persons, drivers, pedestrians or bicycle riders, or any of them, approaching
the railroad crossing before and during the passage of any railroad train, and
such flagman or watchman shall be on duty for such time during the day or
night, or both, as the council shall direct. Such flagman or watchman shall be
so stationed within five (5) days after such person, association or corporation
shall be notified in writing so to do by the chief of police of the city.
Service of such written notice of any requirement of the council under the
provisions of this code upon an agent of such person, association or
corporation with the city shall be sufficient notice thereof.
   2. Any person, association or corporation failing to observe and comply
with the provisions of this section shall, upon conviction thereof, be deemed
guilty of a misdemeanor. (1967 Code)
10-10-14: OBSTRUCTION TO VIEW:
   1. It shall be unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to drive the same
when such vehicle is so loaded or when there are in the front seat of such
vehicle such number of persons as to obstruct the view of the driver to the
front or sides or to interfere with the driver's control over the driving
mechanism of the vehicle.
   2. It shall be unlawful for any passenger in a vehicle to ride in such a
position as to interfere with the driver's view ahead or to the sides, or to
interfere with the driver's control over the driving mechanism of the vehicle.
(1967 Code)
10-10-15: DRIVING BY CERTAIN PERSONS UNLAWFUL:
It shall be unlawful for any person under the age of fifteen (15) years, unless
such person has been issued and is in possession of a driving authorization
permit from the Montana highway patrol (or the chief of police) to drive any
motor vehicle on the streets of the city. It shall be the duty of members of
the police department to arrest any person violating this provision, to take
possession of the vehicle so driven and to hold the same until any penalty
imposed for such violation has been paid or satisfied. The owner of a vehicle
shall be held responsible for the operation of such vehicle by any person under
the minimum age limit hereinbefore set forth; provided, however, that this
section shall not apply to a student or other person taking a regular driving
course of learning to drive when accompanied by his or her parent or teacher
holding a driver's permit. (1967 Code)
10-10-16: MOTORCYCLE REGULATIONS:
   1. A person operating a motorcycle on public streets or highways shall
ride only upon the permanent and regular seat attached thereto, and such
operator shall not carry any other person nor shall any other person ride on a
motorcycle unless such motorcycle is designed to carry more than one person, in
which event a passenger may ride upon the permanent and regular seat if
designed for two (2) persons, or upon another seat firmly attached to the rear
or side of the operator.
   2. No passenger shall be carried in a position that will interfere with
the operation of the motorcycle or the view of the operator.
   3. No person operating a motorcycle shall carry any packages, bundles or
articles which would interfere with the operation of said vehicle in a safe and
prudent manner.
   4. "Sidesaddle" riding on a motorcycle is prohibited.
   (E)   Motorcycles are to be operated with lights on at all times when
operated on any public highway or street.
   (F)   Every person riding a motorcycle upon any public street, whether as
operator or passenger, shall wear a helmet, which is rated Z90.1-1966-USASI
safety standards, or better.
   (G)   Not more than two (2) motorcycles shall be operated side by side in a
single traffic lane.
   (H)   All motor vehicles including motorcycles, are entitled to the full use
of a traffic lane, and no vehicle shall be driven or operated in such a manner
so as to deprive any other vehicle of the full use of a traffic lane, except
that motorcycles may, with the consent of both drivers, be operated not more
than two (2) abreast in a single traffic lane.
   (I)   Every person riding a motorcycle upon a roadway shall be granted all
of the rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to the
driver of a motor vehicle except as to those provisions which, by their nature,
can have no application.
   (J)   Any person violating any of the provisions of this section shall be
guilty of a misdemeanor and be subject to the penalty provided therefor in
section
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 179, 12-7-1970)
10-10-17: NO THROUGH TRUCK TRAFFIC:
   1. There shall be no through truck traffic by individuals driving trucks
in excess of eight thousand (8,000) pounds using the following streets and
avenues or a portion thereof, of the city, hereinafter designated:
      1st Street NW
      2nd Street SW
      3rd Street SW
      1st Avenue NW
      7th Avenue NW
      9th Avenue NE
      10th Avenue NE
      11th Avenue NE
      12th Avenue NE
      Rice Avenue
(Ord. 308, 2-5-2014)
   2. A violation of subsection (A) of this section shall subject the driver
of said truck to the penalty provided in section
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 280, 5-4-1999)
10-10-18: COMMERCIAL TRUCK ROUTES:
   1. It is unlawful and constitutes a misdemeanor punishable as provided in
section 61-10-147 Montana Code Annotated for any person to drive or operate or
for the owner to cause or knowingly permit to be driven or operated any truck,
not involved in local services as defined in subsection (B) of this section,
upon the streets and avenues of the city of Choteau except upon the truck
routes designated as follows:
Airport Road
Secondary Highway 220
Secondary Highway 221
7th Street SW
U.S. Highway 89
U.S. Highway 287
   2. For the purpose of this section, the following definitions and terms
apply:
    LOCAL SERVICE: Limiting the authorized use of city streets or avenues to
those trucks which have either a point of origin or destination for immediate
business purposes or personal purposes within the limits of the city or a point
of origin or destination which is only accessible via city streets or avenues.
   PERSONAL PURPOSES: Are transient, nonbusiness purposes.
   TRUCK: Any motor vehicle designed, used or maintained primarily for the
transportation of property, which has a gross vehicle weight of over twenty
thousand (20,000) pounds.
   3. In any court hearing, unless credible evidence is produced
demonstrating either a "personal purpose" or an "immediate business purpose"
within the limits of the city by a bill of lading or routing schedule for an
address within the limits of the city, the operation of such truck on a
prohibited street or avenue shall be prima facie evidence of a violation of
this chapter. (Ord. 293, 8-7-2001)
CHAPTER 11
OPERATION OF VEHICLES
**SECTION**:
10-11-1: Police May Take Possession Of Vehicles
10-11-1: POLICE MAY TAKE POSSESSION OF VEHICLES:
Any member of the police department is hereby authorized to take possession of
any motor vehicle owned by any person who has violated, as to said vehicle, any
of the provisions of section 32-2142, 32-2143 or 32-2143.3, Revised Code of
Montana, 1947, as amended, and such policeman has authority to remove such
vehicle from the street, alleys or other public places where the violation
occurs, and to store and keep possession thereof until the owner of such
vehicle appears and claims the same. The costs of towing or removing such
vehicle and the cost of storing the same shall be chargeable against the owner
of said vehicle before the same shall be released. The vehicle may be stored in
a public garage or on city property; if stored in a public garage, the storage
charges shall be the amount charged for such storage. (Ord. 209, 6-6-1978)
CHAPTER 12
PEDESTRIANS' RIGHTS AND DUTIES
**SECTION**:
10-12-1: Subject To Traffic Signals
10-12-2: Right Of Way In Crosswalk
10-12-3: Pedestrians To Use Right Half Of Crosswalk
10-12-4: Crossing At Right Angles
10-12-5: When Pedestrian Shall Yield
10-12-6: Pedestrians Walking Along Roadway
10-12-7: Pedestrians Soliciting Rides Or Business
10-12-8: Drivers To Exercise Due Care
10-12-1: SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC SIGNALS:
Pedestrians shall be subject to traffic control signals as heretofore declared
in sections
10-4-5 and
10-4-6 of this title, but at all other places pedestrians shall be granted
those rights and be subject to the restrictions stated in this chapter. (1967
Code)
10-12-2: RIGHT OF WAY IN CROSSWALK:
   1. When traffic control signals are not in place or not in operation, the
driver of a vehicle shall yield the right of way slowing down or stopping if
need be to so yield to a pedestrian crossing the roadway or street within a
crosswalk when the pedestrian is upon the one-half (1/2) of the roadway upon
which the vehicle is traveling or when the pedestrian is approaching so closely
from the opposite one-half (1/2) of the roadway as to be in danger, but no
pedestrian shall suddenly leave a curb or other place of safety and walk or run
into the path of a vehicle, which is so close that it is impossible for the
driver to yield.
   2. Whenever any vehicle is stopped at a marked crosswalk or at any
unmarked crosswalk at an intersection to permit a pedestrian to cross the
roadway, the driver of any other vehicle approaching from the rear shall not
overtake and pass such stopped vehicle.
   3. No person except a blind person shall carry a white cane in the city.
When a person carrying a white cane enters any intersection in this city, the
driver of any motor vehicle shall bring such motor vehicle to a stop.
   4. It is unlawful for any person to drive a motor vehicle through a
column of school children crossing a street or highway or past a member of the
school safety patrol while the member of the school safety patrol is directing
the movement of children across a street or highway and while the school safety
patrol member is holding his official signal in the stop position. (1967 Code)
10-12-3: PEDESTRIANS TO USE RIGHT HALF OF CROSSWALK:
Pedestrians shall move, whenever practicable, upon the right one- half (1/2) of
crosswalks. (1967 Code)
10-12-4: CROSSING AT RIGHT ANGLES:
No pedestrian shall cross a roadway at any place other than right angles to the
curb or by the shortest route to the opposite curb except in a crosswalk. (1967
Code)
10-12-5: WHEN PEDESTRIAN SHALL YIELD:
Every pedestrian crossing a roadway at any point other than within a marked
crosswalk or within an unmarked crosswalk at an intersection shall yield the
right of way to all vehicles upon the roadway. (1967 Code)
10-12-6: PEDESTRIANS WALKING ALONG ROADWAY:
   1. Where sidewalks are provided it shall be unlawful for any pedestrian
to walk along and upon adjacent road.
   2. Where sidewalks are not provided, any pedestrian walking along and
upon a highway shall when practicable walk only on the left side of the roadway
or its shoulder facing traffic which may approach from the opposite direction.
(1967 Code)
10-12-7: PEDESTRIANS SOLICITING RIDES OR BUSINESS:
   1. No person shall stand in a roadway for the purpose of soliciting a
ride, employment or business from the occupant of any vehicle.
   2. No person shall stand on or in proximity to a street or highway for
the purpose of soliciting the watching or guarding of any vehicle while parked
or about to be parked on a street or highway. (1967 Code)
10-12-8: DRIVERS TO EXERCISE DUE CARE:
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this chapter, every driver of a
vehicle shall exercise due care to avoid colliding with any pedestrian upon any
roadway, and shall give warning by sounding the horn when necessary and shall
exercise proper precaution upon observing any child or any confused or
incapacitated person upon a roadway. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 13
METHOD OF PARKING
**SECTION**:
10-13-1: Standing Or Parking Close To Curb
10-13-2: Signs Or Markings Indicating Angle Parking
10-13-3: Obedience To Signs Or Markers
10-13-1: STANDING OR PARKING CLOSE TO CURB:
No person shall stand or park a vehicle in a roadway other than parallel with
the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and
with the right hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen inches (18") of the
curb or edge of the roadway except as otherwise provided in this chapter. (1967
Code)
10-13-2: SIGNS OR MARKINGS INDICATING ANGLE PARKING:
   1. The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall determine
upon what streets angle parking shall be permitted and shall mark or sign such
streets but such angle parking shall not be indicated upon any federal aid or
state highway within this city unless the state highway commission has
determined by resolution or order entered in its minutes that the roadway is of
sufficient width to permit angle parking without interfering with the free
movement of traffic.
   2. Angle parking shall not be indicated or permitted at any place where
passing traffic would thereby be caused or required to drive upon the left side
of the street. (1967 Code)
10-13-3: OBEDIENCE TO SIGNS OR MARKERS:
Upon those streets which have been signed or marked by the chief of police for
angle parking, no person shall park or stand a vehicle other than at the angle
to the curb or edge of the roadway indicated by such signs or markings and in
such a manner that said vehicle shall be entirely within the limits of the
space so designated. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 14
STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING
**SECTION**:
10-14-1: Stopping, Standing Or Parking Prohibited
10-14-2: Parking Not To Obstruct Traffic
10-14-3: Parking In Alleys
10-14-4: Parking For Certain Purposes Prohibited
10-14-5: Parking Adjacent To Schools
10-14-6: Parking Prohibited On Narrow Streets
10-14-7: Standing Or Parking On One-Way Streets
10-14-8: Standing Or Parking On One-Way Roadways
10-14-9: Stopping, Standing Or Parking Near Hazardous Or Congested Places
10-14-10: Application Of Chapter
10-14-11: Regulations Not Exclusive
10-14-12: Certain Parking Prohibited
10-14-13: Parking Time Limited
10-14-14: Parking Signs Required
10-14-15: Truck, Truck Tractor, Trailer, Semitrailers, Bus And School Bus
Parking
10-14-1: STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING PROHIBITED:
No signs required:
   1. No person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle, except when necessary
to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with law or the direction
of a police officer or a traffic control device in any of the following places:
      1.   On a sidewalk.
      2.   In front of a public or private driveway.
      3.   Within an intersection.
      4.   Within eight feet (8') of a fire hydrant.
      5.   On a crosswalk.
      6.   Within prohibited designated area next to crosswalk at an
intersection.
      7.   Within thirty feet (30') upon the approach to any flashing beacon,
stop sign or traffic control signal located at the side of a roadway provided
that bus stops may be established in said areas, as provided in this code.
      8.   Within fifty feet (50') of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing.
      9.   Within ten feet (10') of the driveway entrance to any fire station
and on the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within
seventy five feet (75') of said entrance when properly signposted.
      10.   Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when
stopping, standing or parking would obstruct traffic.
      11.   On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or
curb of a street.
      12.   Upon any bridge or other elevated structure upon a highway.
      13.   At any place where official signs prohibit stopping.
   2. No person shall move a vehicle not lawfully under his control into any
such prohibited area or away from a curb such distance as is unlawful. (1967
Code)
10-14-2: PARKING NOT TO OBSTRUCT TRAFFIC:
No person shall park any vehicle upon a street, other than an alley, in such a
manner or under such conditions as to leave available less than ten feet (10')
of the width of the roadway for free movement of vehicular traffic. (1967 Code)
10-14-3: PARKING IN ALLEYS:
No person shall park a vehicle within an alley in such a manner or under such
conditions as to leave available less than ten feet (10') of the width of the
roadway for the free movement of vehicular traffic, and no person shall stop,
stand or park a vehicle within an alley in such position as to block the
driveway entrance to any abutting property; excepting, however, commercial
vehicles while actually engaged in loading or unloading property. (1967 Code)
10-14-4: PARKING FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES PROHIBITED:
No person shall park a vehicle upon any roadway for the principal purpose of:
   1. Displaying such vehicle for sale.
   2. Greasing or repairing such vehicle, except repairs necessitated by an
emergency.
   3. Selling merchandise, tickets or solicitations of subscriptions to
magazines or other printed periodicals.
   4. Storage of any such vehicle other than normal parking of vehicles
regularly used.
   (E)   Any vehicle parked continuously on street in business district for ten
(10) days, or in residential district for thirty (30) days, may be removed as
provided in section
10-19-15 of this title. (1967 Code)
10-14-5: PARKING ADJACENT TO SCHOOLS:
   1. The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon either or both sides of
any street adjacent to any school property when such parking would in his
opinion interfere with traffic or create a hazardous situation.
   2. When official signs are erected indicating no parking upon either side
of a street adjacent to any school property as authorized herein, no person
shall park a vehicle in any such designated place. (1967 Code)
10-14-6: PARKING PROHIBITED ON NARROW STREETS:
   1. The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon any street when the width
of the roadway does not exceed twenty feet (20'), or upon one side of a street
as indicated by such signs when the width of the roadway does not exceed thirty
feet (30').
   2. When official signs prohibiting parking are erected upon narrow
streets as authorized herein, no person shall park a vehicle upon any such
street in violation of any such signs. (1967 Code)
10-14-7: STANDING OR PARKING ON ONE-WAY STREETS:
The chief of police is authorized to erect signs upon the left hand side of any
one-way street to prohibit the standing or parking of vehicles, and when such
signs are in place, no person shall stand or park a vehicle upon such left hand
side in violation of any such sign. (1967 Code)
10-14-8: STANDING OR PARKING ON ONE-WAY ROADWAYS:
In the event a highway includes two (2) or more separate roadways and traffic
is restricted to one direction upon any such roadway, no person shall stand or
park a vehicle upon the left hand side of such one-way roadway unless signs are
erected to permit such standing or parking. The chief of police is authorized
to determine when standing or parking may be permitted upon the left hand side
of any such one-way roadway and to erect signs giving notice thereof. (1967
Code)
10-14-9: STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING NEAR HAZARDOUS OR CONGESTED PLACES:
   1. The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
authorized to determine and designate by proper signs placed not exceeding one
hundred feet (100') in length in which the stopping, standing or parking of a
vehicle would create an especially hazardous condition or would cause unusual
delay to traffic.
   2. When official signs are erected at hazardous or congested places as
authorized herein, no person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle in any such
designated place. (1967 Code)
10-14-10: APPLICATION OF CHAPTER:
The provisions of this chapter prohibiting the standing or parking of a vehicle
shall apply at all times or at those times herein specified or as indicated on
official signs, except when it is necessary to stop a vehicle to avoid conflict
with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
official traffic control device. (1967 Code)
10-14-11: REGULATIONS NOT EXCLUSIVE:
The provisions of this chapter imposing a time limit on parking shall not
relieve any person from the duty to observe other and more restrictive
provisions prohibiting or limiting the stopping, standing or parking of
vehicles in specified places or at specified times. (1967 Code)
10-14-12: CERTAIN PARKING PROHIBITED:
It shall be unlawful to park any vehicle on any paved street, avenue or alley
as posted between the hours of five o'clock (5:00) A.M. and eight o'clock (8:
00) A.M., while any such street, avenue or alley is being cleaned and the city
council shall have the authority to designate the days upon which certain
streets, avenues and alleys shall be cleaned and no parking permitted. (Ord.
210, 6-6-1978)
10-14-13: PARKING TIME LIMITED:
When signs are erected in each block giving notice thereof, no person shall
park a vehicle for longer than three (3) hours at any time between the hours of
nine o'clock (9:00) A.M. and five o'clock (5:00) P.M. on any day, except Sunday
and public holidays, within the district so posted. (Ord. 138, 10-17-1960)
10-14-14: PARKING SIGNS REQUIRED:
The city council may, from time to time or as it deems necessary, erect parking
signs which impose a parking time limitation limit, or prohibit parking on
certain designated streets. (Ord. 233, 11-5-1984)
10-14-15: TRUCK, TRUCK TRACTOR, TRAILERS, SEMITRAILERS, BUS AND SCHOOL BUS
PARKING:
   1. No truck, truck tractor, trailer or semitrailer of licensed gross
vehicle weight (GVW), as shown by their valid owner's certificate of
registration and tax receipt or the gross vehicle weight receipt, of twelve
thousand (12,000) pounds and over, shall be parked at any time, on Main Avenue
between Division Street and Fourth Street NW or NE, on First Avenue SW between
Division Street and First Street SW, on First Street SW to the west of West
Court Avenue; or on Division Street, First Street NW, Second Street NW, Third
Street NW, or Fourth Street NW, to the west of first alley east of Main Avenue,
which alley parallels Main Avenue and is adjacent to and to the west of the
railroad right of way, except that such vehicles may be parked on Third Street
Northwest along block 2 and block 5 of the original townsite of the city from
the east boundary of the alley dissecting each block for one hundred feet
(100') in an easterly direction along said street.
   2. No person shall park a truck, truck tractor, trailer, semitrailer,
school bus, or bus on any street or alley in the residential zones A, B, and C
as depicted on the zoning map of the city, a modified copy of which is attached
hereto and incorporated herein and marked as "exhibit A".
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
IMAGES/0-0-0-1283.gif]
   3. The following exceptions shall apply to the above stated restrictions
for residential zones A, B and C:
      1.   Trucks, truck tractors, trailers, semitrailers, buses and school
buses may be temporarily parked for the expeditious loading and unloading of
such vehicles, and for the parking of a truck, truck tractor, trailer or
semitrailer while such vehicle is being used in connection with the
construction or repair of buildings, service calls or the moving of household
goods.
      2.   All recreational vehicles, campers and horse trailers or other
vehicles which may be pulled or trailed behind a motor vehicle will be allowed
to park for seventy two (72) consecutive hours on city streets with the
exception of Main Avenue North and South, First Street Northeast, Division
Street West and Seventh Avenue SW to the city limits.
      3.   Persons seeking waiver of any parking restrictions covered by this
section because of special need or business requirements may, by written
request, petition the city council for a special parking permit. The council
may, after public hearing, issue said special parking permit for a period not
to exceed one year per parking area.
               1. Notice: The city council shall, after receiving written
request for a special parking permit, publish notice one time in a local
newspaper of general circulation of the general nature of the permit requested
and set the matter for public hearing at the next regular meeting of the city
council.
               2. Hearing: The decision of the city council as to whether or
not to issue a special parking permit after public hearing shall be final.
               3. Fee: The city shall charge a twenty five dollar ($25.00)
fee for each separate special parking permit.
               4. Permit Issued: A special parking permit may be issued for
a particular vehicle or a particular location but a special parking permit
shall be required for each separate location.
               (e)   Permit Specifications: The special parking permit shall
particularly describe the particular location as to address and size of parking
area permitted and specify the use for which the permit is granted.
               (f)   Permit Regulations: No special parking permit area may
interfere with public safety, normal traffic flow nor infringe on private
property other than that owned, leased or otherwise vested or used by legal
right by the person receiving the special parking permit.
               (g)   Revocation Of Special Permit: The city council may, upon
receiving a written complaint and proper written notice to the permit holder
and after public hearing of the city council, revoke any special parking permit
issued hereunder, when, in the council's opinion, it is in the best interest of
the city to do so. The city council shall have the discretion to determine
whether to hold a hearing on the complaint. No permit shall be revoked without
opportunity for hearing.
               (h)   Renewal Of Special Permit: Once a special parking permit
has been issued, the city council may, upon request from a permit holder, renew
for another year without a public hearing upon condition the permit holder pay
a new annual fee and there are no written protests made to the city council
regarding that permit. If the city council receives a written protest, they
must conduct a new public hearing before deciding whether to renew the special
parking permit.
   4. The definition of "truck", "truck tractor", "trailer", "semitrailer",
"vehicle", "motor vehicle", "school bus", "bus", "axle", and "gross weight"
under Montana state law, as described in title 61 of the Montana Codes
Annotated, or its successor, shall be applicable for the purposes of this
section.
   (E)   Violation of any provisions of this section shall be a misdemeanor
which is punishable by fine or imprisonment as provided in section 61-8-711,
Montana Code Annotated or its successor. Each day such violation continues is a
separate offense.
   (F)   Should any part or provisions of this section be declared
unconstitutional or invalid by the courts, such decision shall not affect the
validity of the section as a whole, or any part thereof other than the part
declared unconstitutional or invalid. (Ord. 233, 11-5-1984)
CHAPTER 15
LICENSE REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
10-15-1: State License
10-15-1: STATE LICENSE:
The owner of a motor vehicle shall register such vehicle with the registrar of
motor vehicles of the state of Montana and shall further comply with all
provisions of the motor vehicle registration act. The owner shall display in a
conspicuous place on such registered vehicle the proper license plates which
must be legible at all times for a distance of one hundred feet (100'). Any
Montana resident who shall drive any motor vehicle upon the streets of the city
shall have in his possession a driver's license issued to him by the state of
Montana. Nonresidents shall comply in this respect with the Montana nonresident
act. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 16
VEHICLE RIGHT OF WAY REGULATIONS
**SECTION**:
10-16-1: Drive On Right Hand Side Of Street
10-16-2: Crossing Railroad Intersections
10-16-3: Meeting Of Vehicles
10-16-4: Overtaking And Passing A Vehicle
10-16-5: Limitations On Overtaking And Passing
10-16-6: Operators To Give Way
10-16-7: Following Too Closely
10-16-8: Right Of Way
10-16-9: Through And Preferential Streets
10-16-10: Right Of Way Backing
10-16-11: U-Turns
10-16-1: DRIVE ON RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STREET:
Upon all streets, except one-way streets, the driver of a vehicle shall drive
the same upon the right one-half (1/2) of the street and the driver of a slow
moving vehicle shall drive the same as close as possible to the right hand curb
of a street, unless it is impracticable to travel on such side of the street,
and except when overtaking and passing another vehicle, subject to the
limitations applicable by law for overtaking and passing.
The foregoing provisions of this section shall not be deemed to prevent the
marking of lanes for traffic upon any street and the allocation of designated
lanes to traffic moving in a particular direction or at designated speeds.
(1967 Code)
10-16-2: CROSSING RAILROAD INTERSECTIONS:
In crossing an intersection of a highway and railroad right of way, except upon
a one-way street, the driver of a vehicle shall at all times cause such vehicle
to travel on the right one-half (1/2) of the roadway unless such right one-half
(1/2) is obstructed or impassable. (1967 Code)
10-16-3: MEETING OF VEHICLES:
Drivers of vehicles proceeding in opposite directions shall pass each other to
the right, each giving to the other at least one- half (1/2) of the main
traveled portion of the roadway as nearly as possible. (1967 Code)
10-16-4: OVERTAKING AND PASSING A VEHICLE:
The driver of a vehicle overtaking another vehicle proceeding in the same
direction shall pass at a safe distance to the left thereof, and shall not
again drive to the right side of the highway until safely clear of such
overtaken vehicle. (1967 Code)
10-16-5: LIMITATIONS ON OVERTAKING AND PASSING:
The driver of a vehicle shall not drive to the left side of the centerline of a
highway in overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same
direction unless such left side is clearly visible and is free of oncoming
traffic for a sufficient distance ahead so to drive in safety. The foregoing
provision of this section shall not apply upon one-way streets laned for
traffic in which latter event vehicles traveling in lanes shall move in the
direction permitted for such lanes.
The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake and pass another vehicle proceeding
in the same direction at any railroad grade crossing or at any intersection of
highways. (1967 Code)
10-16-6: OPERATORS TO GIVE WAY:
The operator of a vehicle upon a highway about to be overtaken and passed by
another vehicle approaching from the rear, or about to pull away from the curb,
shall give way to the right in favor of the overtaking vehicle, and shall not
start or increase the speed of his vehicle until completely passed by the
overtaking vehicle. (1967 Code)
10-16-7: FOLLOWING TOO CLOSELY:
   1. The operator of a motor vehicle shall not follow another vehicle more
closely than is reasonable and prudent, having due regard to the speed of such
vehicle and the traffic upon and condition of the highway.
   2. The driver of any motor truck when moving upon a highway outside of a
business district or resident district shall not follow another motor truck
within one hundred feet (100') but this shall not be construed to prevent one
motor truck overtaking and passing another. (1967 Code)
10-16-8: RIGHT OF WAY:
When two (2) vehicles enter an intersection the driver of the vehicle on the
left shall yield the right of way to the vehicle on the right. The driver of a
vehicle within an intersection intending to turn to the left shall yield the
right of way to any vehicle approaching from the opposite direction. (1967
Code)
10-16-9: THROUGH AND PREFERENTIAL STREETS:
The driver of any vehicle who has come to a full stop as herein required upon
entering a through or preferential street, shall yield the right of way to
vehicle or vehicles on such through or preferential street. (1967 Code)
10-16-10: RIGHT OF WAY BACKING:
The driver of any vehicle backing the same against the current of traffic shall
be responsible for any accident in which he may become involved. (1967 Code)
10-16-11: U-TURNS:
The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby authorized to
designate those streets upon which no U-turns shall be made and shall cause the
same to be plainly marked. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 17
EQUIPMENT STANDARD
**SECTION**:
10-17-1: Brakes
10-17-2: Required Lighting Equipment
10-17-3: Additional Permissible Lights
10-17-4: Load Requirements
10-17-5: Horns And Warning Devices
10-17-6: Muffler Cutouts Regulated
10-17-7: Red Light In Front Of Vehicle Prohibited
10-17-8: Size Of Vehicles And Loads
10-17-9: Trailers And Towed Vehicles
10-17-10: Restrictions As To Tire Equipment
10-17-11: State Statutes Shall Control
10-17-12: Vehicles With Lugs
10-17-13: Hot Rods
10-17-1: BRAKES:
Every motor vehicle operated or driven upon any public highway in the city
shall be provided with at least two (2) sets of independently operated brakes
in good working order, either one of which must be sufficient to stop the drive
wheels of the car and prevent them from turning while the car is in motion;
provided, however, that motorcycles need be equipped with only one brake. All
such brakes shall be maintained in good working order and shall conform to
regulations not inconsistent with this section promulgated by the chief of
police or by the Montana highway patrol.
Any police officer having reason to believe that the brakes with which any
motor vehicle is equipped are unlawful, is authorized to test the same either
by means of a portable brake testing machine or a stationary brake testing
machine, and may require each motor vehicle to be driven to the nearest brake
testing machine in the event that such brake testing machine is within two (2)
miles. The officer may then order such repairs or adjustments to the brakes as
may be necessary to make such brakes lawful. (1967 Code)
10-17-2: REQUIRED LIGHTING EQUIPMENT:
   1. Period When Lights Required To Be Displayed: During the period between
one-half (1/2) hour after sunset and one-half (1/2) hour before sunrise every
vehicle operated or driven upon any public highway in the city shall display
the lights in this section required for the class of vehicle to which it
belongs.
   2. Lights Required To Be Displayed By Motor Vehicles Of Three Or More
Wheeled Type: Every vehicle of three (3) or more wheeled type shall display at
least two (2) white headlights in front (one on each side) and two (2) lights
in the rear.
   3. Lights Required To Be Displayed By Motor Vehicles Of The Motorcycle Or
Two-Wheeled Type: Every motor vehicle of the motorcycle or two-wheeled type
shall display one white light in front and one red light in the rear.
   4. Color And Type Of Rear Light: The rear light required in subsections
(B) and (C) of this section shall display red rays visible to the rear, and
shall throw white light upon the number plate carried on the rear of such
vehicle so that the number will be clearly visible at a distance of five
hundred feet (500').
   (E)   Intensity Of Front Lights: The light of the front lamps required in
subsections (B) and (C) of this section shall be visible at least five hundred
feet (500') in the direction in which the motor vehicle is proceeding.
   (F)   Nonglare Dimmers: The front lights of all motor vehicles shall be
equipped with some style of nonglare dimmers by which the intensity of such
lights is diminished, and it shall be unlawful for the driver of any motor
vehicle in the city to display on the front of such vehicle lights of such
degree of brightness as tend to confuse drivers of vehicles coming in contact
with or moving in an opposite direction from such motor vehicles, but lamps
shall be deemed to comply with the foregoing provisions as to confusing
brightness if none of the main bright portion of the headlight beams rises
above a horizontal plane passing through the lamp centers, parallel to the
level road upon which the loaded vehicle stands and in no case higher than
forty two inches (42"), seventy five feet (75') ahead of the vehicle.
   (G)   Clearance Lamps: Trucks, trailers and automobiles which are of a
greater width than eighty inches (80"), upon any public highway in the city
shall be equipped with and display on each side of the body thereof a white,
yellow or green light or reflector facing the front and on each side of the
rear of such vehicle a red light or reflector facing the rear.
   (H)   Stop Light On Motor Buses: All motor buses operating upon the streets,
avenues or alleys of the city shall in addition to the rear lamp provided in
subsection (B) of this section, carry also at the rear a lamp which exhibits a
red light when said vehicle is slowed for a stop, or what is commonly called a
stop light, which shall be visible under normal atmospheric conditions at a
distance of not less than two hundred feet (200') from the rear of such motor
bus.
   (I)   Stop Lights On Other Vehicles: All vehicles not heretofore in this
section required to be equipped with specified lighted lamps shall carry one or
more lighted lamps or lanterns displaying a white light visible under normal
atmospheric conditions from a distance of not less than five hundred feet
(500') to the rear of such vehicle; provided, however, that if any provision of
this section shall conflict with any state law applicable to lighting equipment
on vehicles, then the state law, so far as conflicting herewith, shall control.
(1967 Code)
10-17-3: ADDITIONAL PERMISSIBLE LIGHTS:
   1. Spotlights: Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to exceed two
(2) spotlights, except a motorcycle shall not be equipped with more than one
spotlight and every lighted spotlight shall be so aimed and used upon
approaching another vehicle that no part of the beam will be directed to the
left of center of the car nor more than one hundred feet (100') ahead of the
vehicle.
   2. Auxiliary Driving Lamps: Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to
exceed two (2) auxiliary lamps mounted on the front at a height of not less
than twenty four inches (24") above the level surface on which the vehicle
stands and every such auxiliary driving lamp or lamps shall meet the
requirements and limitations set forth in this title as to the elements of
overbrightness or glare.
   3. Restrictions On Lamps: Any device other than headlamps, spotlights or
auxiliary lamps, which project a beam of light of an intensity greater than
twenty five (25) candle power, shall be so directed that no part of the beam
will strike the level surface on which the vehicle stands at a distance of more
than fifty feet (50') of the vehicle. (1967 Code)
10-17-4: LOAD REQUIREMENTS:
Whenever any trucks, trailers and automobiles upon a public highway in the city
shall be loaded with any material in such a manner that any portion of such
load extends toward the rear three feet (3') or more beyond the rear of the
body or bed of such vehicle, there shall be displayed at the extreme rear end
of the load, during the period between sunset and sunrise, a light or reflector
plainly visible under normal atmospheric conditions at least two hundred feet
(200') from the rear, and at all other times while such vehicle is upon a
public highway in said city, a red flag or cloth not less than sixteen inches
(16") square shall be displayed at the extreme rear of said load as a warning
signal to persons operating vehicles approaching from the rear. (1967 Code)
10-17-5: HORNS AND WARNING DEVICES:
   1. Every motor vehicle operated or driven upon a public highway in the
city shall be provided with a horn or other device for signaling sufficiently
under all reasonable conditions to give timely warning of the approach of the
motor vehicle, and it shall be unlawful, except as otherwise provided in this
section, for any vehicle to be equipped with or for any person to use upon a
vehicle any siren, bell, or any compression or spark plug whistle, or any
exhaust horn or whistle which does not produce a harmonious sound, or for any
person at any time to use a horn otherwise than as a reasonable warning, or to
make unnecessary or unreasonable loud or harsh sound by means of a horn or
other warning device.
   2. Every authorized emergency vehicle shall be equipped with a bell,
siren, or exhaust whistle of a type approved by the council. (1967 Code)
10-17-6: MUFFLER CUTOUTS REGULATED:
   1. No person shall drive a motor vehicle on a highway unless such motor
vehicle is equipped with a muffler in good working order and in constant
operation to prevent excessive or unusual noise or annoying smoke.
   2. It shall be unlawful to use a "muffler cutout" on any motor vehicle on
any street, avenue or alley in the city. (1967 Code)
10-17-7: RED LIGHT IN FRONT OF VEHICLE PROHIBITED:
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate or drive any vehicle upon any
public highway in the city displaying a red light or red reflector visible from
the front of such vehicle; provided, however, that this section shall not apply
to police cars, sheriff's cars, emergency ambulances, wreckers or firefighting
equipment and vehicles of volunteer firemen. (1967 Code)
10-17-8: SIZE OF VEHICLES AND LOADS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to drive, park, or move, or for the owner
to cause or knowingly permit to be driven, parked or moved, on any public
highway in the city any vehicle or vehicles of a size exceeding the limitations
stated in this section.
   1. No vehicle shall exceed a total outside width including any load
thereon, of eight feet (8'), except that the width of a farm tractor, or of
loads of hay or straw, shall not exceed twelve feet (12'), and except further
that the limitations as to size of vehicles stated in this section shall not
apply to implements of husbandry, equipment structures, or implements of
industry temporarily propelled or moved upon the public highway or to road
machinery engaged in the construction or maintenance of highways.
   2. No vehicle unloaded or with load shall exceed a height of fourteen
feet six inches (14'6").
   3. No vehicle shall exceed a length of thirty three feet (33').
   4. No vehicle shall carry any load extending more than three feet (3')
beyond the front thereof.
   (E)   No passenger vehicle shall carry any load extending beyond the line of
the fenders on either side of such vehicle more than twelve inches (12").
   (F)   No buildings shall be moved along or over any of the streets of the
city unless a permit therefor shall be first granted by the city clerk, and in
granting such permit, the city clerk shall be empowered to designate the route
which shall be taken in moving any such building.
   (G)   No vehicle shall be driven or moved on a highway within the city
unless such vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent its contents from
dropping, sifting, leaking or otherwise escaping therefrom. (1967 Code)
10-17-9: TRAILERS AND TOWED VEHICLES:
   1. No motor vehicle shall be driven upon any public highway in the city
drawing or having attached thereto more than one other vehicle.
   2. The draw bar or other connection between any two (2) vehicles; one of
which is towing or drawing the other on a public highway in the city, shall not
exceed fifteen feet (15') in length from one vehicle to the other. Whenever
such connection consists of a chain, rope or cable there shall be displayed
upon such connection a red flag or other signal or cloth not less than twelve
inches (12") both in length and width.
   3. The total length of any combination of vehicles shall in no case
exceed sixty feet (60'). (1967 Code)
10-17-10: RESTRICTIONS AS TO TIRE EQUIPMENT:
   1. Every solid rubber tire on a vehicle moved on any highway in the city
shall have rubber on its entire traction surface at least one inch (1") thick
above the edge of the flange of the entire periphery.
   2. No tire on a vehicle moved on a highway in the city shall have on its
periphery any block, stud, flange, cleat, or spike, or any other protuberances
of any material other than rubber which projects beyond the tread of the
traction surface of the tire, unless state approved, except that it shall be
permissible to use tire chains of reasonable proportions upon any vehicle when
required for safety because of snow, ice or other conditions tending to cause a
vehicle to slide or skid; and provided further, that the chief of police may in
his discretion issue special permits authorizing the operation upon a highway
in said city of traction engines or tractors having movable tracks with
transverse corrugations upon the periphery of such movable tracks on farm
tractors or other farm machinery. (1967 Code)
10-17-11: STATE STATUTES SHALL CONTROL:
If the provisions of the statutes of Montana shall vary or conflict with the
provisions of this chapter, then the provisions of the state statutes shall
control and the provisions of this chapter shall be considered subject to
statutory provisions. (1967 Code)
10-17-12: VEHICLES WITH LUGS:
It shall be unlawful to operate any vehicle with lugs, hard tires or wheels
along or across any paved street in the city which might break, injure or
damage such pavement; provided, however, that any such movement may be made
under the supervision of the chief of police and then only upon planks or other
covering to be designated by the officer. (1967 Code)
10-17-13: HOT RODS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to run or operate upon the highways,
streets, or alleys of the city any passenger automobile without being equipped
with front and rear fenders, front bumper and windshield, or any trucks,
pickup, trailer or motorcycle without said fenders unless the body thereof is
so designed and constructed as to afford the same protection as if it were
equipped with fenders. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 18
BICYCLES
**SECTION**:
10-18-1: Effect Of Regulations
10-18-2: License Required
10-18-3: Application
10-18-4: Issuance
10-18-5: Attachment Of License Plate
10-18-6: Inspection
10-18-7: Transfer Of Ownership
10-18-8: Rental Agencies
10-18-9: Traffic Laws Apply
10-18-10: Obedience To Traffic Control Devices
10-18-11: Riding On Bicycles
10-18-12: Speed
10-18-13: Emerging From Alley Or Driveway
10-18-14: Clinging To Vehicles
10-18-15: Carrying Articles
10-18-16: Parking
10-18-17: Riding On Sidewalks
10-18-18: Lamps And Other Equipment
10-18-1: EFFECT OF REGULATIONS:
   1. It shall be unlawful for any person to do any act forbidden or fail to
perform any act required herein.
   2. The parent of any child and the guardian of any ward shall not
authorize or knowingly permit any such child or ward to violate any of the
provisions of this chapter.
   3. These regulations applicable to bicycles shall apply whenever a
bicycle is operated upon any public thoroughfare or public path set aside for
the exclusive use of bicycles. (1967 Code)
10-18-2: LICENSE REQUIRED:
It shall be unlawful for any person, residing in the municipality, to ride or
propel a bicycle on any public thoroughfare unless such bicycle has been
licensed and a license plate is attached thereto. (1967 Code)
10-18-3: APPLICATION:
Application for a bicycle license and license plate shall be made to the clerk.
A fee of twenty five cents ($0.25) for two (2) years shall be paid before such
license is issued. (1967 Code)
10-18-4: ISSUANCE:
   1. The clerk upon receiving proper application therefor is authorized to
issue a bicycle license which shall be effective until the end of the calendar
year.
   2. The clerk shall not issue a license for any bicycle when he knows the
applicant is not the owner of or entitled to the possession of such bicycle.
   3. The clerk shall keep a record of the number of such license, the date
issued, the name and address of the person to whom issued, the number on the
frame of the bicycle and a record of all bicycle license fees collected. (1967
Code)
10-18-5: ATTACHMENT OF LICENSE PLATE:
   1. The clerk upon issuing a license shall also issue a license plate
bearing the license number assigned to the bicycle which shall include the name
of the municipality and the calendar year.
   2. Each license plate shall be firmly attached to the bicycle in such a
position as to be plainly visible.
   3. It shall be unlawful for any person to remove a license plate from a
bicycle during the period for which issued except upon a transfer of ownership
or in the event the bicycle is dismantled. (1967 Code)
10-18-6: INSPECTION:
The clerk shall inspect each bicycle before licensing the same and shall refuse
a license for any bicycle which he determines is in unsafe mechanical
condition. (1967 Code)
10-18-7: TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP:
Upon the sale or transfer of a licensed bicycle the licensee shall remove the
plate and shall either surrender the same to the clerk or may upon proper
application, but without payment of an additional fee, have said plate assigned
to another bicycle owned by the applicant. (1967 Code)
10-18-8: RENTAL AGENCIES:
A rental agency shall not rent or offer any bicycle for rent unless the bicycle
is licensed and a license plate is attached thereto. (1967 Code)
10-18-9: TRAFFIC LAWS APPLY:
Every person riding a bicycle shall be granted all of the rights and shall be
subject to all of the duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle except as to
those provisions of law which by their nature can have no application. (1967
Code)
10-18-10: OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES:
   1. Any person operating a bicycle shall obey the instructions of official
traffic control signs, signals and other control devices applicable to vehicles
unless otherwise directed by a police officer.
   2. Wherever authorized signs are erected indicating that no right, left
or U-turn is permitted, it shall be unlawful for any person operating a bicycle
to disobey the directions of any such sign except where a person dismounts from
the bicycle to make such turn in which event such person shall then obey the
regulations applicable to pedestrians. (1967 Code)
10-18-11: RIDING ON BICYCLES:
   1. A person propelling a bicycle shall not ride other than astride a
permanent and regular seat attached thereto.
   2. Persons riding bicycles upon a roadway shall not ride more than two
(2) abreast except on paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive
use of such.
   3. Whenever a usable path for bicycles has been provided adjacent to a
roadway, bicycle riders shall use such path. (1967 Code)
10-18-12: SPEED:
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle at a speed greater
than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. (1967 Code)
10-18-13: EMERGING FROM ALLEY OR DRIVEWAY:
The operator of a bicycle emerging from an alley, driveway or building shall
upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk area extending across any alleyway,
yield the right of way to all pedestrians approaching on said sidewalk and upon
entering the roadway shall yield the right of way to all vehicles approaching
on said roadway. (1967 Code)
10-18-14: CLINGING TO VEHICLES:
It shall be unlawful for any person riding upon any bicycle to attach the same
or himself to any vehicle upon any public thoroughfare. (1967 Code)
10-18-15: CARRYING ARTICLES:
It shall be unlawful for any person operating a bicycle to carry any package,
bundle or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand on
the handlebars. (1967 Code)
10-18-16: PARKING:
It shall be unlawful for any person to park a bicycle in such a manner as to
interfere or obstruct pedestrian traffic. (1967 Code)
10-18-17: RIDING ON SIDEWALKS:
The clerk is authorized to erect signs on any sidewalk or roadway prohibiting
the riding of bicycles thereon and when such signs are in place it shall be
unlawful for any person to disobey the same. (1967 Code)
10-18-18: LAMPS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT:
   1. Every bicycle when in use at nighttime shall be equipped with a lamp
on the front which shall emit a white light visible from a distance of at least
five hundred feet (500') to the front and a red reflector on the rear of a type
which shall be visible from all distances from fifty feet (50') to three
hundred feet (300') to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of
headlamps on a motor vehicle. A lamp emitting a red light visible from a
distance of five hundred feet (500') to the rear may be used in addition to the
red reflector.
   2. It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle unless it is
equipped with a bell or other device capable of giving a signal audible for a
distance of at least one hundred feet (100') except that a bicycle shall not be
equipped with any siren or whistle.
   3. Every bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the
operator to make the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. (1967
Code)
CHAPTER 19
PENALTIES AND PROCEDURE ON ARREST
**SECTION**:
10-19-1: Penalties
10-19-2: Forms And Records Of Traffic Citations And Arrests
10-19-3: Procedure Of Police Officers
10-19-4: Disposition Of Records
10-19-5: Illegal Cancellation Of Citations
10-19-6: Audit Of Records
10-19-7: Copy Of Citation May Be Deemed Lawful Complaint
10-19-8: Failure To Obey Citation
10-19-9: Citation On Illegally Parked Vehicle
10-19-10: Failure To Comply With Traffic Citation
10-19-11: Presumption In Reference To Illegal Parking
10-19-12: Warrant To Be Issued
10-19-13: Records; Reports
10-19-14: Disposition Of Traffic Fines And Forfeitures
10-19-15: Authority To Impound Vehicles
10-19-1: PENALTIES:
In all cases where the penalty for the violation of the provisions of this
title is not prescribed or is otherwise provided by law, every person violating
any provisions of this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon
conviction thereof shall be punished as provided in title 1, chapter 4 of this
code. (Ord. 172, 5-20-1968)
10-19-2: FORMS AND RECORDS OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS AND ARRESTS:
   1. The clerk shall provide books to include traffic citation forms for
notifying alleged violators to appear and answer to charges of violating
traffic laws and regulations in the police court of this city. Said books shall
include serially numbered sets of citations in quadruplicate in the form
prescribed and approved by the council.
   2. The clerk shall issue such books to the chief of police or his duly
authorized agent and shall maintain a record of every book so issued.
   3. The chief of police shall be responsible for the issuance of such
books to individual members of the department. The chief shall require a
written receipt for every book so issued and shall maintain a record of every
such book and each set of citations contained therein. (1967 Code)
10-19-3: PROCEDURE OF POLICE OFFICERS:
Except when authorized or directed under state law to immediately take a person
before a magistrate for the violation of any traffic laws, a police officer who
halts a person for such violation other than for the purpose of giving him a
warning or warning notice and does not take such person into custody under
arrest, shall take the name, address, and operator's license number of said
person, the registered number of the motor vehicle involved, and such other
pertinent information as may be necessary, and shall issue to him in writing on
a form provided by the council a traffic citation containing a notice to answer
to the charge against him in the police court of the city at a time within five
(5) days after such alleged violation, to be specified in the citation, shall
release such person from custody. (1967 Code)
10-19-4: DISPOSITION OF RECORDS:
   1. Every police officer upon issuing a traffic citation to an alleged
violator of any provision of the motor vehicle laws of this state or any
provision of the traffic code of this city shall deposit the original and a
duplicate copy of the citation with his immediate superior officer, who shall
cause the original to be delivered to the police court of this city and said
duplicate copy to the central records section of the police department. The
second duplicate copy of the citation shall be retained in the traffic citation
book and shall be delivered by such superior officer to the clerk together with
such book when all traffic citations therein have been used.
   2. Upon the filing of such original citation in the police court of this
city as aforesaid, said citation may be disposed of only by trial in said court
or by other official action by a judge of said court, including forfeiture of
bail or by payment of a fine to the court.
   3. The chief of police shall require the return to him of each traffic
citation and all copies thereof, except that copy required to be retained in
the book as provided herein, which has been spoiled or upon which any entry has
been made and has not been issued to an alleged violator.
   4. The police judge shall maintain or cause to be maintained in
connection with every traffic citation issued by a member of the police
department a record of the disposition of the charge by the police court of
this city.
   (E)   The chief of police shall maintain or cause to be maintained a record
of all warrants issued by the police court of this city or by any other court
on said traffic violation charges and which are delivered to the police
department for service, and of the final disposition of all such warrants.
   (F)   It shall be unlawful and official misconduct for any member of the
police department or other officer or public employee to dispose of, alter, or
deface a traffic citation or any copy thereof, or the record of the issuance or
disposition of any traffic citation, complaint, or warrant, in a manner other
than as required in this section. (1967 Code)
10-19-5: ILLEGAL CANCELLATION OF CITATIONS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to cancel or solicit the cancellation of
any traffic citation in any manner other than as provided in this chapter.
(1967 Code)
10-19-6: AUDIT OF RECORDS:
Every record of traffic citations, complaints thereon, and warrants issued
therefor required in this chapter shall be public records. The court shall
report monthly to the city council. (1967 Code)
10-19-7: COPY OF CITATION MAY BE DEEMED LAWFUL COMPLAINT:
In the event the form of citation provided under section
10-19-2 of this chapter includes information and is sworn to as required under
the general laws of this state in respect to a complaint charging commission of
the offense alleged in said citation to have been committed, then such citation
when filed with a court having jurisdiction shall be deemed to be a lawful
complaint for the purpose of prosecution under this title. (1967 Code)
10-19-8: FAILURE TO OBEY CITATION:
It shall be unlawful for any person to violate his written promise to appear
given to an officer upon the issuance of a traffic citation regardless of the
disposition of the charge for which such citation was originally issued. (1967
Code)
10-19-9: CITATION ON ILLEGALLY PARKED VEHICLE:
Whenever any motor vehicle without driver is found parked or stopped in
violation of any of the restrictions imposed by the provisions of this code, or
by state law, the officer finding such vehicle shall take its registration
number and may take any other information displayed on the vehicle which may
identify its user, and shall conspicuously affix to such vehicle a traffic
citation, on a form provided by the council, for the driver to answer to the
charge against him within forty eight (48) hours during the hours and at a
place specified in the citation. (1967 Code)
10-19-10: FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH TRAFFIC CITATION:
If a violator of the restrictions on stopping, standing or parking under the
traffic laws or regulations does not appear in response to a traffic citation
affixed to such motor vehicle within a period of five (5) days, the police
court shall send to the owner of the motor vehicle to whom the traffic citation
was affixed, a letter informing him of the violation and warning him that in
the event such letter is disregarded for a period of five (5) days a warrant of
arrest will be issued. (1967 Code)
10-19-11: PRESUMPTION IN REFERENCE TO ILLEGAL PARKING:
   1. In any prosecution charging a violation of any law or regulation
governing the standing or parking of a vehicle, proof that the particular
vehicle described in the complaint was parked in violation of any such law or
regulation together with the proof that the defendant named in the complaint
was at the time of such parking the registered owner of such vehicle, shall
constitute in evidence a prima facie presumption that the registered owner of
such vehicle was the person who parked or placed such vehicle at the point
where, and for the time during which, such violation occurred.
   2. The foregoing stated presumption shall apply only when the procedure
as prescribed in sections
10-19-9 and
10-19-10 of this chapter has been followed. (1967 Code)
10-19-12: WARRANT TO BE ISSUED:
In the event any person fails to comply with a traffic citation given to such
person or attached to a vehicle or fails to make appearance pursuant to a
summons directing an appearance to the police court, or if any person fails or
refuses to deposit bail as required and within the time permitted by law, the
police court shall secure and issue a warrant for his arrest. (1967 Code)
10-19-13: RECORDS; REPORTS:
   1. Every magistrate or judge of a court shall keep or cause to be kept a
record of every traffic complaint, traffic citation, or other legal form of
traffic charge deposited with or presented to said court or its traffic
violations bureau, and shall keep a record of every official action by said
court or its traffic violations bureau in reference thereto, including, but not
limited to, a record of every conviction, forfeiture of bail, judgment of
acquittal, and the amount of fine or forfeiture resulting from every said
traffic complaint or citation deposited with or presented to said court or
traffic violations bureau.
   2. Within ten (10) days after the conviction or forfeiture of bail of a
person upon a charge of violating any provisions of this code or other law
regulating the operation of vehicles on highways every said magistrate of the
court or clerk of the court of record in which such conviction was had or bail
was forfeited shall prepare and immediately forward to said state department of
motor vehicles an abstract of the record of said court covering the case in
which said person was so convicted or forfeited bail, which abstract must be
certified by the person so required to prepare the same to be true and correct.
Report need not be made of any conviction involving the illegal parking or
standing of a vehicle.
   3. Said abstract must be made upon a form furnished by said state
department of motor vehicles and shall include the name and address of the
party charged, the number, if any, of his operator's or chauffeur's license,
the registration number of the vehicle involved, the nature of the offense, the
date of hearing, the plea, the judgment, or whether bail was forfeited, and the
amount of the fine or forfeiture as the case may be.
   4. The failure, refusal or neglect of any such judicial officer to comply
with any of the requirements of this section shall constitute misconduct in
office and shall be grounds for removal therefrom. (1967 Code)
10-19-14: DISPOSITION OF TRAFFIC FINES AND FORFEITURES:
All fines or forfeitures collected upon conviction or upon the forfeiture of
bail of any person charged with a violation of any of the provisions of this
title shall be paid into the office of the treasurer to be credited by that
officer to either the police license fund or the general fund of the city as
may be directed. (1967 Code)
10-19-15: AUTHORITY TO IMPOUND VEHICLES:
   1. Members of the police department are hereby authorized to remove a
vehicle from a street or highway to the nearest garage, or other place of
safety, or to a garage designated or maintained by the police department, or
otherwise maintained by this city under the circumstances hereinafter
enumerated:
      1.   When any vehicle is left unattended upon any bridge, viaduct, or
causeway, or in any tube or tunnel where such vehicle constitutes an
obstruction to traffic.
      2.   When a vehicle upon a highway is so disabled as to constitute an
obstruction to traffic and the person or persons in charge of the vehicle are
by reason of physical injury incapacitated to such an extent as to be unable to
provide for its custody or removal.
      3.   When any vehicle is left unattended upon a street and is so parked
illegally as to constitute a definite hazard or obstruction to the normal
movement of traffic or the movement of traffic during extraordinary occasions.
   2. Whenever an officer removes a vehicle from a street as authorized in
this section and the officer knows or is able to ascertain from the
registration records in the vehicle the name and address of the owner thereof,
such officer shall immediately give or cause to be given notice in writing to
such owner of the fact of such removal and the reasons therefor, and of the
place to which such vehicle has been removed. In the event any such vehicle is
stored in a public garage, a copy of such notice shall be given to the
proprietor of such garage.
   3. Whenever an officer removes a vehicle from a street under this section
and does not know and is not able to ascertain the name of the owner, or for
any other reason is unable to give the notice to the owner as hereinbefore
provided, and in the event the vehicle is not returned to the owner within a
period of three (3) days, then and in that event the officer shall immediately
send or cause to be sent a written report of such removal by mail to the
Montana registrar of motor vehicles, and shall file a copy of such notice with
the proprietor of any public garage in which the vehicle may be stored. Such
notice shall include a complete description of the vehicle, the date, time, and
place from which removed, the reasons for such removal and name of the garage
or place where the vehicle is stored. (1967 Code)
CHAPTER 20
SNOWMOBILES
**SECTION**:
10-20-1: Definition Of Terms
10-20-2: Regulations
10-20-3: Exceptions To Regulations
10-20-4: Equipment Required
10-20-5: Traffic Regulations
10-20-6: Violations; Penalties
10-20-1: DEFINITION OF TERMS:
As used in this chapter, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated
herein, unless the context otherwise clearly requires that another meaning be
intended:
OPERATOR: Shall include every person who operates or is in actual physical
control of the operation of a snowmobile.
OWNER: Shall include every "person" as defined herein, other than a lien holder
or other person having a security interest only, holding record title to a
snowmobile, and entitled to the use or possession thereof.
PERSON: Includes an individual, partnership, association, corporation, and any
other body or group of persons, whether incorporated or not, and regardless of
the degree of formal organization.
ROADWAY: Shall include only those portions of any highway, road or street
improved, designed or ordinarily used for travel or parking of motor vehicles.
SNOWMOBILE: Includes any self-propelled, track driven vehicle, designed
primarily for travel on snow or ice or natural terrain, which may be steered by
wheels, skis or runners, and which is not otherwise registered or licensed
under the laws of the state of Montana. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
10-20-2: REGULATIONS:
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a snowmobile under the following
circumstances:
   1. On any street or alley within the city.
   2. On private property of another without the express permission to do so
by the owner or occupant of said property.
   3. On public school grounds, park property, playgrounds, recreational
areas and golf courses without express provision or permission to do so by the
proper public authority.
   4. In a manner so as to create loud, unnecessary or unusual noise so as
to disturb or interfere with the peace and quiet of other persons.
   (E)   In a careless, reckless or negligent manner so as to endanger the
safety of any person or the property of any other person.
   (F)   Without having such snowmobile registered as provided for by statute
except that this provision shall not apply to the operation of a snowmobile on
the private property of the owner by the owner or a member of his immediate
family.
   (G)   Within the right of way of any public street within the city unless
the operator shall have a valid driver's license.
   (H)   Without the necessary equipment meeting the standards of noise level
as may be set by federal or state law or regulation. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
10-20-3: EXCEPTIONS TO REGULATIONS:
   1. Notwithstanding the prohibitions of this chapter, the city council may
by permit allow supervised and regulated events or programs conducted in a
recreation area of the city in which snowmobiles may be used. The city council
shall have the authority to designate such areas.
   2. A snowmobile may be operated on the roadway of any highway, street or
alley located within the boundaries of the city, excepting on Main Street,
between Fourth Street NW and Fifth Street SW, for the purpose of proceeding out
of the city and returning into the city. No snowmobile shall be operated within
one block of Teton County Rest Home, the hospital, the schools, and Skyline
Lodge. No snowmobile may be operated in proceeding out of the city after ten
o'clock (10:00) P.M., nor before seven o'clock (7:00) A.M.
   3. A snowmobile making a crossing of a street or highway shall make such
crossing at an angle of approximately ninety degrees (90°) to the direction of
the highway. The snowmobile shall make a complete stop before entering upon any
part of the highway. A snowmobile shall yield right of way to all motor
vehicles at all times, at all intersections. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
10-20-4: EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
   1. Mufflers which are properly attached and which reduce the noise of
operation of the vehicle to the minimum noise necessary for operating the
vehicle and no person shall use a muffler cutout, bypass or similar device on
said vehicle, conforming to all federal and state laws and regulations.
   2. Adequate brakes in good working condition and at least one headlight
and one taillight, and headlights and taillights must be on at all times during
operation. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
10-20-5: TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
   1. Each person operating a snowmobile shall strictly observe all traffic
signs and signals and all other traffic rules and regulations applicable
thereto, and shall obey the orders and directions of any police officer of the
city authorized to direct or regulate traffic.
   2. Snowmobiles shall not be operated within the city limits at a speed in
excess of fifteen (15) miles per hour. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
10-20-6: VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES:
Violation of any section of this chapter shall be a misdemeanor and punishable
by fine or imprisonment or both as fixed by the provisions of this code. (Ord.
199, 12-1-1975)